COUNTER KCV KCX KCM TC-V TC-4 KT-V FC2-81□/FC2-161□/321□ FC2-80□/FC2-160□/320□ Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI Electronic Counters Lineup SENSOR KCV ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Model Number KCV-□S Single preset Single preset (With prediction (With prediction output) output) Classification Electronic Counter Tachometer Digit Digital Timer Programmable Cam Counting System 488 KCX-□ KCX-□D KCX-□DM KCX-B6 Total counter Total counter Single preset Single preset Single preset Single preset ー ー ー ー ● ● ー ー ー ー ー ー ● ● ● ー 3 ー ー ー ー ● ● ● ー 4 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ー 5 ー ー ー ー ー ● ● ー 6 ● ● ● ● ー ● ● ● 8 ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー Increment and Decrement ● ● ● ● ー ー ー ● Increment or Decrement ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー Increment ー ー ー ー ● ● ● ー Decrement ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ● ● ● ● ー ー ー ー Numerical ー ー ー ー ● ー ー ー Red LED Red LED Red LED Red LED ー Green LED Green LED Green LED 1/2 digits: 10 Hz/200 Hz 3/4 digits: 10 Hz/1 kHz 5/6 digits: 10 Hz/5 kHz 1/2 digits: 10 Hz/200 Hz 3/4 digits: 10 Hz/1 kHz 5/6 digits: 10 Hz/5 kHz 10 Hz/20 kHz Counting Speed 1/2 digits: 10 Hz/200 Hz Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable 3/4 digits: (30 Hz, 200 Hz, (30 Hz, 200 Hz, (30 Hz, 200 Hz, (30 Hz, 200 Hz, 10 Hz/1 kHz 1 kHz, 10 kHz) 1 kHz, 10 kHz) 1 kHz, 10 kHz) 1 kHz, 10 kHz) 5/6 digits: 10 Hz/5 kHz Supply Voltage 100 to 240 V AC 12 to 24 V DC 100 to 240 V AC 12 to 24 V DC Power Source for Sensors 24 V DC, 60 mA ー 24 V DC, 60 mA ー 12 V DC, 50 mA 12 V DC, 50 mA 12 V DC, 50 mA 24 V DC, 80 mA Retentive Function (for powerfail) Possible Possible Possible Possible ー ー Available ー Preset operation with each digit key, large-size red LED display, double output with prediction output Preset operation with each digit key, large-size red LED display, double output with prediction output Large-size red LED display, position display function Generalpurpose preset counter, green LED numerical display Generalpurpose preset counter, green LED numerical display Generalpurpose preset counter, green LED numerical display Preset counter that enables counting up and down. Comparative output operation is enabled. KCV KCM KCV-□T-C 2 Input/Output Display KCV-□T 1 Prescale Functions KCX KCV-□S-C Remarks KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Large-size red LED display, position display function 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller Electronic Counters Lineup KCX PLC HMI SENSOR KCM ENCODER COUNTER KCX-B6M KCX-□W KCX-□WM KCX-B6W KCX-B6WM KCX-□T KCX-B6T KCM-50- (1) KCM-50P- (1) KCM-51- (1) Single preset Double preset Double preset Double preset Double preset Total counter Total counter Consolidated counter Consolidated counter Consolidated counter ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ● ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ● ● ー ー ● ー ー ー ー ー ● ー ー ー ー ー ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ● ー ー ー ー ● ー ー ● ● ー ● ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ● ● ー ー ● ー ● ● ● ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー ー Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Green LED Red LED Red LED Red LED 10 Hz/20 kHz 4 digits: 10 Hz/1 kHz 6 digits: 10 Hz/5 kHz 8 digits: 10 Hz/10 kHz 10 Hz/20 kHz 10 Hz/20 kHz 3/4 digits: 10 Hz/2 kHz 5/6 digits: 10 Hz/5 kHz 3/4 digits: 10 Hz/2 kHz 5/6 digits: 10 Hz/5 kHz 10 Hz/20 kHz 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 100 V/200 V AC 30 Hz/500 Hz 30 Hz/500 Hz 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC 12 V DC, 50 mA 12 V DC, 50 mA 24 V DC, 80 mA 24 V DC, 80 mA 24 V DC, 80 mA 24 V DC, 80 mA ー ー ー Available ー Available ー Available Available Available Available Available Available General purpose double preset type Double preset counter that enables counting up and down. Comparative output opreration is enabled. Position display is enabled. 9 built-in triple preset counters, previous prediction lamp, prediction output, facility stop output 9 built-in triple preset counters, previous prediction lamp, prediction output, facility stop output 8 built-in triple preset counters, any counter reset. Timer function is enabled. Double preset counter that enables counting up and Generaldown. purpose Comparative output opreration is enabled. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam 30 Hz/500 Hz 24 V DC, 80 mA Preset counter that enables counting up and General down. purpose double Comparative preset type output operation is enabled. INFORMATION KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 KCV KCX KCM 489 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION KCV Series Features Increment-Decrement Type, S i n g l e P r e s e t I n c r e m e n tDecrement Type Total Counter Tachometer - Maximum counting speed 30 Hz/10 kHz (Can be selected by DIP switch.) 200 Hz/1 kHz (Can be selected in setup mode.) - Preset counter of DIN48 x 48 miniature body that consolidates the easy-to-see large two-color LED display and enhanced functions - By setting the prediction output value, double output - prediction output and preset output - can be set. Digital Timer ■Features Electronic Counter Programmable Cam Easy-to-see Large Display The DIN48 x 48 miniature body has a large LED display of a character height of 12 mm (4 digits) and 10 mm (6 digits). Easy-to-understand Operability Preset values can be set and changed like with a digital switch, using the setting keys for each digit. Unrestricted Digit Setting The counter can be set for any number of digits according to applications. Retentive Memory without Battery Backup KCM 490 Double Output by Prediction Output Double setting with prediction output is possible. Predicted values are used until the preset value is reached. Removable Terminal Block 10 kHz High-speed Response Protection Functions for Each Key KCX Various Counting Functions 〔Prescale functions〕 Input pulse can be converted into any value and displayed. 〔Individual 2-phase increment / decrement input〕 The counting range is possible from plus to minus. (However, the setting should be in the positive range.) 〔Count-up and count-down〕 The count display can be selected between count-up display and countdown display. An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require maintenance is used. This removable terminal block improves maintenance. After wiring, the terminal block cover enhances safety. KCV Input response frequency is 10 kHz, which is the highest in this counter class. In accordance with input counting speed, switching among 30, 200, 1 k, and 10 kHz is possible. Key protection can be set for each key to prevent unintended operation. Protection Fulfilling IP65 Power Source for High-capacity Sensor Sheet keys are used for the front panel, which enables users to safely operate the device even with wet or unclean hands. To improve the protective structure, the front cover is also available at option. The AC type has a built-in 24 V DC, 60mA power source for sensors. Sensors such as encoders and proximity sensors can be connected to the counter. Multi-voltage Power Supply for AC Type The AC type is workable with supplied voltage at 85 to 264 V AC that can be used around the world. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Conformity to CE and UL CE marking compliant and UL standard (UL508) certified product Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCV Series Specifications Model Number Digit KCV-4S Preset Counter KCV-6S 6 KCV-4T 4 KCV-4T-C KCV-6T 6 KCV-6T-C KCV- Power Source 4 KCV-4S-C KCV-6S-C Total Counter HMI SENSOR ■Model Number List Classification PLC Power Source for Sensors 24 V DC, 60mA Price AC ● Open DC ̶ Open AC ● Open DC ̶ Open AC ● Open DC ̶ Open AC ● Open DC ̶ Open AC: 100 to 240 V AC DC: 12 to 24 V DC - ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer - Series Digital Timer - Number of digits 4 : 4 digits 6 : 6 digits Programmable Cam - Output format S: With output T : Total - Power source type Blank : AC power C : DC power ■General Specifications Rating Items AC Power Supply Voltage 100 to 240 V AC DC Power 12 to 24 V DC Allowable Power Range 85 to 264 V AC 10 to 26.4 V DC Power Consumption Approx. 11 VA Approx. 4 W Power Source for Sensors 24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 60 mA (Ripple noise: 10% p-p or lower) ̶ Power Failure Memory EEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more Storage time: 10 years Ambient Temperature -10 to 50˚C Storage Temperature -20 to 70˚C (No freezing) KCV Ambient Humidity 35 to 85% RH (No condensation) Withstand Voltage 2 kV AC 1 min (0 V, between relay contacts) Vibration Resistance Impact Resistance Noise Resistance Endurance Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Endurance 490 m/s 2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Malfunction 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Between power supply terminals ±1.5 kV (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns) Protective Structure IP65 (Only the front panel part) Weight (g) Approx. 150 Terminal Block 2 kV AC 1 min (0 V, only between relay contacts) KCX KCM Between power supply terminals ±1.0 kV (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns) Approx. 110 Conforming cable 0.25 to 1.65 mm 2 Conforming crimp terminal R1.25-3 Allowable tightening torque 0.5 Nm The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 491 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER KCV Series Specifications ■Performance Specifications Items Type COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Preset Counter Total Counter Increment and decrement preset counter Increment and decrement total counter Setting Single setting with prediction output ̶ Digit 4, 6 digits 4, 6 digits Display (LED character height) 4 digits: 12 mm (Count)/7 mm (Preset) 6 digits: 10 mm (Count)/7 mm (Preset) Counting Range 4 digits: -999 to 9,999 6 digits: -99,999 to 999,999 Setting Range 4 digits: 0 to 9,999 6 digits: 0 to 999,999 ̶ Counting Speed: 30/200/1 k/10 kHz Input Input resistance: Positive logic 15 kΩ Negative logic 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power) Input voltage: "L" 0 to 3 V "H" 7 to 30 V Disabled Count Input Responsivity: 100 μs or lower External Reset Minimum signal width: 5 ms Automatic Reset Responsivity: 100 μs or lower Manual Reset Responsivity: 0.1 s or lower Input Gate Duration During Power Failure 20 to 500 ms Input Gate Duration During Power Recovery 50 to 500 ms Output Non-contact output: NPN open collector output 24 V 100 mA, withstand voltage: 35 V, residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower ̶ Contact output: 1 transfer, (1c) contact point, 220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load) ̶ Output Mode Single shot / holding / coincidence ̶ Output Time 10 to 9,990 ms, every 10 ms ̶ Prescaling 0.001 to 9.999 (4 digits)/0.001 to 99.999 (6 digits) Decimal Point Any digit can light up. Key Protection Any key setting is enabled. Installation Method Dedicated to embedded installation (Terminal block connection) Reset key setting is enabled. * The prescale column shows the value without using the multiplication. ■Input/Output Specifications KCV Count Input Input Speed 30 Hz/200 Hz/1 kHz/10 kHz Input Resistance Positive logic: 15 kΩ Negative logic: 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power) Input Voltage L: 0 to 3 V H: 7 to 30 V Input Response On delay: 0.1 ms Off delay: 0.1 ms Input Resistance Positive logic: 15 kΩ Negative logic: 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power) Input Voltage L: 0 to 3 V H: 7 to 30 V Input Response On delay: 5 ms or less Off delay: 5 ms or less Input Resistance Positive logic: 15 kΩ Negative logic: 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power) Input Voltage L: 0 to 3 V H: 7 to 30 V KCX KCM Disabled Count Input External Reset Input Transistor Output Contact Output 492 Withstand Voltage 35 V or lower Current 100 mA or lower Residual Voltage 2 V or lower Contact Capacity 220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load) 220 V AC 0.5 A (cosφ = 0.4) 30 V DC 0.5 A (L/R = 7 ms) Life 100,000 times or more 200,000 times or more 200,000 times or more KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCV Series Increment ■Counting Timing T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 Mode Counting Output Holding Continuous Holding One-shot Reset One-shot* 10 to 9,990 ms Coincidence Decrement Output 二相入力モード "H" "H" IN-A"H" IN-B IN-B"L" "L""L" ■Output Operation Mode Continuous T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 T Dual input modeT "H" IN-B"H" "L" IN-A "L" Increment Operation PLC HMI SENSOR T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 T T ENCODER Decrement COUNTER T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 T T Coincidence INFORMATION * Can be set every 10 ms between 10 and 9,990 ms. (Set in the setup mode.) "H" IN-B "L" ■Output Operation Chart T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 Holding Output (Continuous Count) Increment mode Decrement mode Preset Values 0 Reset Contact Output Increment Reset T/2 OFF ON T/2 OFF OFF Count) Increment mode Increment mode Increment mode T/2 Decrement Decrementmode mode Decrement mode T/2 Preset Values "H" IN-B "L" IN-A in Decrement input T/2 "H" or "L." canT/2be either Decrement mode T T/2 加算 ・減算個別入力モード(負論理入力時) 加算 ・減算個別入力モード(負論理入力時) 0 IN-B in Increment input can be either "H" or "L." ON Contact Output mode One-shot timeDecrement 100 ms (10 to 9,990 ms is possible in setup mode.) "H" -OFF For output display for prediction output (non-contact output), the output LED blinks. "H" timenon-contact 100 ms IN-A - When the prediction setOne-shot value is "0," becomes the same as IN-A inoutput Decrement input IN-A in Decrement input to 9,990 ms isIN-A possible in setup mode.) the output operation of (10 contact output. can be either "H" or "L." "L""L" can be either "H" or "L." T/2 T/2 一致出力（計数継続） Coincidence Output (Continuous Count) ON Increment mode T/2 T/2 Increment T T Decrement mode "H" "H" IN-A"H" IN-B IN-B"L" "L""L" IN-B in Increment input IN-B in Increment input can be either "H" or "L." can be either "H" or "L." T/2 T/2 T One-shot time 100 ms (10 to 9,990 ms is possible in setup mode.) 0 : Prediction Set Value "H" IN-B"H" IN-A "L" "L" <Note> Decrement 加算・減算個別入力モード(負論理入力時) OFF Predicted Value Decrement T OFF Non-contact Output OFF Predicted Value ON Contact OutputPreset Values Programmable Cam Reset Individual Mode OFF Increment/Decrement Input T/2 T/2 ON Non-contact Output (Negative Logic Input) T OFF : Prediction Set Value 加算 ・減算個別入力モード(負論理入力時) ON Increment Decrement Increment Decrement OFF ON OFF ON Digital Timer T/2 T/2 T/2 T/2 One-shot time 100 ms T (10 to 9,990 ms is possible T in setup mode.) "H" Increment IN-B in Increment input IN-B"H" ワンショット出力 can be（計数Reset） either "H" or "L." "L" IN-A "L" Increment mode Predicted Value ON Reset ON Reset OFF 0 OFF ON Non-contact Output ON Non-contact Output OFF ワンショット出力OFF （計数Reset） ON Contact Output ON ON Contact Output OFF Reset OFF OFF Increment mode ON Reset Tachometer IN-A Output Non-contact IN-B 0 Predicted Value 0 0 Decrement Electronic Counter "H" OFF 加算・減算個別入力モード(正論理入力時) "H" ON "H" IN-A in Decrement input IN-B in Increment input OFF IN-B in Increment input IN-B"L" can be either "H" or "L." can be either "H" or "L." "L" ON can be either "H" or "L." Contact"L" Output OFF ON ワンショット出力（計数Reset） 保持出力 （計数継続） One-shot Output (Reset 一致出力 （計数継続） Preset ValuesNon-contact Output Decrement T Increment T ON T Predicted Value Contact Output T 加算・減算個別入力モード(正論理入力時) Increment Decrement Increment mode Decrement mode "H" Preset Values "H" IN-A IN-A Individual Predicted "L" Value "L" T/2 ON Preset Values Preset Values Predicted Predicted Value Value Predicted Value Preset Values T/4 T/4 T/4 T/4 IN-A in Decrement input in Decrement Increment/DecrementIN-A Input Modeinput can be either "H" or "L." can be either "H" or "L." (Positive0 Logic Input) T/2 T/2 Predicted Value Non-contact Output 加算 ・減算個別入力モード(正論理入力時) 加算 ・減算個別入力モード(正論理入力時) ワンショット出力（計数Reset） T 保持出力（計数継続） t mode mode 二相入力モード Decrement Increment Increment Decrement "H" "H" IN-A IN-A "L""L" Increment IN-B in Increment input can be either "H" or "L." : Prediction Set Value IN-A in Decrement input can be either "H" or "L." T/2 T/2 T T/2 T/2 T Decrement KCV KCX KCM IN-A in Decrement input T/2 "H" or "L." canT/2be either ON <Note> T T/2 T/2 Reset - For output display for prediction output (non-contact output), the output LED blinks. - For output display for prediction output (non-contact output), the output LED blinks. OFF -ON When the prediction set value is "0," non-contact output becomes the same as 1 1 becomes the same as Count for - When or theTprediction . Required counting speed (Herz) =output set value isspeed "0," non-contact Count for or . Required counting (Herz) = T sec Non-contact Output the output operation of contact output. the output operation of contact output. T sec OFF Contact Output ON OFF "H" IN-B "L" <Note> Count for IN-B in Increment input can be either "H" or "L." T/2 or . Required counting speed (Herz) = or . Required counting speed (Herz) = TT T/2 1 sec : Prediction Set Value - For output display for prediction output (non-contact output), the output LED blinks. - When the prediction set value is "0," non-contact output becomes the same as the output operation of contact output. <Note> Count for The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. 1 T sec KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 493 Power Source for Sensor Electronic Counter / Controller 2 Non-contact Output OUT KCV Series PLC HMI Connection 0V INH 4 5 6 3 7 1 8 ■Terminal Connection Diagrams KCV-4S／6S KCV-4S/6S KCV-4S／6S Power Source for Sensor COUNTER Count Input 24 V DC, 60mA INA Power Source for Sensor INFORMATION Disabled Count Input INB 9 Non-contact Output 13 INB Reset Input R 10 11 12 8 Disabled Count Input 0V 6 7 5 Power Source for Sensor 24 V DC, 60mA INA Non-contact Output Reset Input OUT R Non-contact Output 13 34 45 56 67 2 1 1 8 OUT 8 COM N.C. N.O. + Contact Output + 9 Reset Input Reset Input 76 7R R + − 10 1211to 24100 12 V DC to Power 240 V AC Power Contact Output Count Input KCV-4T-C/6T-C KCV-4T-C／6T-C INB 0V INH 3 4 5 6 2 INA INB 2 13 R 4 8 − 8 0V Disabled Count Input INH 6 7 5 Reset Input R Reset Input 1 R Disabled Count Input INA Count Input 8 89 Contact 910 Output 1011 12 1112 to 2412 V DC Power COM N.C. N.O. 5 KCV-4T-C／6T-C Reset Input 7 7R 10 11 12 4 INH * Non-contact output (OUT terminal) is also used for prediction output. 100 to 240 V AC Power �予報出力はNon-contact Output(OUT端子)と兼用です。 Reset Reset Input Input 9 0V COM N.C. N.O. 9 Contact 10 Output 11 100 12to 240 V AC Power COM N.C. N.O. OUT 2 INB 7 R 1 8 89 910 10 11 11 12 12 COM N.C. N.O. INA INA INB INB 0V 0V INH INH 24 V DC, 60mA 12 13 Reset Input 7 R 10 11 12 9 KCV-4TDisabled Count Count Input Input Disabled Count Input 2 23 6 6Count Input 34 45 5Disabled 5Disabled6Count Input INH 100 to 240 V AC Power INA INA INB INB 0 V 0 INH V INH 24 V DC, 60mA INH * Non-contact output (OUT terminal) is also used for prediction output. Contact Output KCV-4S-C／6S-C 100 to 240 V AC Power Digital Timer Count Input Disabled Count Input KCV-4T／6T INA INB 0 V INH KCV-4T/6T KCV-4S-C／6S-C Programmable Cam Input Input Input Input Power Source for Sensor Disabled 2CountCount 3 4 5Disabled 6CountCount Non-contact Output Contact Output KCV-4T／6T KCV-4S-C/6S-C KCV-4S-C／6S-C Count Count Input Input Power Source for Sensor KCV-4T／6T Reset Input 8 Electronic Counter 0V 4 1 OUT Tachometer INB Input 2Count 3 4 24 V DC, 60mA INA Non-contact Output OUT 2 9 7 R 10 11 12 + 9 − 10 11 1212 to 24 V DC Power − + to 240 V AC Power 12 to 24100 V DC Power �予報出力はNon-contact Output(OUT端子)と兼用です。 − 12 to 24 V DC Power KCV-4T-C／6T-C �予報出力はNon-contact Output(OUT端子)と兼用です。 Count Input INA INB Disabled Count Input 0V INH ■Input/Output Diagrams 2 3 Circuit 4 AC電源形 5AC電源形 6 AC Power 1 Power Source Power Source 2 2 for Sensor for Sensor 24 V 24 D CV D C 8 7 Reset Input R ON During Negative ON During Negative LogicLogic Input Input 9 10 11 12 3.3 k 3.3 k 3 INA INA 3 KCM INB INB 4 4 DC電源形 DC電源形 DC Power 24 V 24 D CV D C + 11 11 + Internal 24 V Internal 24 V 5 V 5 V+ − 12 to 24 V DC Power KCV KCX 9 N.C. 9 N.C. − 12 10 N.O. 10 N.O. 5V 5V 1.8 k 1.8 k 3 INA INA 3 10 N.O. 10 N.O. 22 k 22 k 5V 5V 3.3 k 3.3 k 5V 5V 1.8 k 1.8 k INB INB 4 4 47 k 47 k 22 k 22 k 1 OUT 1 OUT 5V 5V 3.3 k 3.3 k ResetReset 7 7 47 k 47 k 1 OUT 1 OUT 5V 5V 1.8 k 1.8 k 5 0 5V 0 V ResetReset 7 7 22 k 22 k 6 47k 47k 22 k 22 k KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 5 0 5V 0 V 47 k 47 k 22 k 22 k 5V 5V 3.3 k3.3 k Disabled Disabled 6 CountCount Input Input 8 COM 8 COM 47 k 47 k 22 k 22 k 47 k 47 k 9 N.C. 9 N.C. 12 8 COM 8 COM 47 k 47 k Internal Circuit Internal Circuit ON During Negative ON During Negative LogicLogic Input Input − 22 k 22 k 494 Po COM N.C. N.O. SENSOR ENCODER Count Input 24 V DC, 60mA INA 5V 5V 1.8 k 1.8 k Disabled Disabled 6 CountCount Input Input 6 47 k 47 k 22 k 22 k Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCV Series Connection ■Input Connection Examples Voltage Output or PNP Open Collector Output - Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) Proximity Sensor NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 - Input mode: Individual increment and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.) - Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos) NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-N/E》 - Input mode: Individual increment and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.) 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-E2》 Brown Brown Power Source for Sensor Power Source for Sensor 2 2 (24 V DC)*1 (24 V DC)*1 NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 Brown Brown Power Source for電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 Sensor Power Source for Sensor 2 2 For Increment For Increment 1 (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)*1 Black Black 3 IN A 3 IN A For Increment For Increment NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 Black Black NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 For Decrement For電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 Decrement 3 IN A 3 IN A Brown Brown Black 2 Power Source for Sensor Black 2 Power Source for Sensor 1 IN B IN B 4 4 (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)*1 For Decrement For Decrement Black Black For Increment For Increment Brown 4 Power Brown 4 Power IN B Source for Sensor IN B Source for Sensor Black Black Black 3 IN A Brown 2 Power Black 3 IN A Brown 2 Power 1 1 Source for Sensor Source for Sensor (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)* Brown Brown Reset Power Source for 2Sensor Power Source for 2Sensor 7 Reset 1 1 2 7 2 (24 V DC)*1 Black (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)*1 Black (24 V DC)* For Increment For Decrement For Increment For Decrement Black 7 Reset Black 7 Reset ForBlack Increment ForBlack Increment For Increment For Increment Black 4 IN B Black 4 IN B Black 3 IN A Black 3 IN A Black Black 6 Disabled Count 6 Disabled Count IN A IN A 3 Input 3 Input 3 IN A 3 IN A For Decrement For Decrement Black Black Black 6 Disabled Count Input Black 6 Disabled Count Input Blue Blue For Decrement For Decrement Black 5 0 V Black 5 0 V For Decrement For Decrement 4 IN B 4 IN B 7 Reset Black 7 Reset Black Black Black Blue4 IN B Blue4 IN B 4 IN B 4 IN B 5 0V 5 0V Black Black Black Black Reset Reset Count7 Input DisabledBlack Count7 Input DC2線式近接センサの場合 ロータリエンコーダの場合 6 DisabledBlack 6 Black Black 7 Reset 7 Reset 7 Reset 7 Reset Blue Blue DC2線式近接センサの場合 ロータリエンコーダの場合 Black Black 5 0V 5 0V Disabled Count Input Count Input 6 Disabled - Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage (neg) -Black Input logic: Positive and negative logic are set in accordance with the Black 6input) Blacklogic Black Red Disabled Count Input Disabled Count Input 6 6 Disabled Count Input Disabled Count Input 6 increment and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.) 6 - Input mode: Individual output encoder. Power Source (Brown) of the Blue Blue for Sensor 0 V 0 V 2 5 5 1Red Blue (242-phase V DC)* Blue sensor: Blue APS□-□-Z》 《Recommended - Blue Input mode: inputV(DIP Source switchfor 2 is OFF.) DC2線式近接センサの場合 ロータリエンコーダの場合 For Increment proximity 5 0V Green Sensor (Brown)5 0Power 5 0V 5 0V Brown A the supply voltage should be not less than 20 V. 2 (24 V DC)*TRD-S□B 3 INtype, 1 * In the case of the DC power source (Black) 《Recommended rotary encoder: For Increment IN A 3 Green Blue Brown For Decrement DC2線式近接センサの場合 ロータリエンコーダの場合 TRD-J□-RZ/S 3 IN A (Black) Red DC2線式近接センサの場合 ロータリエンコーダの場合 4 IN B 3 IN A Blue DC2線式近接センサの場合 ロータリエンコーダの場合 for Sensor TRD-N□-RZ/S》 (Brown) 4 Power For Decrement IN B Source 2 (24 V DC)*1 White 4 IN B For Increment Red Green Brown 7 Reset (White) 4 IN B 3 IN A Red Power Source for Sensor (Brown) (Black) White Red 0 VA 5 2 Power IN 1 3 Blue Reset Source for Sensor (Brown) 7 (24 V DC)* (White) Black Power Source for2Sensor (Brown) For Decrement For Increment 1 Count Input Green 6 Disabled 2 Brown (24 1 (Blue) (24 V DC)* 0 VV DC)* 5 IN B IN A For Increment 4 3 Green For Increment (Black) Brown Black Green Brown A IN A Count Input Blue 3 6 INDisabled 4 IN B (Black) 3 IN A (Blue)3 (Black) For Decrement White 5 0V 3 IN A Blue IN A 3 Blue Reset 7 For Decrement 4 IN B (White) For Decrement 4 5 IN0 BV 4 IN B 4 IN B 5 0V White 4 IN B Black 4 IN B 6 Disabled Count7 Input Reset スイッチ・リレーの場合 White (White) (Blue) White 7 Reset (White) 5 0 V 7 Reset (White) スイッチ・リレーの場合 Black 5 0 V 5 0V 5 0V 6 Disabled Count Input Black (Blue) Black Power Source for SensorCount Input Disabled Power Source for Sensor 6 Disabled Count Input 2 6 (Blue) 2 (24 V DC)*(Blue) 1 (24 V DC) 5 02 V Power Source for Sensor Power Source for Sensor For Increment For Increment 2 スイッチ・リレーの場合 5 0 V (24 V DC) (24 V DC)*1 5 0V 3 IN A 3 IN A - Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) For Increment For Increment - Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos) For Decrement For Decrement A 3 IN A input (DIP switch 2 is ON.) 3 IN - Input mode: Individual increment and decrement スイッチ・リレーの場合 IN B Source for Sensor IN B Individual 4 Power 4 Power Source forincrement Sensor - Input and decrement input (DIP switch 2 is ON.) スイッチ・リレーの場合 For2 Decrement 2 Decrement Formode: スイッチ・リレーの場合 - Counting speed: 30 Hz (DIP(24switch 1 V DC) 1 is ON.) V DC)* IN B switch 1 is ON.) 4 IN B - Counting(24speed: 30 Hz4 (DIP For Increment For Increment 7 Reset 7 Reset Power Source for Sensor Power Source for Sensor 3 IN A 2 3 IN A 2 1 Power Source for Sensor Power Source for Sensor (24 V DC) (24 V DC)* Power Source for2Sensor Power Source for2Sensor Reset Reset 7 (24 7 (24 2 Increment 2 Increment1 For Decrement For V DC) For Decrement For V DC)*1 (24 V DC) Count Input 6 Disabled (24 V DC)* Count Input 6 Disabled IN B IN A For Increment IN B IN A 4 For Increment 4 3 3 For Increment For Increment A A 3 6 INDisabled Count Input 3 6 INDisabled Count Input IN A IN A 3 Decrement 3 Decrement For For 5 0 V - Because there is large input current, 5 0V For Decrement For Decrement 7 Reset this connection 7 Reset 4 INisBrecommended. 4 IN B For Decrement For Decrement 4 5 IN0 BV - Because there is large input current, 4 5 IN0 BV 4 IN B 4 IN B 2-wire DC System Proximity Sensor HMI SENSOR NPN Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor PLC ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Rotary Encoder Switch Relay 7 6 Disabled Count7 Input Reset 7 Reset Reset KCV KCX KCM this connection is recommended. is large input current, Count Input 5 0 V - Because there 6 Disabled this connection is recommended. Count Input 6 Disabled 6 Disabled Count Input 6 Disabled Count7 Input Reset �DC電源タイプにはありません。別途外部電源を使用してください。 7 Reset 7 Reset �DC電源タイプにはありません。 別途外部電源を使用してください。 Count Input 5 0V 6 Disabled 6 Disabled Count Input 6 Disabled Count Input 5 0 V - Because there is large input current, 5 0V this connection recommended. - Because there isislarge input current, V input 5 0V large current, �DC電源タイプにはありません。 5 0 V - Because there5 is 0 5 0 V別途外部電源を使用してください。 this connection is recommended. this connection is recommended. �DC電源タイプにはありません。 *1 There is no power source for 別途外部電源を使用してください。 sensors in the case of the DC power source type. �DC電源タイプにはありません。 別途外部電源を使用してください。 �DC電源タイプにはありません。 別途外部電源を使用してください。 Use a separate external power source. ■Output Connection Examples NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合 接点出力の場合 NPN Open Collector Output NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合 OUT 1 0V 5 Contact Output 接点出力の場合 COM 8 COM 8 Load − OUT 1+ Load − + Power Source 0Vfor5Load 24 V DC Power Source for Load 24 V DC N.C. 9 Load N.O. 10 Load N.C. 9 N.O. 10 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. Power Source for Load Power Source for Load Load Load KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 495 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION KCV Series Each Part Name and Function ■Panel Explanation ① Output display (Red) ③ Discrete value display (Red) - Operation mode Lights up when the output is ON. Blinks when the prediction output is ON. - Operation mode Displays the discrete value. - Setup mode Displays the set contents. ③ ② Protection display (Red) ① - Operation mode Blinks when the key is protected. ④ ④ Preset value display (Green) ② - Operation mode Displays the preset value. - Setup mode Displays the setting item. (Only when the key is ON) Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ⑤ - Setup mode Displays the set contents of key protection. ⑥ ⑤ Digit key ⑥ RST key - Operation mode Resets the discrete value. - Operation mode Changes the preset value. * Compared with the pre-set counter panel above, the total counter differs as to the following points. ①Output display ②Protection display : None : None except the display corresponding to the RST key. ④Preset value display : No display in the operation mode. ⑤Digit key : Ineffective in the operation mode. (0 in increment mode, preset value in decrement mode) - Setup mode Select the setting item. ( The preset value is updated approx. one second after the change is made as long as there is no input from any of the keys.) - Setup mode Selects the set contents. ■Key Operation 1. Changes the preset value Every time a digit key is pressed, 1 is added to the preset value of the corresponding digit. Example: When the counter is “123” 1 2 Approx. 1 second after a digit key is released, the set value is entered. 3 Press the 1 key and the 124 134 Press the 3 key and the 234 Press the 2 key and the 2.Resets the discrete value KCV KCX KCM If the reset key is pressed (response time is 0.1 s), the discrete value is reset. If the [RST] key is pressed, the discrete value becomes "0" in the increment mode and the preset value in the decrement mode. 3.Key protection Example: When the counter is “123” 1 Press the 1 key and the 124 2 reset Presskey the 2 key the and digit the 134 When DIP switch 6 is ON, the and key are locked. When 3 the Press 3 key and the 234 the prohibited key is pressed, LEDthecorresponding to the key blinks. For key protection, select the key you want to lock in the setup mode and set DIP switch 6 in the ON position. Since all key protections in the setup mode are locked before shipment, if you simply set DIP switch 6 in the ON position, all keys lock. 6 RST 496 4 5 6 RST 4 5 2 3 1 2 3 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. 1 GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCV Series Each Part Name and Function ■ DIP Switch Setting - Use the DIP switch at the top of the counter for setting. - Before operating the DIP switches, be sure that the power is turned off. The switches do not respond to setting changes while the power is on. - When a DIP switch is changed, be sure to press the [RST] key in the operation mode to reset the count value. Counting Speed Select the counting speed with DIP switch 1. Select a counting speed that is Counting speed Counting speed Counting speedthe choices (200/1 kHz) in the setup mode. notCounting included amongst speed Counting speed Counting speed Counting speed Input Mode Input mode Input mode Input mode Select the input mode with DIP switch 2. Input mode Input mode Input mode Input mode Counting Counting Mode mode Counting mode Counting mode Counting mode Select the counting mode with DIP switch 3. Counting mode Counting mode Counting mode Selects the operation mode. Not in use Selects the key protection. Selects the output mode. Counting memory Counting Memory Counting Counting memory memory Counting memory Counting memory Selects the input mode. Selects the counting speed. SW1 SW1 SW1 SW1 ON ON ON SW1 ON OFF OFF OFF ON SW1 OFF SW1 OFF ON 30 Hz 10k Hz 10k Hz ON OFF OFF Input Mode Input Mode Input Mode Input Mode Add-Subtract individual input Add-Subtract individual Add-Subtract individual input input Input Mode Add-Subtract individual input 2-phase input 2-phase input 2-phase input Add-Subtract individual Input Mode 2-phase inputinput Input Mode 2-phase inputinput Add-Subtract individual SW2 SW2 SW2 SW2 ON ON ON SW2 ON OFF OFF OFF ON SW2 OFF SW2 OFF ON Add-Subtract individual input 2-phase input 2-phase input ON OFF OFF Counting Mode Counting Counting Mode Mode Counting Mode Decrement mode Decrement mode Decrement mode Counting Mode Decrement mode Increment mode Increment mode Increment mode Decrement mode Counting Mode Increment mode Counting Mode Increment mode Decrement mode SW3 SW3 SW3 SW3 ON ON ON SW3 ON OFF OFF OFF ON SW3 OFF SW3 OFF ON Decrement mode Increment mode ON OFF OFF Counting Counting Memory Memory Counting Memory Power Power failure failure memory memory Power memory Counting Power failure failureMemory memory Power source reset Power source reset Power source reset Power failure memory Counting Memory Power source reset SW4 SW4 SW4 SW4 ON ON ON SW4 ON OFF OFF OFF ON SW4 OFF SW4 OFF ON Counting Memory Power source reset Power failure memory Power failure memory Power source reset Power source reset Selects the counting memory. (The addition mode is fixed in the total counter.) Counting Speed Counting Speed Counting Speed Counting Speed 30 Hz 30 Hz 30 Hz Hz Counting Speed 30 10k Hz 10k Hz 10k Hz 30 Hz Counting Speed 10k Hz Counting Speed 10k Hz 30 Hz Counting memory Increment mode Select the counting memory with DIP switch 4. Counting memory Counting Memory (Unused by the total counter) Selects the counting mode. HMI SENSOR Dip Switch * The DIP switches are all set in the OFF position before shipment. PLC Output mode Output Mode mode Output Output Output mode mode ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ON OFF OFF Select the output Output modemode with DIP switch 5. Select the coincidence output in Output SW5 the setup mode. Output Mode Mode SW5 Output Mode SW5 Output mode Output mode Output Mode Hold output Hold Hold output output Output Mode Hold output One-shot output One-shot output One-shot output Output Hold output One-shotMode output Output Mode One-shot output Hold output Hold output One-shot output One-shot output KeyProtection protection Key Key Key protection protection SW5 ON ON ON SW5 ON OFF OFF OFF SW5 ON OFF SW5 OFF ON ON OFF OFF Key protection Select whether "not to use key protection" or "to use key protection" for the Key protection keys set in the setup mode with DIP switch 6. The keys for key protection can Key Protection SW6 Key SW6 beKey set inprotection the setup mode. Key Protection Protection SW6 Key Protection SW6 Key protection "Not to use key protection" is set before shipment. The setup setup mode mode The Operation mode Operation Operation mode mode Operation mode Operation mode Operation Mode Operation mode Operation mode Select the operation mode with DIP switch 8. Dip switch switch 7 7 is is not not used. used. *** Dip * Dip Dip switch switch 7 7 is is not not used. used. Keysetup Protection The mode The setup mode settingis enabled. settingis enabled. settingis enabled. settingis enabled. Keysetup Protection The mode Do not not Do Key Protection settingis enabled. Do not The setup mode Do not The setup mode settingis Doenabled. not settingis enabled. Do not Do not ON SW6 ON ON ON SW6 OFF ON OFF SW6 OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF Operation Mode Operation Operation Mode Mode Operation Mode Setup mode Setup mode Setup mode Operation Mode Setup mode Operation mode mode Operation mode Operation Mode Setup mode Operation mode Operation Mode Operation mode Setup mode Setup mode Operation mode Operation mode SW8 SW8 SW8 SW8 ON ON ON SW8 ON OFF OFF OFF SW8 ON OFF SW8 OFF ON ON OFF OFF KCV KCX KCM * Dip switch 7 is not used. *Dip switch 7 is not used. * Dip switch 7 is not used. * Dip switch 7 is not used. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 497 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter KCV Series Each Part Name and Function ■Setup Mode To the next menu by pressing the reset key Setup Mode Setting Items (1) Counting speed ………… (2) Input logic …………… (3) Output mode ………… (4) Output time …………… (5) Prescaling …………… (6) Magnification of prescale … Tachometer Digital Timer ① Counting speed setting (cps) Make settings that cannot be selected with the DIP switches, in the setup mode. (7) Digit …………………… Programmable Cam (8) Decimal point ………… (9) Prediction output ……… (10) Reset key protection …… (11) Digit key protection …… 200/1 kHz, DIP switch 1 Positive logic, Negative logic Coincidence output, DIP switch 5 Set the one-shot output time from 10 to 9,990 ms (in units of 10 ms). 4 digits: 0.001 to 9.999 6 digits: 0.001 to 99.999 Set the magnification of the value set in the prescale. 1 time, 10 times, 100 times, 1,000 times Set the number of digits to display on the counter. 4 digits: 1 to 4 digits 6 digits: 1 to 6 digits Set the decimal marker to any digit. Set the offset value for the preset value. 4 digits: 0 to 9,999 6 digits: 0 to 999,999 Set the lock for the reset key. Set the lock for the digit keys. * Items (3), (4), (7), (9), (10), and (11) are skipped in the total counter. RST Setup Mode Initial value: □ 2 1 � pos Positive logic 2 � neg Negative logic RST ③ Output mode setting (c-op) Initial value: □ 2 1 � eq Coincidence output 2 � dips DIP switch 5 RST ④ Output time setting (outt) Initial value: 100ms Digit key 1 is disabled as the setting is performed in units of 10 ms. Discrete value display part Blank 0. 1 0 0 s Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1 Variable from 10 to 9990 ms RST ⑤ Prescale setting 1 (scL1) Initial value: 1.000 Discrete value display part 1. 0 0 0 Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1 4 digits: 0.001 to 9.999 6 digits: 0.001 to 99.999 RST ⑥ Prescale setting 2 (scL2) 1 2 3 4 RST ② ① When DIP switch 8 is in the ON position and the power is turned on, the setup mode starts. ② When the DIP switch 8 is in the OFF position and the power is turned on, the operation mode starts. 1 � 1000 1 kHz 2 � 200 200 Hz 3 � dip1 Dip switch 1 ② Input logic setting (si g) Switching Between the Setup Mode and the Operation Mode ① Operation Mode Initial value: □ 3 � � � � 1 0 0 0 1 0 0.0 1 0.0 0 1.0 0 0 Initial value: 1.000 1000 times 100 times 10 times 1 time ⑦ Digit selection setting (dgt) Initial value: Maximum digit The number of digits corresponding to the digit keys is displayed. Discrete value display part 6 5 4 3 2 1 RST Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1 ⑧ Decimal point setting (d.p) KCX KCM The decimal point appears after the digit number corresponding to the digit key number. Digit key 1 is used for the setting for no decimal point. Initialize the setup mode using the menu as shown in the table on the right. (Use the digit keys for all settings.) - The digits that were selected in the digit selection setting will be available later when setting the decimal point, prediction output, and digit key protection, and only the selected digits can be set. - If the digit selection setting is changed, the decimal point setting is automatically changed to "no decimal point," the prediction output setting to "0," and the preset value to "5." - If the default setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST] key in the operation mode to reset the count value. - The set contents become effective when moving to the next menu via the [RST] key. - If the [RST] key is pressed and pressed for 3 seconds or more in the operation mode, the "prediction output setting" screen in the setup mode appears. When the [RST] key is pressed after making a setting, the operation mode screen appears. Discrete value display part 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1 RST ⑨ Prediction output setting (set ) Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1 ⑩ Reset key protection setting (rpro) Initial value: Locked Select whether to lock the reset key or not. Digit key: K/P display part 1 : ■□□□□□□ (Lock) 2 : □□□□□□□ (Unlock) RST ⑪ Digit key protection setting (ppro) Initial value: Locked Select the whether to lock each digit key or not. (4 digits: □□□□□/6 digits: □□□□□□□) Digit key: K/P display part K/P display part : Lit when disabled : Enabled when out To the first menu by pressing the reset key RST 498 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Initial value: 0 Discrete value display part 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 RST * Items ③ ④ ⑦ ⑨ ⑩ and ⑪ are skipped in the total counter. Digit key 1 : Not use 1 : Use Initial value: No decimal point a KCV Operation of the setup mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 : □□□□□□■ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □□□□□■□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □□□□■□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □□□■□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □□■□□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □■□□□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCV Series Example of Setting KCV-6S 3. Change the set contents Changes the Preset Value Change the preset value from 120 to 240. The preset value becomes effective approx. 1 second after the change is made. Before Changing Change Complete To the next menu by pressing the reset key RST ENCODER ① Counting speed Setting screen Change to the initial value. ② Input logic Setting screen OUT K/P OUT K/P 6 4 5 RST 3 1 RST 4 5 3 1 RST 4 5 6 2 3 1 RST 4 5 2 3 1 RST Change to the initial value. ③ Output Setting mode screen Press the digit key 3 Once. Press the digit key 2 twice. ■Positioning by the Encoder Input RST RST KCV-6S Pulley 4 5 2 3 Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Set the prescale to "0.047." Press the 4 key 9 times, the 2 key 4 times, and the 1 key 7 times to set the prescale to "0.047." K/P 6 Change to the initial value. Prescale setting 1 Setting screen ⑤ COUNTER RST Change to the initial value. ④ Output time Setting screen Position the conveyer in units of 0.1 mm. To accurately stop the conveyor, output the prediction output 20 mm in front of the preset value. OUT INFORMATION K/P 6 2 COUNTER OUT K/P 6 2 HMI SENSOR ■Operation Mode OUT PLC 1 Encoder RST Prediction Output (Deceleration) present Output (Suspended) Control Box ⑥ Prescale setting 2 Setting screen Motor Set the magnification to "10." Press the 3 key once to set the magnification to 10. - Pulley diameter : φ15 - Encoder pulse count : 1,000 P/R RST Setting Item Settings Counting Speed 10 kHz* Input Logic Negative logic* Output Mode One-shot* Output Time 100 ms* Prescaling 0.047 Magnification 10 Digit 6* Decimal Point Between 1st digit and 2nd digit Prediction Output 20.0 * Items with an * mark are set before shipment. ⑦ Digit Setting screen RST Change to the initial value. ⑧ Decimal point Setting screen Display the decimal point between the first and second digits. RST Press the 2 key to display the decimal point between the first and second digits. KCV KCX KCM ⑨ Prediction output Setting screen 1.Prescale calculation Prescaling = = Set the prediction output to "20." π×Pulley Diameter (mm) Encoder Pulse Count 3.1416×15 1000 Press the reset key to end setup. RST Press the 3 key twice to set the prediction output to "20.0." This setting is complete. = 0.047 mm/pulse 4. Switching to the operation mode = 0.047×10 (to display in units of 0.1 mm) 2. Switching to the setup mode Set DIP switch 8 in the ON position and turn the power on. (DIP switches 1 to 7 are in the OFF position.) When setup is completed in the setup mode, turn the power off and set DIP switch 8 in the OFF position (to the operation mode). (The set contents in the setup mode are written when the power is turned off.) 5. Start the operation mode When a setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST] key to reset the count value after the power is turned on. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 499 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER KCV Series Error Code Display/Option ■Common Errors Error Code COUNTER INFORMATION Error Name Error details The preset values and the contents of setup mode are changed. Memory data error Decimal Point Blinking Counter overflow error Decimal Point Blinking Minus Display Counter underflow error Corrective Action Press the [RST] key and delete the error indication. The discrete value becomes "0", the set value becomes "5000", and the contents of the setup mode revert back to the preshipment defaults. Count values have exceeded the display range. The error indication is cancelled if the [RST] key is pressed to reset the discrete value or if the discrete value returns within the counting range. Inside the counter, the discrete value is correctly counted in the range of Count values are below -2,147,483.648 to 2,147,483.647. the display range. Electronic Counter Tachometer Counter Overflow Error All digits in the display turn to “0”. Digital Timer All digits in the display turn to “0”. Programmable Cam カウンタオーバーフローエラー +1 +1 +1 Decimal point blinking +1 Decimal Point Blinking Decimal point blinking Minus Display Decimal Point Blinking Counter Underflow Error Minus Display カウンタオーバーフローエラー カウンタアンダーフローエラー −1 −1 −1 Decimal Point Blinking −1 Decimal Point Blinking Decimal Point Blinking Decimal Point Blinking カウンタアンダーフローエラー ■Option Option Model Number Contents Price Rubber Gasket KC-48P If installed between the installation panel and KCV, it prevents the intrusion of water into the control panel. Front Cover KC-48C If installed to the front panel, it protects the counter from exposure to dirt, etc. Material: Soft silicon rubber Key operation is enabled with the front cover installed. Open Open KCV KCX KCM 500 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCV Series Precautions ■Precautions in Use (1) The power source 0 V terminal ⑫ and the input common 0 V terminal ⑤ of the DC type are internally short-circuited. (2) Rather than gradually increasing the supply voltage, apply the rated voltage at once using a switch or relay. (3) When using the 2-wire DC system proximity sensor, set the input logic to negative logic. (4) When changing the preset value while counting, the changed preset value becomes effective approx. 1 second after the key input. In the decrement mode, the changed preset value becomes effective when the counting is reset. (Effective preset values are memorized during power failures.) (5) Enter the set contents of the DIP switches and the setup mode in the data sheet attached to the main body and keep it for maintenance. (6) Do not use the counter in the following environments. - Any place where the ambient temperature exceeds 50˚C or falls to -10˚C or lower. - Any place where the ambient humidity exceeds 85% or condensation occurs due to rapid temperature change. - Any place that is exposed to dust, iron powder, and corrosive gas. - Any place that is exposed to sunlight. - Any place where there are large vibrations or shocks. (7) When performing a dielectric voltage test or insulation resistance test, separate the main body from the control circuit. ① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel. PLC HMI SENSOR ■Cautions in Wiring - Wire cables separately from power lines. - When using the counter in a place where a lot of noise is generated, separate the main body of the KCV and the wiring from the noise sources as far as possible. - Do not use an unused terminal as a relay terminal. - It is recommended to use a crimp terminal for connections. - When wiring the cable to the terminals ① and ⑦, if the crimp terminal has a fork shape, do not attach it diagonally. For diagonal attachment, use a round crimp terminal. In the Case of a Forked Crimp Terminal ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer If the crimp terminal is diagonally attached, the contact with the terminal becomes insufficient. Therefore, attach the crimp terminal horizontally from the side as shown in the figure above. Programmable Cam In the Case of a Round Crimp Terminal ■How to Mount and Remove the Main Body How tointo Mount the Mainbore Body ① Insert the main body the attachment of the panel. ① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel. - As the screw for anchoring the terminal block, only use the anchoring screw used in shipping. How to Mount the Terminal Block and the Terminal Block Cover - Make sure that the allowable tightening torque is 0.3 Nm. - As the screw for anchoring the terminal block, Mount the terminal block cover after theblock, wiring is completed. -- As the screw anchoring the terminal only use the anchoring screw for used in shipping. onlyallowable use the anchoring screw used in shipping. - Make sure that the tightening torque is 0.3 Nm. - Make surecover that the tightening torque is 0.3 Nm. - Mount the terminal block afterallowable the wiring is completed. - Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed. KCV ② Attach the mounting frame from the backside. KCX Body ② Attach the mounting frame from the backside. ② Attach the mounting frame from the backside. KCM Body Body Terminal Block Fixing Screw Mounting Frame: The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal and transverse directions. Mounting Frame: The frame can beMounting mounted Frame: both in the longitudinal and transverse directions. The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal and transverse directions. Terminal Block Terminal Block Terminal Block Cover Fixing Screw Fixing Screw Terminal Block Cover Terminal Block Cover How to remove the main body ① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards. ② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread. ① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards. ① Pinch spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards. ② Pull out the frame whilethe thelevers leverstoare spread. ② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 501 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER KCV Series Dimensions ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) Main Body of the KCV 63 COUNTER 100 (AC Power) 48 60 (DC Power) 48 44.5 Mounting Frame INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer 1 to 5: Mounting Panel Thickness Digital Timer 6 Programmable Cam Terminal Block Detail Drawing 50 10 Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation 1. When the mounting handle direction is in the transverse direction 4×7.62=30.48 7.62 Terminal Screw 6.5 1.12 M3 2. When the mounting handle direction is in the longitudinal direction * When arranging the counter after attaching the front cover (KC-48C, KC-48P), make the alignment dimension 55 mm or more. 9.5 70 or more 0 48 +0.2 (Tight Mounting is Possible) 70 or more 55 or more Square Hole 0 45 +0.3 6.5 Mounting Frame 0 45 +0.3 Conforming cable size : 0.25 to 1.65 mm 2 Conforming crimp terminal : R1.25-3 Allowable tightening torque : 0.5 Nm KCV KCX KCM Front Cover (Option) KC-48C 54.1 8.8 50 Front Cover Outside Dimensions for Mounting Space Between the Main Body and the Mounting Panel 1.3 (9.1) 50 54.1 Mounting Panel Main Body Front Cover 502 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCX Series List of Model Numbers PLC HMI SENSOR Classification Model Number Increment type with input/output display Single preset Increment type with numerical display 1 KCX-2 2 KCX-3 3 KCX-4 4 KCX-1D 1 KCX-2D 2 KCX-2DM 2 KCX-3D 3 KCX-3DM 3 KCX-4D 4 KCX-4DM 4 5 KCX-5DM 5 KCX-6D 6 KCX-6DM 6 Add-subtract type KCX-B6 with numerical display KCX-B6M 6 Increment type Add-subtract type Increment type Total Counter KCX-1 KCX-5D Preset Counter Double preset (With numerical display) Digit 6 KCX-3W 3 KCX-4W 4 KCX-4WM 4 KCX-5W 5 KCX-6W 6 KCX-6WM 6 Retentive Feature for Power Failure ● ● Counting Speed Supply Voltage For both 10 Hz and 1 kHz Open Open ● ● Open For both 10 Hz and 200 Hz Open Open 12 V DC, 50 mA Open Open For both 10 Hz and 1 kHz Electronic Counter Tachometer Open Open Digital Timer Open Programmable Cam Open For both 10 Hz and 5 kHz Open Open For both 10 Hz and 20 kHz 24 V DC, 80 mA For both 10 Hz and 5 kHz 6 ● KCX-4T 4 ● For both 10 Hz and 1 kHz KCX-6T 6 ● For both 10 Hz and 5 kHz KCX-8T 8 ● For both 10 Hz and 10 kHz 6 ● For both 10 Hz and 20 kHz For both 10 Hz and 20 kHz Open Open Open 12 V DC, 50 mA 6 90 to 132 V AC 180 to 264 V AC 50/60 Hz Open For both 10 Hz and 2 kHz KCX-B6W ̶ INFORMATION Open ● ● ENCODER COUNTER Open ● ● Price For both 10 Hz and 200 Hz KCX-B6WM Add-subtract type KCX-B6T Power Supply for Sensors Open Open Open Open 24 V DC, 80mA Open Open Open 12 V DC, 50 mA Open Open 24 V DC, 80 mA Open (Accessories) Mounting brackets, dust cover KCV KCX KCM The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 503 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam KCX-□,□D/DM Features Green Counter Increment Type, Single Preset - Maximum counting speed For 1 and 2 digits: for both 10 Hz and 200 Hz For 3 and 4 digits: for both 10 Hz and 1 kHz For 5 and 6 digits: for both 10 Hz and 5 kHz - The 1 to 6-digit preset electronic counter uses an easy-to-see, bright green color for the numerical display and the input/output display. The electronic counter features various user-friendly functions including thorough dust prevention measures and power failure measures. With input/output display With numerical display ■Features Easy-to-see Green Display For Both A-type (Specific Time Output) and B-type (Self-holding Output) An easy-to-see green display is used for the numerical display and the input/ output display (The numerical display is a green LED with a character height of 8 mm.) Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard Feature All models are equipped with a dust cover as a standard feature, and the setter can be operated from outside the dust cover. The A-type operation and the B-type operation can be switched by changing the connection of the terminal. Six Kinds of Operation Modes The best operation mode can be selected. A Wide Range of Supply Voltage Dust Cover Digital Switch Improved Space Factor All models for 1 digit to 6 digits have a small design with the front outer shape being DIN size (72 x 72 mm) and an overall depth of 103.5 mm. Retentive Memory without Battery Backup The supply voltage covers 90 to 132 V AC and 180 to 264 V AC. Counting Input can be Prohibited. By applying input to the counting input inhibit terminal, counting input can be interrupted to stop counting. For Both Embedded and Surface-Mount Installation In the case of embedded installation, the counter can be attached to the panel simply by tightening the dedicated mounting bracket from the back side. In the case of surface-mount installation, the counter can be mounted to and removed from the F terminal (terminal block) by one-touch operation. An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require maintenance is used. KCV KCX KCM Built-in Power Source for Sensors All models for 1 digit to 6 digits have a built-in 12 V DC, 50 mA power source for sensors and, therefore, can be directly connected to sensors such as proximity sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary encoders. Wide Variable Range for Output Time In the case of specific time output operation (A-type operation), the output time can be varied from 50 to 1,000 ms using the volume on the front part of the counter. Moreover, by installing a capacitor on the terminal, the output time can be increased to up to 10 s. 504 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 B Stand (Terminal Block) or Connector Dedicated Mounting Brackets Stand F (Terminal Block) Body Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCX-□,□D/DM Specifications Model Number ENCODER Standard Standard With Numerical Power Failure Display Memory Type Digit Operation Format KCX-1 KCX-2 KCX-3 KCX-4 ̶ ̶ KCX-1D KCX-2D KCX-3D KCX-4D KCX-5D KCX-6D ̶ KCX-2DM KCX-3DM KCX-4DM KCX-5DM KCX-6DM 1 digit 2 digits 3 digits 4 digits 5 digits 6 digits For both A-type (Specific time output type, automatic reset) and B-type (Output holding type) Count Input External Reset Contact input Non-contact input Contact input Non-contact input Contact input Non-contact input Maximum counting speed 10 Hz 200 Hz 10 Hz 1 kHz 10 Hz 5 kHz Minimum pulse width 50 ms 2.5 ms 50 ms 0.5 ms 50 ms 0.1 ms Input resistance 6 kΩ 12 kΩ 6 kΩ 12 kΩ 6 kΩ 12 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 2 V/"H" 6 to 30 V Response time Delay ON time: 20 ms Delay OFF time: 4 ms Input resistance 6 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 2 V/"H" 6 to 30 V Automatic Reset Reset time 5 ms or less Power Source Reset* 1 Power supply shutdown time Minimum of 0.2 s is required. Voltage Output*2 Contact Output Input/Output Response Time* 3 HMI SENSOR ■Specifications With Input/ Output Display PLC Reset time 0.2 s or less Output resistance 1.2 kΩ (No-load voltage 12 V) Output current Source: 2.5 mA Sink: 8.0 mA Withstand voltage 45 V Output time A-type: (Variable), B-type: Self-holding Contact capacity 250 V AC 2 A Number of circuits Transfer 1 circuit (1c) Output time A-type: (Variable), B-type: Self-holding Delay ON time: 10 ms Delay OFF time: 2 ms Delay ON time: 5 ms Delay OFF time: 1 ms 1 ms or less 0.2 ms or less Electrical life 1 million times or more (250 V AC resistance load) Mechanical life 1 million times or more Voltage Output Contact output 10 Hz 200 Hz 10 Hz 1 kHz 10 Hz 5kHz Approx. 10 ms Approx. 4 ms Approx. 10 ms Approx. 0.8 ms Approx. 10 ms Approx. 0.15 ms Approx. 20 ms Approx. 14 ms Approx. 20 ms Approx. 10 ms Approx. 20 ms Approx. 10 ms COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam EEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more Power Failure Memory Function Storage time 10 years KCV Input gate response time when power failure occurs*4*5 Typ, 70 ms KCX Input gate response time when the power returns*6 Typ, 120 ms KCM Power Source for Sensors 12 V ±2 V DC 50 mA Ripple 5% (rms) or lower Withstand Voltage 2kV AC 1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal) Insulation Resistance 500 V DC 20 MΩ or higher Vibration Resistance Compliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm, 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm, 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Supply Voltage 90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V 50/60 Hz Power Consumption With numerical display: Approx. 5 VA With input/output display: Approx. 3 VA Use Ambient Temperature (When Operated) Power-on: 0 to +40˚C Memory storage: -10 to +50˚C Storage Temperature -20 to +55˚C Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 35 to 85% RH (No condensation) Noise Resistance* Weight 7 1 μs width, square-wave pulse, 1 kV 0.5 kg The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 505 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION KCX-□,□D/DM Specifications Precautions (See the previous page.) *1 The power source reset is applied to models except the power failure memory types (KCX-1 to 4, KCX-1D to 6D). The "reset time" of the power source reset refers to the time when counting is disabled when the power is turned on. *5 During a power failure, the functions of each input circuit are stopped. When the power returns, however, each input circuit resumes normal operation by the function of the detection circuit. The "input gate response time when the power returns" refers to the time until each input circuit resumes normal operation and can start receiving the counting input and the reset input after the power is returned. *2 Voltage output (Non-contact output) When connected to a 12 V system《P load》 +12 V +12 +12 V V Electronic Counter Source Source Source 2.4 kΩ 2.4 2.4 kΩ kΩ Tachometer 6 6V V or or higher higher 6 V or higher *6 Other than these tests, we confirm the functions by our original test methods including electrostatic discharge tests, inductive load switching tests, and electromagnetic switch oscillation tests in order to ensure safe operation. Digital Timer Programmable Cam When connected to a 12 V system《N load》 +12 +12 to to +14 +14 V V +12 to +14 V 2kΩ 2kΩ 2kΩ +12 V +12 +12 V V Sink Sink Sink 0.8 V or lower 0.8 0.8 V V or or lower lower When connected to a 24 V system +24 V +24 +24 V V +12 V +12 +12 V V Sink Sink Sink Vc Vc Vc Vc≦3 Vc≦3 V V when when the the sink sink current current is is 20 20 mA mA Vc≦3 V when the sink current is 20 mA KCV KCX KCM *3 The time from the generation of the final pulse of the input signal that reaches the set value in the counting input terminal to the output of the counter. Contact Input A Non-contact Input B KCX C D Voltage Output (Non-contact Output) Contact Output A/B C t1 t1: Non-contact Output response D t2 t2: Contact Output response *4 The power failure detecting circuit starts operating simultaneously with a power failure, and stops the function of each input circuit (counting and reset input) after a certain period of time, and prevents the counting or reset operation even if an input signal is added. The "input gate response time when power failure occurs" refers to the time until the functions of each input circuit stop. Each input circuit performs normal operation during this time. 506 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ External Reset Input Electronic Counter / Controller ON Power Source Count Input Set Value Discrete Value (Indicated Value) Power Source Output OFF t≧0.2 s KCX-□,□D/DM ON OFF t≧0.2 s Operation t≧0.2 s Approx. 50 to 1000 ms Count Input External Set Value Reset Input A-type Operation (Specific Time Output Operation) Discrete Value B-type (Self-holding Output Operation) (IndicatedOperation Value) 《Retentive memory type》 When resetting the counting: Add the external reset signal. Power Source Power Source Count Input Count Input Set Value Set Value When resetting the output signal and counting: Add the external reset signal. Set Value ON ON OFF OFF Power Source Discrete Value (Indicated Value) CountOutput Input A 標準 COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer B 停電 ON OFF Digital Timer Programmable Cam A 停電記憶形の場合 停電記憶形の場合 A B 停電 Discrete Value (Indicated Value) Approx. 50 to 1000 ms Approx. 50 to 1000 ms A 標準 ENCODER External Set Value Reset Input Discrete Value Discrete Value) Value (Indicated (Indicated Value) Output Output External External Reset Input Reset Input Output External Reset Input 《Normal type》 《Normal type》 When resetting the counting: ① add the external reset signal. Or shut down the power source ② temporarily (0.2 s or longer). Power Source Power Source Count Input Count Input Set Value Set Value Discrete Value Discrete Value) Value (Indicated (Indicated Value) Output Output External External Reset Input Reset Input t≧0.2 s - If the number Outputof input pulse signals reaches the preset value (count-up), the output is produced and held. Approx. 50 to 1000 ms External - In the case of the models equipped with a numerical display, if terminal ④ Reset Input (E), terminal ⑤ (CH1) and terminal ⑥ (CH2) are connected, the counting display is not reset even if the counter counts up, and if the input signal is added, it is counted for the count-up display. However, when terminal ④ (E) and terminal ⑤ (CH1) are connected, if the counter counts up, ON the counting display is reset to 0. (See the "A-type /B-type operation OFF Power Source switching connection method".) Count Input 《Retentive memory type》 HMI SENSOR ■Operation - When the number of input pulse signals reaches the preset value (countup), the output is produced. - The output time is approx. 50 to 1,000 ms (volume variable). - If the counter counts up, the counting circuit and the counting display (for the models equipped with a numerical display) are automatically reset, and the operation can be repeated. - Output is also reset by external reset during output time. PLC When resetting the output signal and counting: ①Add the external reset signal. Or shut down the power source ② temporarily (0.2 s or longer). ON ON OFF OFF Power Source t≧0.2 s t≧0.2 s ON OFF t≧0.2 s Count Input Set Value t≧0.2 s t≧0.2 s Approx. 50 to 1000 ms Approx. 50 to 1000 ms ON A 標準形の場合 標準形の場合 A Discrete Value OFF Power Source B 標準 (Indicated Value) CountOutput Input t≧0.2 s External Set Value Reset Input Discrete Value (Indicated Value) ■A-Type/B-Type Operation Switching Connection Method When terminal ④ (E) and terminal ⑤ (CH1) are connected, the counter performs the B-type operation, and if they are not connected, the ON counter performsON the A-type operation. In the case of B-type operation OFF Power Source OFF (terminals ④ and ⑤ are connected), if the counter counts up, models Power Source equipped a numerical display reset the counting display to 0. To Countwith Input Count prevent theInput counting display from being reset, connect terminals ④, ⑤ and ⑥.Set In this way, if the counter counts up, the counting display does Value Set Value not become 0, and if an input is added, it is counted for the count-up Discrete Value display. Discrete Value) Value (Indicated (Indicated Value) Output Output 1 +12 V External External Reset Input 2 IN (10 cps) Reset Input 3 IN (High Speed) 4 E 5 CH1 6 CH2 7 R KCV Output B 標準 KCX External Reset Input KCM B 停電記憶形の場合 停電記憶形の場合 B (Counter) ON ON OFF Power Source OFFB Operation Type Power Source t≧0.2 s Count Input t≧0.2 s when the catalog was issued. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid Count Input For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. Set Value Set Value KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 507 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam KCX-□,□D/DM Connection ■Terminal Assignment ■Terminal Connections With I/O Indicators Terminal Number Symbol Connection of Counting Input Description 1 +12 V Power source for sensor 2 IN (10 Hz) Counting input for low speed 3 IN Counting input for high speed* 1 4 E Ground* 2 (Capacitor 5 CH Switching specific time output/ Holding output (Capacitor ) 6 ̶ Not connected 7 R External reset input 8 OUT Non-contact output 9 COM. 10 N.O. 11 N.C. 12 180 to 264 V AC 13 90 to 132 V AC 14 0 V AC 1 Reset Input Reset Input (ON: Reset) Reset Input (ON: Reset) (ON: Reset) Relay contact output KCV KCX KCM +12 V AC power input Description Power source for sensor 2 IN (10 Hz) Counting input for low speed IN Counting input for high speed* 1 4 E Ground* 2 (Capacitor 5 CH1 Switching specific time output/ Holding output (Capacitor ) 6 CH2 Switching automatic reset / Non-automatic reset 7 R External reset input 8 OUT Non-contact output COM. N.O. 1. 接点入 1. 接点入 1. 接点入 (Counter) (Counter) (Counter) R R R 2. In the case of no-contact input signals 3 9 +12 V +12 V IN (10 +12 V Hz) IN (10 Hz) IN (10 Hz) The counting input can be selected from low-speed input and high-speed input. Symbol 10 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 5 4 5 6 5 6 7 6 7 7 Count Input (ON: Count) Count Input Count Input (ON: Count) (ON: Count) ) Models with a Numerical Display Terminal Number 1. In the case of contact input signals 11 N.C. 12 180 to 264 V AC 13 90 to 132 V AC 14 0 V AC Relay contact output AC power input ) 12 V 12 V 12 V4.7 kΩ or4.7 lower kΩ kΩ or4.7 lower Counting or lower Signal Counting Counting Signal Signal Count Input CountSpeed) Input (Low CountSpeed) Input (Low (Low Speed) (High Speed) (High Speed) (High Speed) 12 V 12 V4.7 kΩ 12or V4.7 lower kΩ kΩ or4.7 lower Reset or lower Signal Reset Signal Reset Signal Reset Input Reset Input Reset Input 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 5 4 5 6 5 6 7 6 7 7 +12 V +12 V IN (10 +12 V Hz) IN (10 Hz) (High Speed) IN (10 Hz) IN (High Speed) E IN (High Speed) (Counter) E (Counter) E (Counter) 2. 無接点 2. 無接点 2. 無接点 R R R 3. Connection to the open collector output The counting becomes the reverse action. (Counting when the open collector output changes from ON to OFF) 4.7 kΩ PLC PLC PLC or4.7 lower kΩ kΩ or4.7 lower or lower 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 3 4 3 4 5 4 5 6 5 6 7 6 7 7 4.7 kΩ or4.7 lower kΩ kΩ or4.7 lower or lower *1 See Specifications. *2 Capacitor connection terminal for output time extension. 3.オープ 3.オープ 3.オープ +12 V +12 V IN +12(10 V Hz) IN (10 Hz) IN (10 (High Speed) IN Hz) IN (High Speed) E (High Speed) IN (Counter) E (Counter) E (Counter) R R R Input Voltage Input Voltage Input Voltage 2 mA 2 mA 2 mA 1 1 1 2 2 2 +12 V +12 V (Counter) (Counter) IN (10 +12 V Hz) (Counter) IN (10 Hz) IN (10 Hz) A A A B B B 508 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ ton ton ton mA 4 E (Counter) 6 7 Electronic Counter / Controller 3.オープンコレクタ出力との接続 4.7 kΩ or lower 5 PLC R 4.7 kΩ or lower 1 +12 V 2 IN (10 Hz) 3 IN (High Speed) 4 E KCX-□,□D/DM Connection (Counter) 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 Contact input Connection of the Output 8 8 +12 V (1) When used as shown in the figure below, the voltage and current that 1. Contact output COM 9 flow through the contact point are around 2 mA. Therefore, the use of COM 9not applied to load B whenPower Electric current is applied to load A and is counting is completed. Source for Load IN (10 Hz) Power Source for Load Load A N.O. 10 the contact point for minute electric current improves reliability. Since Load A N.O. 10 IN (High Speed) (Counter) the contact point of the electromagnetic switch is designed for large N.C. 11 (Counter) N.C. 11 Load B 8B E current and high voltage, it is not suitable for use for contact input of the A Load B (Counter) Input Circuit 12 Input Voltage counter. COM 12 9 13 6 7 2 mA R 1 +12 V 2 IN (10 Hz) T1 (Counter) 13 N.O. 10 T014 N.C. 14 11 (Counter) 12 A Load A A Input Voltage 1 +12 V 2 IN (10 Hz) ton Tachometer Digital Timer toff Programmable Cam 2. Non-contact output 《Source load》 T1 (Counter) T0 Delay ON Time (ton) Delay OFF Time (toff) 6V 16 ms 4 ms 12 V 8 ms 8 ms 30 V 3 ms 23 ms 5 12 6 13 7 14 toff Since the values above are standard values, T1 and T0 should have values more than 3 times the values above for actual input signals. Example) Contact input using the power source for sensor (12 V DC) T1: 24 ms or more, T0: 24 ms or more are required. E E E (Counter) (Counter) OUT (Counter) 《Sink load》 (+) (+) 無接点 無接点 《 ソー 《 ソー 2.5 mA or lower 2.5 mA or lower Non-contact Output Non-contact Output Voltage Voltage L: 0.8 V or (+) lower L: lower H: 0.8 6 V Vororhigher H: 6 V or higher 無接点 《 ソー 2.5 mA or lower 2.4 kΩ or higher Non-contact Output 2.4 kΩ or higher Voltage L: 0.8 V or lower H: 6 V or higher Load Input Voltage B OUT OUT Load Load 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 8 12 12 9 13 13 10 14 14 11 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 1 5 5 2 6 6 3 7 7 4 A ton 接点出 接点出 INFORMATION Electronic Counter B Input Circuit COUNTER 接点出 Load B 14 B ENCODER Power Source for Load 13 (2) The input response of the counting input terminal ② (10 Hz) has the following characteristics. HMI SENSOR 7 R 3.オープンコレクタ出力との接続 PLC 2.4 kΩ or(−) higher (−) In this operation, the current flows in when the output is in the "L" state. This operation is reversed from the normal open collector output, and the output becomes "H" when the counter counts up. (−) 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 1 5 5 2 6 6 3 7 7 4 OUT OUT E E E (Counter) (Counter) OUT (Counter) 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 8 12 12 9 13 13 10 14 14 11 5 12 6 13 7 14 (+) (+) KCV 20 mA or lower 20 mA or lower Non-contact Output Non-contact Output Voltage (+) Voltage L: 2 V or lower L: 2 V or lower KCX KCM 20 mA or lower RL 45 V or lower RL Non-contact Output 45 V or lower Voltage L: 2 V or lower RL 45 V or lower (−) (−) E E 《 シン 《 シン 《 シン E (−) The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 509 Electronic Counter / Controller 12 V PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION KCX-□,□D/DM Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam A consumption V should be 50 mA or less in total. (For Counting)current of +12 Red (Brown) Proximity Sensor, Photoelectric Sensor, Proximity Sensor,etc. Rotary Encoder, Proximity Sensor, Photoelectric Sensor, Sensor, Photoelectric Rotary Encoder, etc. Rotary Encoder, etc. (Low speed) High speed) speed (Low White (Black) High speed High speed White (Black) (Black) White Black (Blue) Red (Brown) Red Red (Brown) (Brown) (For Reset) Reset) (For Black (Blue) (Blue) Black White (Black) White (Black) (Black) White Proximity Sensor, Black (Blue) Photoelectric Sensor, Black (Blue) (Blue) Black Proximity Sensor,etc. Rotary Encoder, Proximity Sensor, Photoelectric Sensor, Sensor, Photoelectric Rotary Encoder, Encoder, etc. etc. Rotary IN (High Speed) IN (High Speed) 4 E 3 IN (High Speed) IN (High Speed) 4 E 3 4 2. 無接点入力信号 2. 無接点入力信 (Counter) (Counter) E 1 +12 V 2 11 +12(10 IN +12 VV Hz) 3 22 4 33 (10 Hz) Hz) IN (10 (High Speed) IN 4 5 4 5 56 EE 7 66 R 77 R R 3 (Counter) (Counter) 4 E Simple Input Inhibit Method Using an Unused Input Terminal 12 12 When Directly Connected to the Sensors Red (Brown) (Low speed) Red (Brown) R 3 Counting Counting Signal Signal ■Example of Connection (For Reset) Electronic Counter R Connection (For Counting) Counting) (For 12 V R≦ ─ R≦ (kΩ)─ (kΩ) N If the contact N point is closed and the input is forcibly applied to terminal ②, センサを直結する場合 N: Numbers of counter that can becan connected in parallel. N: Numbers of counter that be connected in parallel. the sensor is prohibited from counting. センサを直結する場合 センサを直結する場合 However, when the sensor output (terminal ③) is in the "L" state, if the contact point of input inhibit is closed, the count increases by 1 pulse. (Counter) IN (High Speed) E (High Speed) IN (Counter) (Counter) Input Inhibit Input Inhibit SensorSensor 1 +12 V +12 V 1 2 IN (10 IN (10 Hz) 2 Hz) 3 IN (High Speed) IN (High Speed) 4 E 3 5 When Operating the Counters in Parallel (Counter) E(Counter) 4 5 6 7 入力空き端子を利用 入力空き端子を 6 R 7 R 1. In the case of contact input signals Count Input Count Input Input Count 1 +12 V 2 11 +12(10 IN +12 VV Hz) 22 4 (Counter) IN (10 (10 Hz) Hz) IN E (Counter) (Counter) 44 EE 1 +12 V 2 11 22 4 +12 IN (10 +12 VV Hz) (Counter) IN (10 (10 Hz) Hz) IN (Counter) E (Counter) 44 EE How to Prohibit Counting when Output is Produced カウンタを並列稼働させる場合 When using the sensor at high speed, wire the cables as shown by the dotted 1. 接点入力信号の場合 カウンタを並列稼働させる場合 カウンタを並列稼働させる場合 lines. 1. 接点入力信号の場合 接点入力信号の場合 1. (Diode: Equivalent to Hitachi 1S2076) 12 V 12 VV 12 KCV R Counting R R Signal Counting Counting Signal Signal KCX KCM +12 V +12 V 1 2 IN (10Hz) IN (10Hz) 9 9 3 IN (High Speed) IN (High Speed) 10 10 4 E 2 3 5 2. In the case of no-contact input signals SensorSensor 3 IN (High Speed) 4 33 44 (Counter) IN (High Speed) E (High Speed) IN (Counter) (Counter) EE 3 IN (High Speed) 4 33 44 (Counter) IN (High Speed) E (High Speed) IN (Counter) (Counter) EE 1 +12 V 2 11 +12 IN (10 +12 VV Hz) 2 23 IN (10 (10 Hz) (High Speed) IN IN Hz) 4 33 (High Speed) IN (High Speed) (Counter) E IN 4 45 EE 2. 無接点入力信号の場合 2. 無接点入力信号の場合 無接点入力信号の場合 2. OUT OUT 8 1 6 7 R 8 11 11 5 12 12 6 13 13 14 14 4 7 (Counter) (Counter) E R 出力発生時に計数を 出力発生時に計 12 R≦ ─ (kΩ) N 12 N: Numbers 12 R≦ ─ ─ (kΩ) (kΩ) of counter that can be connected in parallel. R≦ N N N: Numbers of counter counter that that can can be be connected connected in in parallel. parallel. N: Numbers of Input Inhibit Input Inhibit Inhibit Input Sensor Sensor Sensor 510 入力空き端子を利用した簡易入力禁止の方法 入力空き端子を利用した簡易入力禁止の方法 入力空き端子を利用した簡易入力禁止の方法 (Counter) (Counter) 5 56 7 66 R 77 R R KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 +12 V 1 2 11 +12 IN (10Hz) +12 VV OUT 8 OUT OUT 9 88 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ 出力発生時に計数を禁止する方法 Electronic Counter / Controller KCX-□,□D/DM Connection ENCODER In the case of models with a numerical display, six operation modes are enabled as shown below. Discrete Value When Counting Up Holding Output Switching Specific Time Output ● Reset No Reset A-type Operation Prohibition of Counting Input During Output External Reset ExternalOutput Reset Input Counting Input Counting ExternalOutput Reset Output External Reset External Reset Input Counting ● ● COUNTER A-type Operation A-type Operation Input Counting A-type Operation Output Input Counting A-type Operation Input Counting A-type Operation Output Output Input Counting Output B-type Operation Input Counting Input Counting Output Output B-type Operation B-type Operation Input Counting B-type Operation Output Input Counting B-type Operation Input Counting External Reset B-type Operation Output Output Input Counting ● ● ● Count Up ● ● ● ● Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Count Up Programmable Cam Count Up Count Up Output Input Counting Input Counting Output Output Input Counting Output Input Counting Input Counting External Reset Output Output Input Counting External Reset ExternalOutput Reset Input Counting Input Counting ExternalOutput Reset Output External Reset External Reset Input Counting ● Specific Specific Time Time Specific Time Specific Specific Time Time Count Up Count Up Output Input Counting Input Counting Output Output Input Counting ● INFORMATION Specific Time Input Counting ● Terminal Connections Timing Chart Output Input Counting Input Counting External Reset Output Output Input Counting External Reset ExternalOutput Reset Input Counting Input Counting ExternalOutput Reset Output External Reset External Reset ● ● HMI SENSOR ■List of Operation Modes Output PLC Output Input Counting Input Counting External Reset Output Output Input Counting ④-⑤-⑥ Count Up Count Up Count Up Count Up Count Up Count Up ④-⑤ Count Up Count Up Count Up Specific Time Count Up Specific Time Count Up Specific Time Count Up ②-⑧* or ③-⑧ Count Up Specific Time KCV Specific Time Count Up Specific Time Count Up Count Up Count Up Set Value Count Up is Maintained. ②-⑧* or ③-⑧ KCX KCM ④-⑤-⑥ Set Value is Maintained. Set Value is Maintained. Set Value is Maintained. Set Value is Maintained. Set Value is Maintained. ②-⑧* or ③-⑧ ④-⑤ External Reset ExternalOutput Reset Input Counting ExternalOutput Reset Output External Reset External Reset Counting * If the voltage terminal (terminal ⑧) is connected to the low speed input terminal (terminal ②), untilInput the input is prohibited after counting up, the counter has the same responsivity as the low speed input terminal. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 511 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter KCX-□W/WM Features Green Counter Increment Type, Double Preset - Maximum counting speed For 3 and 4 digits: for both 10 Hz and 2 kHz For 5 and 6 digits: for both 10 Hz and 5 kHz - The 3 to 6-digit double preset electronic counter uses an easy-to-see, bright green color for the numerical display. The electronic counter consolidates various functions in its compact body, including thorough dust prevention measures and power failure measures. Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Features Easy-to-see Green Display For Both Low Speed Input and High Speed Input The numerical display is an easy-to-see green display. (Green LED with 8 mm high characters) Low speed input (10 Hz) and high speed input (3- to 4-digit = 2 kHz, 5- to 6-digit = 5 kHz) can be switched from a switch on the back. Miniature (All Models: DIN Size 72 x 72 mm) All 3-digit to 6-digit models are compact with the front outer shape being DIN size (72 x 72 mm) and the overall depth 103.5 mm. Output Time Adjustment Volume Counting Speed Changing Switch Operation Mode Changing Switch Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard Feature All models are equipped with a dust cover as a standard feature, and the setter can be operated from outside the dust cover. 1 2 A B Dust Cover Counting Input can be Prohibited. By applying input to the counting input inhibit terminal, counting input can be interrupted to stop counting. KCV KCX KCM Retentive Memory without Battery Backup Switch 1 Switch 2 Operation mode Counting speed A A-type operation B B-type operation 2 kHz 3･4 W 4 WM 5 kHz 5･6 W 6 WM 10 Hz Built-in Power Source for Sensors An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require maintenance is used. Since the counter has a 12 V DC, 50mA built-in power source for sensors, it can be connected to proximity sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary encoders. A Wide Range of Supply Voltage For Both Embedded and Surface-Mount Installation The KCX-□W/WM has a wide range of input voltages from 4.5 to 30 V DC and supports input sources from 5 to 24 V systems. Moreover, one model can cover a supply voltage of 90 to 132 V AC and 180 to 264 V AC, thus can be used across a wide range of supply voltages. In the case of embedded installation, the counter can be attached to the panel simply by tightening the dedicated mounting bracket from the back side. In the case of surface-mount installation, the counter can be mounted to and removed from the F terminal (terminal block) by one-touch operation. Wide Variable Range for Output Time In the case of the specific time output (A-type operation), the output time can be varied from approx. 50 to 1,000 ms using the volume on the back of the counter. B Stand (Terminal Block) or Connector Dedicated Mounting Brackets For the Specific Time Output Type and the Self Holding Output Type Specific time output (A-type operation) and self-holding output (B-type operation) can be switched from a switch on the back. Stand F (Terminal Block) Body 512 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCX-□W/WM Specifications Standard KCX-3W KCX-4W KCX-5W KCX-6W Retentive Memory Type ̶ KCX-4WM ̶ KCX-6WM 3 digits 4 digits 5 digits 6 digits Digit Operation Format Count Input Disabled Count Input External Reset Automatic Reset Power Source Reset (KCX-3 to 6W) Voltage Output Contact Output Input/Output Response Time First set: Only B type (Self-holding output) Second set: A type (Specific time output) Can be switched to B type (Back side switch). 10 Hz Changed by switch 2 kHz 10 Hz Changed by switch 5 kHz Minimum pulse width 10 Hz: 50 ms 2 kHz: 0.25 ms 10 Hz: 50 ms 5 kHz: 0.1 ms Input resistance 6 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V Response time On delay: 0.25 ms or less Off delay: 0.25 ms or less Input resistance 6 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V Response time On delay: 10 ms or less Off delay: 2 ms or less Input resistance 6 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V Reset time 0.5 ms or less Power supply shutdown time 200 ms or more Reset time 200 ms or less Output resistance 1.2 kΩ (No-load voltage 12 V) Output current Source: 2.5 mA Sink: 8 mA Withstand voltage 45 V Output time 50 ms to 1s Contact capacity 250 V AC 2A Number of circuits 1 make (1c) Output time 50 ms to 1s Mechanical life 10 million times or more (Resistance load) Tachometer On delay: 0.1 ms or less Off delay: 0.1 ms or less Digital Timer Programmable Cam On delay: 4 ms or less Off delay: 0.8 ms or less 0.2 ms or less Electrical life 1 million times or more (Resistance load) Voltage Output 10 Hz: 10 ms 2 kHz: 0.4 ms 10 Hz: 10 ms 5 kHz: 0.15 ms Contact output 10 Hz: 20 ms 2 kHz: 10 ms 10 Hz: 20 ms 5 kHz: 10 ms KCV KCX 10 years KCM Input gate response time 200 ms or less when power failure occurs Input gate response time when the power returns COUNTER Electronic Counter EEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more Power Failure Memory Function KCX-4WM KCX-6WM ENCODER INFORMATION Maximum counting speed Storage time HMI SENSOR ■Specifications Model Number PLC 200 ms or less Power Source for Sensor DC 12 V ±2 V 50 mA Ripple 5% (rms) or lower Supply Voltage 90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V AC 50/60 Hz Approx. 5.5 VA Use Ambient Temperature Power-on: 0 to +40˚C Memory storage: -10 to +50˚C Storage Temperature -20 to +55˚C Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 35 to 85% RH (No condensation) Weight 0.5 kg Withstand Voltage 2kV AC 1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal) Insulation Resistance 500 V DC 20 MΩ or higher Vibration Resistance Compliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 513 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam KCX-□W/WM Operation Power Source ■Operation A-type Operation (Specific Time Output Operation) - Counting is enabled 0.2 sec after the power is turned on. - If an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to counting inhibit input terminal ③ during counting, the counting input can be interrupted to stop counting. - If the counting inhibit input is removed, counting will resume. When the counting input number reaches the first set value (count up), output is produced. Since the first set output is only for B-type operation, the output is retained by itself. - When the counting input number reaches the second set value, the second set output is produced. At this time, when the counter counts up, the counting circuit and the counting display are automatically and simultaneously reset, thus counting will resume. - At the same time that the second set output becomes 0, the first set output also becomes 0. - If an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to external reset input terminal ⑦ during counting, the discrete value is reset to 0. Moreover, at this time, if the counter counts up in the first setting or both the first and second setting, the output is also reset. - The KCX-□WM has a power failure memory function that can memorize the discrete value and the output state if the power is shut down. - In the case of the KCX-□W, if the power is supplied after being shut down for 0.2 sec or longer, the power source reset circuit operates to reset the discrete value and the output. 《Normal type》 t≧0.2 s Second Set Count Input Value Second Set Discrete Value Value First Set Value First Set Value Disabled CountValue Input Discrete First Set Second SetOutput Output External Input Second Reset Set Output t≧0.2 t≧0.2 ss t≧0.2 s 50 ms to 1 s KCM 50 ms to 1 s External Reset Input Power Source Power Source Count Input First Set Value Count Input Discrete Value First Set Value Second Set Value Second Set Value A型動作 標準型 Disabled Count Input Discrete Value A型動作 標準型 First Set Output Disabled Count Input t≧0.2 s t≧0.2 s t≧0.2 s t≧0.2 s When resetting the counting: Add the external reset signal. First Set Value Count Input Discrete Value First Set Value Second Set Value Second Set Value Disabled CountValue Input Discrete 50 ms to 1 s Second Set Value Second Set Value A型動作 停電記憶型 Disabled CountValue Input Discrete A型動作 停電記憶型 First Set Output Disabled Count Input Discrete Value First Set Value External Input Second Reset Set Output External Reset Input Power Source Power Source Count Input First Set Value Count Input Discrete Value First Set Value Power Source Count Input First Set Value Count Input First Set Second SetOutput Output 50 ms to 1 s External Reset Input t≧0.2 s Second Set Value Second Set Value Disabled CountValue Input Discrete First Set Output Disabled Count Input t≧0.2 s t≧0.2 s t≧0.2 s B型動作 標準型 B型動作 標準型 First Set Second SetOutput Output Second Reset Set Output External Input External Reset Input 514 B B Power Source Power Source Count Input External Input Second Reset Set Output External Input Second Reset Set Output 50 ms to 1 s 《Retentive memory type》 Power Source First Set Second SetOutput Output First Set Second SetOutput Output A A External Reset Input 《Retentive memory type》 First Set Output Disabled Count Input First Set Output Disabled Count Input A A Second Reset Set Output External Input When resetting the counting: Add the external reset signal. KCX -Disabled Counting isValue enabled 0.2 sec after the power is turned on. Count Input Discrete -Disabled If anSet input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to counting inhibit input terminal ③ First Output Count Input ms to 1input s can be interrupted to stop counting. duringSet counting, the50counting First Set Output Second Output 50 ms to 1 s - If the counting inhibit input is removed, counting will resume. External Input Second Reset Set Output When the counting input number reaches the first set value (count up), External Input outputReset is produced. Since the first set output is only for B-type operation, the output is retained by itself. - When the counting input number reaches the second set value, the second set output is produced and retained by itself. - When an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied the external reset input terminal ⑦, the discrete value and the output are reset. Power Source has a power failure memory function that can memorize - The KCX-□WM Power Source the discrete value and the output state if the power is shut down. Count Input Second Set Value - In the case of KCX-□W, if the power is supplied after First Set being Value shut down Count Input Second Set Value for 0.2 secValue or longer, the power source reset circuit operates Discrete First Set Value to reset the discrete value and the output. Disabled Count Input Discrete Value First Set Second SetOutput Output 50 ms to 1 s External Reset Input KCV t≧0.2 t≧0.2 ss First Set Value t≧0.2 s First SetOperation) Output Value When resetting the counting: ①Add the external reset signal. Or shut down the power source ② temporarily (0.2 s or longer). Power Source Power Source Count Input Second Set Count Input Value Second Set B-type Operation Discrete Value Value (Self-holding 《Normal type》 When resetting the counting: ①Add the external reset signal. Or shut down the power source ② temporarily (0.2 s or longer). First Set Output Disabled Count Input t≧0.2 s Power Source Count Input KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ B B 1 14 8 Power Source for Load KCX-□W/WM出力接続 3 2 mA 4 E 13 Terminal Number Symbol +12 V Power source for sensor 2 IN Count Input (Low speed / High speed switch change) 3 INH Disabled count input 4 E Ground 5 OUT1 Non-contact output 6 OUT2 Non-contact output 7 R External reset input OUT1 Contact output (a-contact) 8 9 10 11 OUT2 14 0 V AC 12 L: 0.8 V or lower H: 6 V or higher 13 E (Counter) OUT2 7 1 Power Source for Load 6 8 mA (Up to 20 mA) 2 mA 2 IN (10 Hz) 3 V or lower OUT2 E (Counter) OUT1 1 OUT2 2 (Counter) 出力接続 無接点出力 ソース 出力接続 無接点出力 シンク OUT1 3 OUT2 4 E 5 OUT1 6 OUT2 7 (Counter) OUT1 6 OUT2 出力接続 無接点出力 ソ (Counter) 出力接続 無接点出力 シンク 6 (Counter) (Counter) OUT1 出力接続 無接点出力 シ 計数禁止入力 接点出力 OUT2 6 L: 0.8 V or lower 7 When the sink current is 20 mA: 3 V or lower 7 +12 V 1 12Disabled V Count Input (ON: Counting is Prohibited.) 4.7 kΩ Count or lower Input KCX KCX KCX Transistor OFF: Counting is Prohibited. Count Input 12 V 4.7 kΩ Count Disabled Input or lower CountInput (ON: Counting is Prohibited.) Counting Signal Counting is Prohibited. Load Programmable 出力接続 Cam 無接点出力 シンク OUT1 8 mA (Up to 20 5 mA) The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. Count Transistor OFF:Input For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. 8 (Counter) 3 Count Input 4 Disabled Count Input 8 mA (Up to 20 無接点入力信号 (ON: Counting is Prohibited.) 4 mA) 5 Counting Signal IN (10 (10 Hz) Hz) IN +12 V Digital Timer OUT2 7 1 +12 V 1 2 IN (10 Hz) 2 KCV Connection of a Counting Prohibit Input 3 3 Disabled Count Input 計数禁止入力 1. In the case of contact input signals 出力接続 (Counter) (ON: Counting is Prohibited.) 4 KCX 4 接点出力 If counting is prohibited for the 8contact signal, the (Counter) counting input can be used mA 無接点出力 シンク (Up to 20 mA) 5 only for low-speed input. 5 OUT1 1 KCM 8 mA (Up to 20 mA) 6 6 OUT2 +12 V 1 45 V 2 Count 7 Count Input Input L: 0.8orVlower or lower 7 IN (10 Hz) Count Input 2 When the sink current is 20 mA: 3 無接点入力信号 無接点入力信号 When used as shown in the figure below, the voltage and current that flow through the contact point are around 2 mA. Therefore, the use of the contact point for minute electric current improves reliability. Since the contact point of the electromagnetic switch is designed for large current and high voltage, it is not suitable for use for contact input of the counter. 2 2 1 (Counter) Counter 出力接続 無接点出力 ソース Tachometer OUT1 5 Count Input 2 2 mA mA E 4 2 2. In the case of no-contact input signals +12 +12 V V 出力接続 接点出力 L: 0.8 V or lower When the sink current is 20 mA: 3 V or lower Count Input 45 V or lower R R 1 1 INFORMATION Electronic 3 Load (Counter) (Counter) 6 2.5 mA or lower L: 0.8 V or lower 7 Count Load Count Input Input 1 When the sink current is 20 mA: 2.5 mA or lower 3 V or lower 接点入力信号 Load 接点入力信号 45 V 2 or lower Count Input 3 接点入力信号 Load IN E E OUT1 Power Source for Load 出力接続 接点出力 COUNTER 出力接続 無接点出力 ソース 2 《Sink load》 Load R Load H: 6 V or higher 8 mA (Up to 20 mA) Load 7 IN IN +12 V SENSOR ENCODER 5 Load 4.7 kΩ or lower 10 Load 4.7 4.7 kΩ kΩ or or lower lower +12 +12 V V 9 2.5 mA or lower 11 Load Count Input 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 4 4 3 5 5 4 6 6 5 7 7 6 lower 8 2.5 mA orLoad 12 Load The counting input can be selected from low-speed input and high-speed input. 4.7 kΩ or lower 14 HMI OUT1 2 Load 8 mA (Up to 20 mA) 2. In the case of no-contact input signals Count Input Input Count Load R Reset Input (ON: Reset) KCX Connection 無接点出力 ソース 2.5Load mA or lower 6 OUT2 Power Source for Load 4 142.5 mA or lower 1 Load 5 45 V 2.5 mA or lower 2 or lower Load 6 2. Non-contact output 3 7 《Source load》 4 8 mA 1 (Up to 20 mA) 5 2 L: 0.8 V or lower 8 mA (Up to 20 mA) 6 3 H: 6 V or higher 1 L: 0.8 V or lower 7 4 When 45 V the sink current is 20 mA: 2 3 V or lower 2.5 mA or lower or lower Load 5 3 2.5 mA or lower Load 6 4 8 mA L: 0.8 V or lower (Up to 20 mA) 7 5 1. In the case of contact input signals 4.7 kΩ kΩ 4.7 or or lower lower 13 (Counter) Connection of Counting Input 7 Load OUT1 OUT2 ■Terminal Connections (ON: (ON: Reset) Reset) IN (10 Hz) (Counter) Power Source for Load OUT2 3 the first setting and the second setting. TheH:contact allows only a-contact for both 6 V oroutput higher 11 (Counter) (Counter) 4 E AC power input +12 1 Change the switch setting on the back to low speed inputV V(10 Hz). 1 +12 IN (10Hz) (10Hz) 2 IN 2 Count +12 V 1 Count Input Input 3 (ON: Count) Count) 3 (ON: 2 IN (10Hz) (Counter) (Counter) 4 4 Count Input 3 (ON: Count) 5 5 (Counter) 4 6 6 5 R 7 R 7 Reset Input Input 6 Reset 2 Load 180 to 264 V AC 90 to 132 V AC 5 +12 V 1 Load 12 8 10 1. Contact L: 0.8 Voutput or lower Contact output (a-contact) 13 Load 2.5 mA or lower 1 9 Connection of the Output 7 Description 1 14 PLC 2 11 12 H: 6 V or higher Load 出力接続 接点出力 1 Load (Counter) L: 0.8 V or lower OUT1 KCX 9 10 OUT2 ■Terminal Assignment +12 V Load 2 mA Electronic Counter / Controller IN (10 Hz) Power for Load 2 Source OUT1 3 1 4 2 5 IN (10 Hz) (Counter) IN 3 6 7 4 1 5 2 1 6 3 2 7 4 3 5 計数禁止入力 接点出力 計数禁止入力 接点出力 (Counter) +12 V IN (10 Hz) IN (Counter) 計数禁止入力 計数禁止入力 接点出力 接点出力 +12 V KOYO 1 ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. (Counter) 4 6 GENERAL 2 IN (10 Hz)CATALOG 2016 7 5 3 515 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION KCX-□T Features Green Display Total Counter - Maximum counting speed KCX-4T: for both 10 Hz and 1 kHz KCX-6T: for both 10 Hz and 5 kHz KCX-8T: for both 10 Hz and 10 kHz - An easy-to-see, bright green color is used for the numerical display. The total counter realizes enhanced usability with a wide range of voltages and plethora of functions. Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Features Easy-to-see Green Display Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard Feature The numerical display is an easy-to-see green display. (Green LED with 8 mm high characters) Equipped with dustproof, waterproof cover as a standard feature. The reset button can be operated from outside the cover. Counting Input can be Prohibited. By applying input to the counting input inhibit terminal, counting input can be interrupted to stop counting. Dust Cover Retentive Memory without Battery Backup An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require maintenance is used. A Wide Range of Supply Voltage Since the KCX-□T has a wide input voltage range of 4.5 to 30 V DC, it can support TTL level to the input source of a 24 V DC system. Moreover, one model can cover the supply voltages of 90 to 132 V AC and 180 to 264 V AC, thus can be used for a wide range of supply voltages. For Both Embedded and Surface-Mount Installation In the case of embedded installation, the counter can be attached to the panel simply by tightening the dedicated mounting bracket from the back side. In the case of surface-mount installation, the counter can be mounted to and removed from the F terminal (terminal block) by one-touch operation. B Stand (Terminal Block) or Connector Latch Functions By adding input to the latch input terminal, the discrete value at that time can be latched and displayed. When the latch input is removed, the current discrete value is displayed. KCV Manual Reset can be Prohibited. KCX The functions of the front manual reset button can be prohibited to prevent misoperation. KCM Zero Suppression Function Dedicated Mounting Brackets Stand F (Terminal Block) Body Unnecessary 0 (zeros) of high-order digits are not displayed. Built-in Power Source for Sensors Since the counter has a 12 V DC, 50 mA built-in power source for sensors, it can be connected to proximity sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary encoders. 516 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCX-□T Specifications Model Number KCX-4T KCX-6T KCX-8T Digit 4 digits 6 digits 8 digits Disabled Count Input Manual Reset External Reset Maximum counting speed For both 10 Hz/1 kHz For both 10 Hz/5 kHz For both 10 Hz/10 kHz Minimum pulse width 10 Hz: 50 ms 1 kHz: 0.5 ms 10 Hz: 50 ms 5kHz: 0.1 ms 10 Hz: 50 ms 10 kHz: 50 μs 10 Hz: 6 kΩ 5kHz: 12 kΩ 10 Hz: 6 kΩ 10 kHz: 12 kΩ On delay: 0.2 ms or less Off delay: 0.2 ms or less On delay: 0.1 ms or less Off delay: 0.1 ms or less Input resistance 10 Hz: 6 kΩ 1 kHz: 12 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V Response time On delay: 1 ms or less Off delay: 1 ms or less Input resistance 6 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V Response time On delay: 1.0 ms or less Off delay: 1.0 ms or less Input resistance 6 kΩ On delay: 1.0 ms or less Off delay: 1.0 ms or less On delay: 1.0 ms or less Off delay: 1.0 ms or less Storage time COUNTER INFORMATION Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam "L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V EEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more Retentive Feature for Power Failure ENCODER Electronic Counter With the front button (Manual reset is prohibited by short-circuiting terminals ① and ⑥.) Input voltage HMI SENSOR ■Specifications Count Input PLC 10 years Input gate response time 200 ms or less when power failure occurs Input gate response time when the power returns 200 ms or less Response time 0.5 ms or less Latch Input Input resistance 6 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 2 V, "H" 4.5 to 30 V Power Source for Sensor 12 V DC ±2 V 50 mA Ripple 5% (rms) or lower 0.1 ms or less Supply Voltage 90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V AC 50/60 Hz 5 VA Use Ambient Temperature Power-on: 0 to +40˚C Memory storage: -10 to +50˚C Storage Temperature -20 to +50˚C (Can be stored at -20 to +70˚C for about 1 week during transport) Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 35 to 85% RH (No condensation) Weight Approx. 0.5 kg 0.1 ms or less Withstand Voltage 2 kV AC 1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal) Insulation Resistance 500 V DC 20MΩ or higher Vibration Resistance Compliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions KCV KCX KCM The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 517 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam KCX-□T Operation ■Operation - Counting is enabled 0.2 sec after the power is turned on. - When the front manual reset button is pressed or a voltage of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to external reset terminal ⑦, the previous memorized discrete value is reset to 0. At this time, the zero suppression function works and 0s from the second digit and higher are not displayed. - When using the KCX-□T at not more than 10 Hz (10 counts per second), if a counting input signal of a width of 50 ms or more is applied, or when using the KCX-□T at not more than 1 kHz (not more than 5 kHz for KCX6T, not more than 10 Hz for KCX-8T), if a counting input signal of a width of 0.5 ms (0.1 ms for KCX-6T, 50 μs for KCX-8T) or more is applied, the numerical display increases and the total number of input signals is displayed. Input terminal ② is used for connections of not more than 10 Hz and input terminal ③ is used for connections of not more than 1 kHz (5 kHz and 10 kHz). - If an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to counting inhibit input terminal ⑤ during counting, the counting input can be interrupted to stop counting. - During counting, if an input of 4.5 to 30 V is applied to latch input terminal ⑩, the discrete value at that time is memorized and displayed. When the latch input is removed, the current discrete value is displayed. ■Terminal Assignment Terminal Number Symbol Description 1 +12 V Power source for sensor 2 IN (10 Hz) Counting input for low speed 3 IN (1 kHz/5 kHz/10 kHz) Counting input for high speed 4 E Ground 5 INH Disabled count input 6 RD Manual reset prohibition terminal 7 R External reset input 8 ̶ (Not connected) 9 ̶ (Not connected) 10 L Latch input 11 ̶ (Not connected) 12 180 to 264 V AC 13 90 to 132 V AC 14 0 V AC AC power input 《Operation chart》 Power Source Count Input Discrete Value Indicated Value Disabled Count Input Manual Reset Manual Reset Prohibition External Reset Latch Input KCV KCX KCM 518 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCX-□T Connection ■Terminal Connections 1 +12 V 2 IN (10 Hz) +12 V ConnectionCount of Counting Input 1 Input (ON: Count) 1. In the case of contact input signals Count Input (ON: Count) Count Input (ON: Count) Reset Input (ON: Reset) 3 2 4 3 1 5 4 2 6 5 3 7 6 4 7 5 Reset Input (ON: Reset) IN (10 Hz) (Counter) +12 V Connection of a Latched Input When using the latch for the contact signal, only low speed input can be used as the counting 接点入力信号 +12 V Count Input Count Input R 2 9 IN (10 Hz) +12 V 8 L 10 31接点入力信号 42 119 IN (10(Counter) Hz) L 12 10 53 64 R Reset Input (ON: Reset) 11 13 (Counter) 75 12 14 6 13 7 14 INFORMATION Latch Input ON: Latch ON: Latch Count Input 4.7 kΩ Counting or lower Signal Digital Timer Programmable Cam Count Input (Low speed) (High speed) 12 V Counting Signal 4.7 kΩ or lower 12 V Count Input (High speed) (Low speed) 4.7 kΩ Counting or lower Signal 12 V Reset4.7 kΩ Signal or lower Reset Input (High speed) Reset Input Reset 12 V Signal 4.7 kΩ or lower 2. In the case of no-contact input signals 1 +12 V 2 1 3 2 4 3 1 5 4 2 6 5 3 7 6 4 IN (10 Hz) +12 V IN (High Speed) IN (10 Hz) (Counter) E IN (High Speed) +12 V 7 5 R The counting input can be either low speed input or high speed input. IN (High Speed) R 9 IN (10 Hz) 無接点入力信号 2 Count Input Count Input Reset Input 7 R When used as shown in the figure below, the voltage and current that flow through the contact point are around 2 mA. Therefore, the use of the contact point for minute electric current improves reliability. Since the contact point of the electromagnetic switch is designed for large current and high voltage, it is not suitable for use for contact input of the counter. 31 IN (High Speed) 53 IN (High Speed) 1 2 mA 2 1 2 +12 V (Counter) IN (10 Hz) +12 V (Counter) IN (10 Hz) Connection of a Counting Prohibit Input 1. In the case of contact input signals2 mA Count Input Count Input Disabled Count Input (Counting is Prohibited) Disabled Count Input (Counting is Prohibited) 1 2 1 3 2 4 3 5 4 6 5 7 6 +12 +12 VV (Counter) IN IN (10 (10 Hz) Hz) +12 V IN (10 Hz) (Counter) INH (Counter) 108 L 10 12 75 12 14 6 13 7 14 12 V 4.7 kΩ or lower 12 V 無 4.7 kΩ or lower Transistor OFF: Latch 無 Transistor OFF: Latch How to Prohibit Manual Reset 8 1 2 mA L Hz) EIN (10 (Counter) 119 42無接点入力信号 E (Counter) 11 13 64無接点入力信号 (Counter) 6 Reset Signal 8 1 (Counter) E IN (10 Hz) E Electronic Counter Tachometer 12 V The counting input can be selected from low-speed input and high-speed input. (Low speed) IN (10 Hz) 9 3 IN (High Speed) 10 4 E 2 Count Input Manual Reset Prohibition Input ON: Prohibit (Counter) 11 12 5 6 RD 13 7 R 14 KCV KCX KCM 接点入力信号 接点入力信号 INH 7 2. In the case of no-contact input signals The counting input can be either low speed input or high speed input. 1 12 V Count Input 4.7 kΩ 12 V or lower Count Input 4.7 kΩ or lower Transistor OFF: Counting is Prohibited. Transistor OFF: 2 1 3 2 4 3 5 4 6 5 7 6 7 IN (10 Hz) IN (High Speed) IN (10 Hz) E (Counter) IN (High Speed) INH E 接 接 Latch Input 2. In the case of no-contact input signals 4.7 kΩ 12or V lower COUNTER 8 1 6 7 ENCODER 1. In the case of contact接点入力信号 input signals R (Counter) HMI SENSOR input. (Counter) IN (10 Hz) PLC (Counter) 無接点入力信号 無接点入力信号 INH The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. Counting is Prohibited. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 519 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter KCX-B Features High Speed Increment-Decrement Counter, Single, Double Preset - Maximum counting speed: for both 10 Hz and 20 kHz - The 6-digit preset electronic counter with the green display can be used for operations in both the increment mode and the decrement mode. - In increment to the operation as a conventional preset counter, the KCX-B has a comparative operation mode and can be used for counting and identifying items. The KCX-B can switch between positive logic and negative logic for input and output, and can be connected to source and sink input/output. Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Features Switchable to Count Up and Down Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard Feature The operation mode can be switched between increment and decrement. The KCX-B can be used for a wide range of applications including highprecision sizing cutters and winding machines. All models are equipped with a dust cover as a standard feature, and the setter can be operated from outside the dust cover. Increment The KCX-B has a miniature design of 72 x 72 mm but enables high-speed counting of 20 kHz. Since the counting speed can be changed to 10 Hz, the KCX-B can be also used for contact input. Decrement P2 P1 Supports 2-phase Phase Difference Input / Addsubtract Individual Input. OUT1 Other than rotary encoders, input devices such as proximity sensors and relay contacts can be used. In the case of add-subtract individual input, since both increment input and decrement input can be simultaneously input, the KCX-B can be used to manage the quantity of workpieces on conveyers and the numbers of cars in parking lots. OUT2 Increment Wide -r anging Output Oper ation Mode Select Function Decrement P2 The output operation mode can be switched using a rotary switch on the back. In increment to conventional coincidence output operation, 6 kinds of output operation modes for the single setting type and 10 kinds of output operation modes for the double setting type can be selected, including comparative output operation. P1 KCV OUT1 KCX High Speed Response of 20 kHz OUT2 KCM 520 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCX-B Specifications HMI SENSOR ■Specifications Standard KCX-B6 KCX-B6W Retentive Memory Type KCX-B6M KCX-B6WM Available number of Presets Single Double Digit 6 digits 6 digits Model Number PLC ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Maximum counting speed 10 Hz Changed by switch 20 kHz Input resistance Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ Negative logic input: 4.7 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 12 to 30 V Electronic Counter Response time On delay: 25 μs or less Off delay: 25 μs or less Tachometer Input resistance Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ Negative logic input: 4.7 kΩ Digital Timer Input voltage "L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 12 to 30 V Response time On delay: 5 ms or less Off delay: 5 ms or less Programmable Cam External Reset Input Input resistance Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ Negative logic input: 4.7 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 12 to 30 V Automatic Reset Reset time 50 μs or less Count Input Disabled Count Input Non-contact Output Contact Output Input/Output Response Time Power Source Reset KCX-B6 KCX-B6W Number of circuits 1 circuit During output of positive logic Voltage: 16 to 28 V (No-load voltage 28 V) Current: 15 mA or lower During output of negative logic Load voltage: 35 V or lower Load current: 30 mA or lower Residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower Number of circuits 1 transfer contact (1c) Contact capacity 220 V AC 2A (Resistance load) Electrical life 200,000 times or more (Resistance load) Mechanical life 20 million times or more Non-contact output 10 Hz: Approx. 30 ms 20 kHz: Approx. 30 μs Contact output 10 Hz: Approx. 40 ms 20 kHz: Approx. 10 ms Power supply shutdown time 500 ms or more Reset time* 500 ms or more Storage time 10 years 2 circuit 2 N.O. contact KCV KCX EEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more Power Failure Memory Function KCX-B6M KCX-B6WM KCM Input gate response time 20 to 500 ms when power failure occurs Input gate response time when the power returns 50 to 500 ms Power Source for Sensor 24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 80 mA Withstand Voltage 2 kV AC 1 min (Between AC power supply terminal, E terminal, and relay contact terminal) Vibration Resistance Compliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm 10 to 55Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm 10 to 55Hz, 3 axial directions Noise Resistance 1 μs width, square-wave pulse, 1 kV Supply Voltage 90 to 132 V AC, 180 to 264 V 14 VA Use Ambient Temperature -10 to +50˚C Storage Temperature -20 to +50˚C (Can be stored at -20 to +70˚C for about 1 week during transport) Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 35 to 85% RH (No condensation) Weight Approx. 0.5 kg * Time until the counting is enabled after the power is turned on The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 521 Electronic Counter / Controller HMI SENSOR ENCODER KCX-B Operation ■Operation Various operation modes can be selected using the 4 DIP switches and the 10-poistion rotary switch on the back of the case. COUNTER 8 7 INFORMATION 3 4 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 1 2 4 B 1 0 5 6 9 A 2 PLC 3 SW5 Input Operation Switching (SW1 to 4) Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer The 4 DIP switches are used for setting the input operation of the counter, enabling the switching of input speed, counting method, add-subtract mode, and logic. Switch Number 1 Function Position Operation A Counting input speed Programmable Cam 2 10 Hz B 20 kHz A Individual increment and decrement input B 2-phase phase difference input A Decrement mode B Increment mode Counting system 3 Counter operation mode 4 Input/Output logic A Negative logic B Positive logic Output Operation Switching (SW5) The 10-poisiton rotary switch is used for selecting the operation mode of the counter. By the operation of this switch, 6 output operations can be selected for the single preset type and 10 output operations can be selected for the double preset type. OUT1 Position Counting OUT2 Output Counting 0 1 KCV KCX KCM 4 50 to 1,000 ms Reset Continuous 3 Output Holding Continuous Holding 2 Holding Continuous 100 ms 5 50 to 1,000 ms Reset 6 C≧P2 C≦P1 7 P1≦C≦P2 8 C≧P2 C＜0 9 P1≦C≦P2 C≧P2 C: Discrete value P1: First set value P2: Second set value 《Operation chart》 - Operation of the 0 position Increment Mode Increment Mode Decrement Mode Decrement Mode Counting Maximum Value Counting Maximum Value (6 digits digits 999999) 999999) (6 Second Set Set Value Value Second First Set Set Value Value First Count Count Value Value 0 0 OUT1 OUT1 OUT2 OUT2 Reset Reset - Operation of the 1 position Increment Mode Increment Mode Decrement Mode Decrement Mode Counting Maximum Value Counting Maximum Value (6 (6 digits digits 999999) 999999) Second Set Set Value Value Second First First Set Set Value Value Count Count Value Value 0 0 OUT1 OUT1 OUT2 OUT2 Reset Reset 522 50 to to 1000 1000 ms ms 50 50 to to 1000 1000 ms ms 50 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Second Set Value Count Value 0 Increment Mode (6 digits 999999) Decrement Mode Second SetValue Value First Set Counting Maximum Increment Mode Decrement Mode Value First Set OUT1 Value (6 digits 999999) Counting Maximum Value 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Second SetValue Value 0 Increment Mode First Set Count Decrement Mode (6 digits 999999) Count Value Counting Maximum Second SetOUT2 Value 0 Increment Mode Decrement Mode Value (6 digits 999999) First Set OUT1 Count Value 0 Counting Value 50 to 1000 ms 50Maximum to 1000 ms Second SetOUT1 Value Reset 50 to 1000 ms to 1000 ms (6 digits50 999999) First Set Value Count Value Second SetOUT2 Value 0 OUT1 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms OUT2 First Set Value Count Value 0 Reset OUT1 First Set OUT2 Value 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Reset Count OUT1 Value 0 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Reset Count OUT2 Value 0 OUT1 OUT2 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Reset Increment Mode Decrement Mode OUT1 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms OUT2 Reset Second Set Value OUT2 Reset Increment Mode Decrement Mode First Set Value Increment Mode Decrement Mode Reset Second Set Value Increment Mode Decrement Mode Second Set Value Count Value 0 Second SetValue Value First Set Increment Mode Decrement Mode First Set OUT1 Value 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Decrement Mode Second SetValue Value 0 Increment Mode First Set Count Count Value -Second Operation of the0 2Increment Mode position SetOUT2 Value Decrement Mode First Set OUT1 Count Value 0 50 to 1000 ms 50 Mode to 1000 ms Increment Mode Decrement Second SetOUT1 Value Reset First Set Value 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Count Value Second SetOUT2 Value 0 OUT1 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms OUT2 First Set Value Count Value 0 Reset OUT1 First Set OUT2 Value 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Reset Count OUT1 Value 0 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Reset Count OUT2 Value 0 OUT1 OUT2 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Increment Mode Decrement Mode Reset OUT1 Counting Value 50 to 1000 ms 50Maximum to 1000 ms OUT2 Reset (6 digits 999999) OUT2 Second Set Value Increment Mode Decrement Mode Reset Increment Mode Decrement Mode Value Counting Maximum Counting Maximum First SetReset Value (6 digits 999999) Increment Mode Decrement Mode Value (6 digits 999999) Second Set Value Counting Maximum Value Second Set Value Count Value 0 Increment Mode (6 digits 999999) Decrement Mode 100 ms 100 ms SetValue Value First Set Counting Maximum -Second Operation of the 3Increment Mode position Decrement Mode Value First Set OUT1 Value (6 digits 999999) Counting Maximum Value Second Set Value First Set Value 0 Increment Mode Count Decrement Mode (6 digits 999999) Count Value 100 ms 100 ms Second SetOUT2 Value 0 Counting Maximum Value 100 ms 100 ms Decrement Mode First Set OUT1 Count Value 0 Increment Mode (6 digits 999999) Counting Maximum Value 100 ms 100 ms Second Set Value OUT1 First Set Reset Value (6 digits 999999) Count Value Second SetOUT2 Value 0 OUT1 100 ms 100 ms OUT2 First Set Value Count Value 0 100 ms 100 ms Reset OUT1 First Set OUT2 Value Reset Count OUT1 Value 0 100 ms 100 ms Reset Count OUT2 Value 0 100 ms 100 ms OUT1 OUT2 Increment Mode Decrement Mode Reset OUT1 Counting Maximum Value OUT2 Reset (6 digits 999999) Second Set Value OUT2 Increment Mode Decrement Mode Reset Increment Mode Decrement Mode Value Counting Maximum First SetReset Value Counting Maximum (6 digits 999999) Increment Mode Decrement Mode Value Second Set Value (6 digits 999999) Counting Maximum Value SetValue Value -Second Operation of the0 4Increment Mode position Count (6 digits 999999) Decrement Mode 100 ms 100 ms Second SetValue Value First Set Counting Maximum First Set OUT1 Value Increment Mode Decrement Mode Value (6 digits50 999999) 50 to 1000 ms to 1000 ms Counting Maximum Value Second SetValue Value 0 Increment Mode First Set Count Decrement Mode (6 digits 999999) Count Value 100 ms 100 ms Second SetOUT2 Value 0 Counting Maximum Value 100 ms 100 ms Decrement Mode First Set OUT1 Count Value 0 Increment Mode (6 digits 999999) Counting50Maximum Value 50 to 1000 ms to 1000 Second SetOUT1 Value 100 ms 100 ms Reset First Set Value 50 to 1000 ms to 1000 ms (6 digits 50 999999) Count Value Second SetOUT2 Value 0 OUT1 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 100 ms 100 ms First Set OUT2 Value Count Value 0 Reset 100 ms 100 ms OUT1 First Set OUT2 Value 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Reset Count OUT1 Value 0 100 ms 50 to 100 1000ms ms 50 to 1000 ms Reset Count OUT2 Value 0 100 ms 100 ms OUT1 OUT2 Increment Mode Decrement Mode 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Reset OUT1 Second Set Value 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms OUT2 Reset Increment Mode Decrement Mode First SetOUT2 Value Reset Increment Mode Decrement Mode Set Value Reset Second Set Value -Second Operation of the0 5Increment Mode position Decrement Mode Count Value 100 ms 100 ms Second SetValue Value First Set Increment Mode Decrement Mode First Set OUT1 Value 50 to 1000 ms 50 Mode to 1000 ms Second SetValue Value 0 Increment Mode Decrement First Set Count Count Value 100 ms 100 ms Second SetOUT2 Value 0 100 ms 100 ms Decrement Mode First Set OUT1 Count Value 0 Increment Mode 50 to 1000 ms 50 Mode to 1000 Second Set Value OUT1 100 ms 100 ms Increment Mode Decrement Reset First Set Value 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Count Value 0 Second SetOUT2 Value OUT1 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 100 ms 100 ms First Set OUT2 Value Count Value 0 Reset OUT1 100 ms 100 ms First Set OUT2 Value 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Reset Count OUT1 Value 0 100 ms 50 to 100 1000ms ms 50 to 1000 ms Reset Count OUT2 Value 0 OUT1 100 ms 100 ms OUT2 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms Reset OUT1 50 to 1000 ms 50 to 1000 ms OUT2 Second Set Value Reset OUT2 SetReset Value -First Operation of the 6 position Reset Second Set Value Second SetValue Value 0 Count Second SetValue Value First Set First Set OUT1 Value Second SetValue Value 0 First Set Count Count Value Second SetOUT2 Value 0 First Set OUT1 Count Value 0 Second SetOUT1 Value First Set Value OUT1 Count Value 0 Second SetOUT2 Value First Set OUT2 Value Count Value 0 OUT1 First Set OUT2 Value Count OUT1 Value 0 OUT2 Count OUT1 Value 0 Second Set Value OUT2 OUT1 - Operation of the 7 position OUT2 First Set Value OUT2 Second Set Value Second SetValue Value 0 Count Second SetValue Value First Set First Set OUT1 Value Second SetValue Value 0 First Set Count Count Value Second SetOUT2 Value 0 First Set OUT1 Count Value 0 OUT1 Second Set Value First Set OUT2 Value OUT1 Count Value Second SetOUT2 Value 0 First Set Value Count Value 0 OUT1 First Set OUT2 Value Count OUT1 Value 0 OUT2 Counting Maximum Value Count OUT1 Value 0 (6 digits 999999) OUT2 -Second Operation of the 8 position OUT1 Set Value OUT2 Counting Maximum Value Counting Maximum Value (6 digits 999999) First SetOUT2 Value (6 digits 999999) Counting Maximum Value position 0 Second Set Value position 0 Second SetValue Value 0 (6 digits 999999) Count Counting Maximum Value Second SetValue Value First Set (6 digits 999999) First Set OUT1 Value Counting Maximum Value Second SetValue Value 0 (6 digits 999999) First Set Count Counting Maximum Value Count Value Second SetOUT2 Value 0 (6 digits 999999) First Set OUT1 Counting Maximum Value Count Value 0 Second SetOUT1 Value (6 digits 999999) First Set Value OUT2 OUT1 Count Value Second SetOUT2 Value 0 First Set Value Count Value 0 OUT1 First Set OUT2 Value Count OUT1 Value 0 OUT2 - Operation of the Count OUT1 Value 0 9 position OUT2 OUT1 Second Set Value OUT2 OUT2 First Set Value position Second Set Value position 1 1 Second SetValue Value 0 Count Second Set Value First Set Value First Set OUT1 Value Second SetValue Value 0 First Set Count Count Value Second SetOUT2 Value 0 First Set OUT1 Count Value 0 OUT1 Second Set Value First Set OUT2 Value OUT1 Count Value Second SetOUT2 Value 0 Visit our website ▼ First Set Value Count Value 0 Latest catalog (free) is available online. OUT1 First Set OUT2 Value http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Count OUT1 Value 0 OUT2 Count OUT1 Value 0 OUT2 Increment Mode Increment Mode Decrement Mode Mode Decrement Electronic Counter / Controller KCX-B Connection ■Terminal Assignment Terminal Number Symbol Description 1 +24 V 80 mA Power source for sensor 2 IN A Count input A 3 IN B Count input B 4 E Input/Output minus common 5 IN H Disabled count input 6 ̶ (Not connected) 7 R External reset input 8 OUT Non-contact output 9 COM Contact output common 10 N.O. Contact output normally open 11 N.C. Contact output normally closed 12 180 to 264 V AC1 INA For Decrement INB 14 0 V AC 3 KCX-B6W/B6WM 4 Terminal Number 1 2 source 3 4 Power input SW1: B SW2: A SW4: A +24 V 80 mA Power source for sensor Count input A 3 IN B Count input B For Decrement 6 Decrement OUT2 For 7 R 2 +24 V V +24 INA INA 3 INB INB 4 E E 1 2 3 4 First SW1:set B A non-contact output SW2: A set Second SW4: A non-contact output External reset input IN H 9 COM Contact output common 10 N.O.1 First set contact output (N.O.) N.O.2 Second set contact output (N.O.) 11 13 14 180 to 264 V AC 1 Red 90 to 132 V AC 1 For Increment 0 V AC Green 2 2 White For Decrement Black 3 3 4 4 For Increment 2 INA For Decrement 3 INB 4 E +24 V +24 V INA INA INB INB INFORMATION 1 2 3 4 Fo SW1: B SW2: A SW4: A Fo Electronic Counter Tachometer 《Positive logic》 The sensor output is an PNP open collector. For Increment For Increment 2. Switch / relay 《Negative logic》 Red For Increment Input/Output minus common 8 12 +24 V Description IN A For 5 Increment OUT1 1 For Decrement 1 1 COUNTER The sensor output is an NPN open collector. E Symbol For E Increment ENCODER 1. In the case of a proximity sensor / photoelectronic sensor 《Negative logic》 For Increment For Decrement For Decrement 2 4 Connection of Counting Input +24 V 13 90 to 132 V AC 2 For Increment HMI SENSOR ■Terminal Connections KCX-B6/B6M PLC For Increment Green For Increment For Increment For Decrement White For Decrement For Decrement For Decrement Black Disabled count input Digital Timer 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 +24 VV +24 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 +24 V V +24 +24 V +24 V INA INA INA INA INB INB INB INB E E E E 1 1 1 2 32 2 3 4 3 3 5 4 4 6 4 +24 V +24 V +24 V INA INA Programmable Cam 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 SW1: B3 1 2 A SW1: SW2: A SW2: A SW1: B B SW4: SW4: SW2: A A SW4: A INA INB INB INB EE 4 Fo Fo E 1 2 3 4 4 4 4 1 2 2 3 1 B3 SW1: A 1 2 3 SW1: A B SW2: SW1: B SW1: A SW2: B A SW4: SW2: B SW2: A A SW4: SW4: A Fo Fo 《Positive logic》 Power source input For Increment Red For Increment 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 SW1: A SW1: B SW2: A SW2: A B SW4: For Decrement Green For Decrement White E E Black +24 INA V INA INB INA INB E INB INB E INH E 1 2 3 4 4 1 2 3 SW1: A SW1: SW2: 1 2 A 3 SW2: A SW4: 1 2 B SW1: B3 SW4: A SW2: B SW4: A KCV 4 4 KCX KCM E NPN Open Collector 3. Rotary encoder When the TRD-J□-RZ is used, SW4 can be in either position A or position B. Red Green White Black 1 +24 V 2 3 INA INB 4 3 5 4 6 E INB INH E Red 1 2 3 4 SW1: B SW2: 1 2 B 3 Green White 4 SW4: A NPN Open Collector NPN Open Collector Black PNP Open Collector NPN Open Collector 1 1 2 3 2 +24 V 3 4 3 1 5 4 4 2 +24 V 1 2 3 4 INA INB INA SW1: 1 2 B 3 4 SW2: B SW4: INB 1 2 B3 4 E INB INH +24 V SW4: A E EINH COM INA 6 5 3 INH INB 4 E N.O.1 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 SW4: A NPN Open Collector NPN Open Collector 3 INB 4 E 1 5 +24 INH V 2 6 3 4 1 2 3 4 SW4:INH A 8 INA COM 9 INB N.O.1 10 E NPN Open Collector PNP PNP Open Open Collector Collector NPN Open Collector 1 2 3 4 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. SW4: A For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. NPN Open Collector or Contact Point 1 3 2 4 3 1 5 1 4 2 6 2 5 3 4 3 +24 V INB INA 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 E B INB V SW4: INH +24 SW4: A INH V INH +24 E COM INA 5 4 6 EINH 8 8 9 INA INB INH COM N.O.1 9 10 E INB N.O.1 10 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES 1 2 3 4 CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 SW4: B 1 2 3 4 SW4: A 523 INH +24 VV 1R +24 7 5 1 4 E For Increment 6 Green INA 2 INHINA 5 2 1 2 3 Red 7 《Positive logic》 Tachometer Digital Timer 1 3 INB COM NPN Open 4 E Collector NPN Open Collector PNP Open Collector 1 3 NPN Open Collector 4 1 PNP Open Collector 3 1 PNP Open Collector 2 4 3 E 4logic》 《Positive NPN Open Collector Up to 30 mA NPN Open Collector or Contact Point Load 5 N.O.1 Up to 35 V Load Up to 30 mA 6 N.O.2 PNP Open Collector 1 2 PNP Open Collector KCV KCX KCM Up to 30 mA Load NPN Open Up to 35 VCollector or Contact Point Load 3 4 1 5 2 6 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 SW1: A SW1: B SW4: A SW2: SW2: A B INB INB SW4: B Contact Point EE INB 1 2V 3 Up 4 to 30 mA +24 1 2 3Drive 4 E Unusable SW4: A Relay INA SW4: 1 2 A 3 4 INH SW4: B INB Load E 8 6 7 NPN Open Collector COM or 9 1 Contact Point R 《Positive logic》 3 Power Source for Load Up to 35 V N.O. Power Source for Load Up to 35 V INH1 2 3 4 Up to 30 mA +24 VSW4: B OUT 8 Relay Drive Unusable 9 COM INA 3 6 INB 1 +24 V 16 to 28 V1 2 3 4 INA SW4: B Up to 15 mA R 7 E2 4 8 Power Source for Load Up to 35 V 1 2 3 4 SW4: B INB E 94 6 +24 V 1 2 3 4 Power Source for Load 1 R Load 5 7N.O.1 SW4: B N.O. or Load 10 2Output ConnectionNPN of Open the Collector Contact 8Contact Point N.O.2 Load 6 1. KCX-B6/B6M Up to 15 mA N.C. 11 3 Load 16 to 28 V COM 9 V 1 +24 Up to 15 mA 8 4 220 V AC 2 AOUT 8 Power Source for Load N.O.1 N.O.2 10 LoadCOM 11 5 2 6 3 10 7 4 11 8 1 2 3 4 SW4: B +24 V COM INA 2. KCX-B6W/B6WM 4 Load 220 V AC 2 A N.O.1 10 N.O.2 11 1 1 2 2 N.O.2 Power Source forPower Load Source for Load Up to 35 V 4 Power 16 toSource 28 V for Load 8 Up to 15 mA +24Load V OUT INA COM Load INB 220 V AC 2 A E Power Source for Load Load 1 2 3 4 Up to 30 mA Relay Drive Unusable 8 9 16 to 28 V 8 Load 9 Up to 15 mA Latest catalog (free) is available online. Power Source for Load Up to 15 mA Up to 35 V Load 9 Load +24 V OUT 220 V AC 2 A COM INA 16 to 28 V 8 9 Up to 15 mA Load COM 10 1 8 2 11 9 3 N.O.1 9 Power Source for Load INB 1 2 3 R Load E SW4: B COM 9 Power Source for Load Up to 30 mA OUT 816 to 28 V Relay Drive Unusable OUT 8 Up to 15 mA COM 9 COM 9 +24Load V +24 V INA Load INA INB 220 V AC 2 A INB E Load E 9 Load N.O. NPN Open 220 VCollector AC 2 A or Contact Point N.C. Load 524 Up to 30 mA Relay Drive Unusable Power Source for Load Up to 35 V SW4: A 7 R Load SW4: B 1 1 +24 V OUT 220 V AC 2 A 2 COM 2 INA KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. 3 3 +24 V 2016 1 INB OUT GENERAL CATALOG 4 EE 4 Up to 30 mA COM 2 INA Load 5 N.O.1 N.C. 11 NPN Open Collector or Contact Point Up to 30 mA Relay Drive Unusable E 5 R Load N.C. COM 2 1 1 3 2 2 4 3 5 3 4 10 6 4 10 8 11 9 1 2 3 4 SW4: B Load Load Up to 30 mA Relay Drive Unusable N.O. 4 1 2 3 4 SW4: B Up to 15 mACOM 1 2 3 4 4 5 220 V AC 2 A 3 +24INB V Load 11 2 2 Load N.C. 1 +24 V 6 +24 V 1 OUT 8 Power 2 Source for Load R 7 INA COM 9 2 3 INB 3 4 Load 1 2 3 Up +24 V 4 to 30 mA SW4: A Relay Drive Unusable INA 1 9 3 INB Up to 30 mA 1 +24 V OUT 8 Relay Drive Unusable 4 E INH 8 +24 2 INA 9 8 1 +24 V COMINH E V Power Source for Load 4 E 5 INH Up to 35 V 9 COM 9 COM 2 2 INA PNP Open Collector 3 INB INH 5 INA 1 1 +24 V INB Power Source for Load 3 4 E3 INB N.O.1 10 N.O.1 10 3 INB Up to 35 V PNP Open Collector 16 to 28 V 2 INA 2 1 2 3 4 E 4 1 2 3 4 Up to 30 mA 4 +24 V 1 OUT 8 +24EV OUT 8 1 2 3 Relay 4 1 2 3 Up 4 to 15 mA Drive Unusable SW4: A 3 3 INB SW4: B 5 +24 V SW4: B 1 INH SW4: A 2. KCX-B6W/B6WM COM 9 2 INA COM 9 INA 4 E 4 E 《Negative 6 2 INA Up to 30 mA logic》 Up to 15 1 2 3 4 INB 3 INB N.O.1 Load 5 5 INH SW4: B 16 to 28 V 3 INB Power Source for Load 1 E PNP Open Collector 4 E Up to 30 mA Up to 35 V +24 V 1 1 8 8 OUTINH Up to 15 mA +24+24 V Up to 35 V Unusable 8 8 OUTINH +24 V Relay Drive Load 1 6 N.O.2 4 E V 2 Up to 15 mA 1 +24 V COMINH 8 Up to 30 mA COM 9 INA 2 INA 9 COM 9 COM 9 2 2 INA INH 5 INA 3 COM 9 2 INA INB INB 3 3 INB INB N.O.1 10 N.O.1 10 3 1PNP Open Collector 4 E INB Power Source for Load N.O.1 10 3 Up to 30 mA E 4 E 4 E Up to 35 V +24 V 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 +24 V Load 2 5 1N.O.1 1 SW4: B 1 2 A3 4 SW4: Up to 35 V 4 E 2 2 INA 3 Load 6 N.O.2 SW4: B 1 2 3 4 2 3 INH 5 +24 INH 8 B 1 1 +24 V 8 E to 30 mA 3 INB V SW4:INH 4 Up Up to 15 mA 3 4 6 COM COM INA INA 2 2 9 9 4 E Load 5 N.O.1 R E 7 INB 4 5 《Positive logic》Up to 30 mA INB N.O.1 N.O.1 10 10 3 3 INH INH 8 5 1 +24 V Open Collector N.O.2 Load 6PNP Up to 15 mA Load 51 6N.O.1 E 4 1 2 3 4 2 INA 1 2 3 COM 4 9 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Up to 35 V 7 R 8NPN OpenLoad 62 N.O.2 SW4: B SW4: B SW4: A SW4: A Collector or INB N.O.1 10 3 Contact Point Up to 30 mA 3 1 +24 V COM 9 +24 V 1 E 4 1 2 3 4 Power Source for Load E 4 2E SW4: B 1 N.O. 10 Up to 15 Load mA 2 INH 5 3 N.O.1 Load 5 N.O.1 2 3 6 N.C. 11 Load 4 N.O.2 Load 4 86 3 5N.O.2 INH 8 R V 1 +24 7 220 V AC 2 A Up to 15 mA E INA 4 5 COM 9 2 6N.O.1 1 2 3 4 Load 5 3 INB 1 2 3N.O.1 10 4 E 4 Open Collector Up to 35 PNP V 7 R SW4: A SW4: B 8NPN OpenLoad Collector or 6 5N.O.2 INH 10 2 5 1 +24 V OUT NPN Open Collector or Contact Point COM INA 《Negative logic》 Up to 30 mA N.O. OUT 《Positive logic》 3 Connection of the Reset Input Up to 30 mA Contact Point Up to 30 mA COM 9 Collector or NPN Open Contact Point 1 2 3 4 SW4: B Load 2 SW4: B Load NPN Open Collector SW4: A +24 V NPN Open Co Contact Point 1 2 3 4 Load 2 SW4: A Load 2. KCX-B6W/B6WM 《Negative logic》 SW4: B INH 8 Load INA 2 8 3 COM 9 2 INA 4 1 3 INB 5 2 4 E 6 3 7 Open Collector NPNPNP Open Collector or 1 4 1 Load 2 OUT Contact Point R 4 4 3 1 8 4 2 9 5 3 6 1 4 3 INB V V 1 +24 1 +24 For Increment Load Programmable Cam +24 V 3 3 R Load White NPN Open Collector For Decrement 6 NPN Open Collector or Contact Point Black Electronic Counter 7 COM INA E 2 4 1 2 3 94 2 INA SW1: A E 4 1 Decrement 2 3 4 N.O.1 10 For 3 INB SW2: A PNP Open Collector INB SW4: A SW4: B INH 5 3 INH 8 1 +24 V 6 4 E NPN Open Collector or +24 V COM 9 2 INA 1 Contact Point 7 R 1 +24 V N.O.1 10 2 3 INB PNP Open Collector For Increment 3 1 2 3 41 2 3 4 E INA 4 2 SW4: A SW1: A 4 For Decrement SW2: A 5 INH 3 INB SW4: B 5 Connection of a Non-contact Output 6 NPN Open Collector or 6 Contact Point 4 E 1. KCX-B6/B6M 7 R 1 2 3 4 7 R 《Negative logic》 1 +24 V SW4: B NPN Open Collector or KCX-B Contact Point 6 Decrement For NPN Open Collector or Contact Point Load 1 +24 V SW4: A 3 INB INH 8 V V 1 +24 1 +24 1 2 3 4 NPN Open Electronic Counter ForCollector Increment +24/V Controller 2 1 INA For Increment SW1: B E 4 COM INA 2 1 2 394 2 INA For Increment SW2: A Red 1 2 A 3 4 SW1: +24 V For Decrement 1 INB INA 2 SW4: 3 N.O.1 B10 For Decrement3 INB SW2: AA SW1: For Decrement SW4: A Green 3 INB SW2: 1 2 A 3 4 4 E2 PLC E INB 4 3 INA 1 2 3 4 INH B8 V 1 +24 SW4: White SW1: B NPN Open Collector 4 E SW4: A SW2: B COM 9 2 INA 3 E 4 INB Black HMI 4 E V 1 +24 Connection 3 INB +24 V N.O.1 10 1 E 5 INH For Increment 4 1 2 3 4 4 E2 INA 1 2 3 4 SENSOR 1 2 3 4 For Increment 2 INA SW1: A 6 NPN Open Collector or SW1: B For Decrement SW4: A SW2: A A 1 +24 V SW2: Contact Point 3 INB R SW4: B A 7 Decrement For 3 INB SW4: Red ENCODER Connection For of Increment a Counting Prohibit V 1 2 3 4input 1 INA 2 +24 4 E SW1: A 1. KCX-B6/B6M For 1 Decrement 2 3 4 Green 4 E 1 2 A 3 4 SW2: 2 INA COUNTER 《Negative logic》 SW4: A SW4: White 3 INB SW1: B B 4 E SW2: B 3 E INB 4 INB Black5 3 INFORMATION INH 1 2 3 4 E 6 4 E NPN Open Collector or For Decrement 3 3 INB Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ 4 EE 4 5 N.O.1 Electronic Counter / Controller KCX-B PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam KCV KCX KCM The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 525 Limit Switch Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Press Press KCX-B6T Display the Number of Press Rotary Encoder Features Limit Switch Display the Number of Press High Speed Increment-Decrement Total Counter Table Position Display Limit Switch - Maximum counting speed: for both 10 Hz and 20 kHz Rotary Encoder - The KCX-B6T is an increment-decrement type counter that enables counting from positive range to the negative range. The total Rotary Encoder counter with green display can be used for displaying the current Table Position Display position for positioning devices. Minus Zone - The KCX-B6T is equipped with counting inhibit input and reset Table Position Display −999999 button function inhibit input, and supports the input of both positive logic and negative logic. Digital Timer ■Features Programmable Cam High Speed Increment-Decrement Total Counter of 20 kHz Response The KCX-B6T has high speed response, which is exceptional as a total counter. Since the counting speed can be switched to a low speed of 10 Hz, the counter can be used for a wide range of applications. Minus Zone 0 Plus Zone +999999 Equipped with a Dust Cover as a Standard Feature All models are equipped with the dust cover as a standard feature, and the reset button can be operated the dust Minus from Zoneoutside 0 Plus Zonecover. +999999 −999999 Dust Cover Plus Zone Press −999999 Press 0 +999999 Display the Number of Press Display the Number of Press Supports 2-phase Phase Difference Input / Addsubtract Individual Input Dustrotary Coverencoders, input devices such as proximity sensors and Other than relay contacts can be used. In the case of add-subtract individual input, since both increment input and decrement input can be simultaneously input, the KCX-B6T can be applied to manage the quantity of workpieces on conveyers and the numbers of cars in parking lots. Limit Switch Limit Switch Dust Cover Positive Logic Rotary Encoder Rotary Encoder Inputlogic can be switched between E Since the input positive logic and negativeE logic (only negative logic operation for low speed reset input), the KCX-B6T can use both PNP open collector output and+24 NPNVopen collector output. +24 V Table Position Display KCV Non-contact Input Table Position Display KCX IN E PNP Open Collector Positive Logic IN E NPN Open Collector Negative Logic IN IN E E KCM Positive Logic Negative Logic Counting Across from Positive Range to Negative IN IN Range is Possible Contact Since the KCX-B6T enables counting in the minus zone, it can display a Input E E range twice as large as counters that can count only in the plus zone. Minus Zone 0 Plus Zone +24 V Minus Zone +24 0 VPlus Zone +999999 −999999 Non-contact IN IN Input +999999 −999999 E E PNP Open Collector NPN Open Collector Equipped with High Speed and Low Speed Reset Input The two reset inputs operate in AND conditions. Therefore, for example, the counter does not require an external circuit even when performing origin correctionDust at high speed by combining the origin pulse of a rotary encoder Cover and the origin limit switch of a machine. Dust Cover A-phase Count Input B-phase KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Contact Input +24 V +24 V IN IN E E PNP Open Collector NPN Open Collector A-phase Rotary Count Input B-phase Encoder Non-contact Input Z-phase High Speed Reset Input Origin Limit Low Speed Reset Input A-phase Count Input B-phase Proximity Sensor Rotary Encoder Z-phase High Speed Reset Input Origin Limit Low Speed Reset Input Rotary Encoder Z-phase High Speed Reset Input Origin Limit Low Speed Reset Input 526 Negative Logic Input Logic Switching Functions IN that Operate for All IN SensorsContact Proximity Sensor Proximity Sensor Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCX-B6T Specifications Model Number KCX-B6T 6 digits Counting Range -999,999 to +999,999 Count Input Disabled Count Input High Speed Reset Input Low Speed Reset Input Manual Reset HMI SENSOR ■Specifications Digit PLC ENCODER COUNTER Maximum counting speed 10 Hz 20 kHz Changed by switch Input resistance Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ Negative logic input: 3.3 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 16 to 30 V Response time On delay: 25 μs or less Off delay: 25 μs or less Input resistance Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ Negative logic input: 3.3 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 16 to 30 V Response time On delay: 25 μs or less Off delay: 25 μs or less Input resistance Positive logic input: 2.2 kΩ Negative logic input: 3.3 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 16 to 30 V Response time On delay: 50 ms or less Off delay: 50 ms or less Input resistance Only negative logic input: 3.3 kΩ Input voltage "L" 0 to 6 V, "H" 16 to 30 V INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam With the front button (Manual reset is prohibited by short-circuiting terminals ④ and ⑥.) EEPROM Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more Storage time Retentive Feature for Power Failure Input gate response time 20 to 500 ms when power failure occurs Input gate response time when the power returns Power Source for Sensor 10 years 50 to 500 ms 24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 80 mA Withstand Voltage 2kV AC 1 min (Between AC power supply terminal and E terminal) Vibration Resistance Compliant with JIS C 0911. Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.35 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Noise Resistance 1 μs width, square-wave pulse, 1 kV Supply Voltage 90 to 132 V AC, 180 to 264 V 14 VA Use Ambient Temperature -10 to +50˚C KCV Storage Temperature -20 to +50˚C (Can be stored at -20 to +70˚C for about 1 week during transport) KCX Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 35 to 85% RH (No condensation) KCM Weight (g) Approx. 350 g The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 527 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER KCX-B6T Operation ■Operation Various operation modes can be selected using the 4 DIP switches on the back of the case. COUNTER INFORMATION A B 1 2 3 4 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 Electronic Counter Input Operation Switching (SW1 to 4) The 4 DIP switches are used for setting the input operation of the counter, enabling the switching of input speed, counting method, and logic. Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Terminal Assignment Terminal Number Symbol 1 24 V DC 80 mA Power source for sensor 2 IN A Count input A 3 IN B Count input B 4 E Input common 5 IN H Disabled count input 6 RD Manual reset prohibition input 7 RH External reset input: High speed 8 RL External reset input: Low speed 9 ̶ (Not connected) 10 ̶ (Not connected) 11 ̶ (Not connected) Switch Number Function Position Operation 12 180 to 264 V AC 1 Counting input speed IN A A 10 Hz 13 90 to 132 V AC B 20 kHz 14 0 V AC 2 Counting input speed IN B A 10 Hz B 20 kHz A Add-subtract individual input B 2-phase phase difference input A Negative logic B Positive logic 3 4 Counting system Input logic Description Power source input KCV KCX KCM 528 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Adding Subtracting Adding Subtracting 1 +24 V 2 1 INA +24 V 3 2 INB INA 4 3 E INB 4 E Electronic +24VV Counter / Controller 1 +24 Red Adding 1 2 3 4 SW1: A SW2: A 1 2 A 3 SW3: SW4: B A SW1: SW2: B SW3: A SW4: A Green Subtracting White 4 Adding Black Subtracting 1 +24 V Green 21 3 +24 V INA INB 4 32 EINA INB 53 4 6 Subtracting 4 INH EINB 1 2 3 4 2 3 INA INB Adding 3 4 INB E SW2: A SW3: A 2 INA SW4: A Subtracting 4 E Black Subtracting 3 INB 4 E 4 4 KCX-B6T 4 Connection E Red 《Negative logic》 INA collector. 2 open The sensor outputWhite is an NPN SW1: B 1 2 B 3 4 SW2: SW3: B V 1 +24 SW1: A 1 2 3 INA INA +24 V SW1: 1 2 A 3 INA SW2: A SW1: B INB INB 1 2 A 3 SW3: SW2: B INA INB SW4: A SW1: SW3: B B SW2: B EE SW3: A EINB SW4: B White Adding Black Subtracting 1 2 3 4 SW1: B SW2: B SW3: A SW4: A Adding E NPN Open Collector 4 31 1 1 2 3 4 +24 V 1 2+24 3 4V 11 +24 SW4: A V 33 INB INB INB 44 E EE 1 2 3 4 11 22 33 44 Digital Timer 11 22 33 44 PNP O Programmable Cam +24 VV 11 +24 SW4: A SW4: B 1 2 INA 3 4 INA 22 SW4: A 33 INB INB 11 22 33 44 SW1: BA SW1: SW2: BA SW2: SW3: AA SW3: SW4: BB SW4: PNP 8 Connection of the Reset Input Low Speed Reset Input NPN O 《Negative logic》 1 +24 V +24VV +24 ERed 1 V 11 +24 INB 1 +24 V 1 2 3 Adding Adding Adding NPN Open Collector 2 INA 11 22 B 33 SW1: 1 2INA 3 4 Adding 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 EGreen 2221 2INA INA SW2: SW1: 1 2B SW1: A3 2 INA SW4: A SW1: A SW4: A Subtracting Subtracting SW3: B A SW2: White 3 INB SW2: A Subtracting SW1: A B SW2: Subtracting 5 INH INB SW4: B SW3: 333 INB SW3: A INB SW2: A 6 SW3: AB INB SW4: A 3 SW4: B SW3: AB 6 Black 4 E SW4: 444 EEE Reset Input 7 High Speed E 4 NPN Open Collector 8 4 44 4 4 Subtracting 4 EGreen Subtracting White 5 Black 6 1 +24 V 1 +24 V 12 +24 INAV 2 INA INB 23 INB 3 INA 31 2INB3 4 E 4 INB 34 EA SW4: 45 EINH 4 E 6 NPN Open Collector 1 2 3 4 1 2 A 3 SW1: SW2: SW1: 1 2 A 3 SW3: A SW2: SW1: B SW4: B SW3: A 1 2 B3 SW2: SW4: A SW3: SW4: BA PNP Open Collector 1 +24 V 41 E+24 1 +24 VV 1 +24 V NPN Open Collector Adding 11 22 33 44 2 INA Adding 2 3 4 54 INA 21 2INA E SW4: AB SW4: 3 INB SW4: B Subtracting Subtracting INB 3 6 3 INB 4 E PNP Open Collector Low Speed Reset Input AddingRed Adding 3. Rotary 42 EINA 4 E INB 53 INH Adding 54 E 6 EE 44 Reset Input 7 High Speed 4 3 NPN Open Collector NPN Open Collector Adding +24 V INB Subtracting Subtracting 5 INH NPN Open Collector PNP Open Collector 6 2. Switch / relay 《Negative logic》 《Positive logic》 4 4 4 Black NPN Open Collector PNP Open Open Collector Collector NPN PNP Open Collector NPN Open Collector PNP Open Collector NPN Open Collector E 1 +24 V 21 3 2 34 4 3 5 4 5 4 6 5 6 +24 V 1 2 3 INA INB SW1: B INA SW2: B 1 2 3 INB 1 2 3 EE SW3: B SW4: B INB SW4: A INH E 1 2 3 E SW4: A NPN Open Collector 8 4 4 4 PNP Open Collector 4 PNP Open Collector 7 High Speed Reset Input 8 1 3 2 4 3 41 5 4 54 6 5 66 Low Speed Reset Input +24 V NPN Open Collector 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 E SW4: B INB E+24 V SW4: A INH E 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 E SW4: B SW4: A INH PNP Open Collector PNP Open Collector NPN Open Collector 4 KCV 4 KCX KCM E Low Speed Reset Input Low Speed Reset Input 1 +24 V 2 1 3 INA 1 2 3 +24 V SW4: B INB 44 EE 56 INH 7 High Speed Reset Input 4 1 2 3 4 SW4: B 8 Low Speed Reset Input 1 +24 V 2 INA 1 3 +24 INB V SW4: B 4 4 5 6 E E 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 SW4: B INH KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. High Speed Resetcatalog Input The specifications and prices7described in Reset this Input were valid when the catalog was issued. 7 High Speed For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. 88 1 2 3 INA +24 V SW1: A SW2: A 321 2INB INA 3 4 SW3: A 1 2 3 SW4: B SW4: B SW4: B INB 43 E Low Speed Reset Input INH INB INA +24 V 2 1 4 NPN O INH Input 5 Reset 7 High Speed PNP Open Collector 8 White Low Speed Speed Reset Reset Input Input Low 6 When the TRD-J□-RZ is used, SW4 can be in either position A or position B. Low Speed Reset Input Green 8 1 +24 V Subtracting 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 SW1: B SW1: SW2: A B SW2: SW3: A A SW3: A SW4: B SW4: B E 4 E 4 Reset High Speed Reset Input Input INH Speed High Adding PNP Open Collector PNP O 75 1 《Positive logic》 7 High Speed Reset Input NPN Open Collector encoder Red PNP Electronic Counter E Tachometer The sensor outputRed is an PNP collector. INB V 3 open +24 SW1: B SW1: BA SW1: SW2: B SW2: BA SW2: SW3: A SW3: AA SW3: SW4: B SW4: AA SW4: ENCODER INFORMATION 《Positive logic》 SW1: B SW2: B INA INA 22 INA SW3: B HMI COUNTER 1 2 3 4 SW1: B 1 2 B 3 4 SW2: 1 2 3 4 SW3: B V 1 +24 SW1: A SW4: A SW2: A 1 2 3 SW3: A 2 INA SW1: B SW4: B SW2: B 3 INB SW3: A SW4: B 4 《Positive logic》 Green 4 E 2 INA White 5 INH Adding Adding Adding 3 INB Black 6 Subtracting Subtracting Subtracting NPN Open Collector 4 E PLC SENSOR Connection of a Counting Prohibit Input Red V 1 +24sensor 1. In the case of a proximity / photoelectronic sensor 《Negative logic》 Green +24 V +24 V Connection of Counting Input 1 3 32 4 43 4 ■Terminal Connections Adding 1 2 21 High Speed Reset Input 7 GENERAL CATALOG 2016 NPN Open Collector 8 Low Speed Reset Input 529 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Commonly Used in KCX Series The correct way to use ■ How to Change and Extend the Output Time (For the Operation of the A-type) ■Connection of the Power Supply In the operation of the A-type (specific time output type), the output time can be changed in the range from approx. 50 to 1,000 ms using the volume on the front of the counter (on the back for the KCX-□W/□WM). The power transformer of the KCX series has a central voltage designed at 110/220 V. Therefore, do not make the connection as shown in the figure 180 to 264 V AC below. 90 to 132 V AC KCX 《Wrong connection》 0V 180 to 264 V AC 200/220 V AC 90 to 132 V AC 100 V AC 0V 0V 200/220 V AC Turning the volume fully counterclockwise sets the minimum output time (approx. 50 ms). Conversely, turning the volume fully clockwise sets the maximum output time (Approx. 1,000 ms). 100 V AC 50 ms 1000 ms 50 ms 1000 ms 《Correct connection》 90 to 132 V AC Moreover, in the case of the KCX single preset counter, if a capacitor is added between terminal ④ (E) and terminal ⑤ (CH1), the output time can be extended as shown in the table below. 180 to 264 V AC KCX − + − + 4 E 5 4 6 5 CH1 E 6 CH2 CH2 CH1 (Counter) (Counter) Programmable Cam * 0V Tachometer Digital Timer KCX * 0V 180 to 264 V AC 200/220 V AC 0V 0V KCX * Applied Electrolytic Condenser Variable Resistor Minimum Variable Resistor Maximum No Capacitor 50 ms to 1s 2.2 μF 16 V 100 ms to 2s 4.7 μF 16 V 150 ms to 3s 10 μF 16 V 250 ms to 5s 22 μF 16 V 500 ms to 10 s ■Changing the Operation Mode ■Changing the Set Value KCX KCM KCX * 200/220 V AC * 0V * ■Noise Measures * Counter except KCX Before changing the operation mode, turn the power off. And, after the power is turned off, add the reset input once. If the reset input is not added, the output may not be produced even if the set value is reached or the counter may count up at the set value that existed prior to the change or at a value irrelevant to the set value. KCV 0V 0V * Counter except KCX 100 V AC 0V Output Time KCX 0V 90 to 132 V AC 100 V AC The output may be produced if the set value is changed during counting. Therefore, before changing the set value, turn the power off and add the reset input. If the setting is changed during operation, the output may not be produced even if the set value is reached or the counter may count up at the set value that existed prior to the change or at a value irrelevant to the set value. In the case of the KCX-□DM, KCX-□WM, KCX-B6M, and KCX-B6WM (equipped with a power failure memory function), the discrete values are memorized even if the set value is changed after the power is turned off. In this case, after the power is turned on, add the reset input once. If the reset input is not added, the output may not be produced even if the set value is reached or the counter may count up at the set value that existed prior to the change or at a value irrelevant to the set value. "0" (zero) setting In the case of a "0" setting (for example, "000" is set for 3 digits), because the counting operation and the output operation become stable, note the following points. - Although the output is not produced if the counting input is "L" or the reset input is "H," the output may be produced in other cases. - If the reset input is "L" and the counting input is consecutively input, 0, 1, 2, and 3 appear as the counting (indicated value) in the B-type operation. This same operation may take place in A-type operation. Reflecting studies into various noises based on proprietary test methods, Koyo Electronics' counters deliver performance that sufficiently withstands noise in normal operation. However, to enhance the reliability further, observe the following precautions when using the counters. 1. When using a solenoid valve, clutch, or brake near the counter, in order to prevent the occurrence of noise, connect a surge absorption element of the series circuit that consists of a capacitor (film capacitor of 0.1 to 0.5 μF) and resistance (100 Ω 1/2 W) parallel to the driving coil. R=100 Ω 1/2 W C=0.1 to 0.5 µF Capacitor C R 2. When using the counter in places where a lot of noise is generated, in order to prevent malfunction, as, do not bundle the wire for the power sourceR=100 line Ω(AC) 1/2 and W the input/output signal line of the counter with wire C=0.1 to 0.5 Capacitor C R use shielded wire for the input/ that contains theµFhigh current wire, and output signal line. Moreover, the shield jackets Counterof all shielded wire should Sensor Shielded Cable be connected to the E terminal of the counter. +12 V +12 V OUT E IN E When a sensor and the counter are mounted(G)to separate frames, connect the frames with a thick conducting wire (0.5 mm2 or thicker). (Connect Using Thick Conducting Wire.) Frame A Sensor +12 V OUT E Frame Earth Counter Frame B +12 V IN E (G) Shielded Cable (Connect Using Thick Conducting Wire.) Frame A Counter Frame Earth Other Device (1) Frame B Other Device (2) E E E Frame Earth Counter Other Device (1) Other Device (2) Other Ground for Large Current E Frame E E Frame Earth Other Ground for Large Current 530 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Frame Latest catalog (free) is available online. +12 V Electromagnetic Contactor Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ R=100 Ω 1/2 W C=0.1 to 0.5 µF Capacitor Sensor +12 V OUT Sensor +12EV OUT E C R Electronic Counter / Controller Commonly Used in KCX Series Shielded Cable +12 V INCounter E+12 V (G) IN E (G) Frame Earth Shielded Cable (Connect Using Thick Conducting Wire.) 3. Connect the E terminal of the counter to the frame over the shortest Frame A FrameEarth B (Connect Using Thick Frame distance. Conducting Wire.) Frame A Frame B devices, make the When the counter uses a common ground with other ground line as short and thick as possible, and connect the only one ground to the frame. Also, separate the ground line of the counter from other ground lines in which high current flows. Other Device (1) Counter Other Device (1) E Other Device (2) Other Device (2) E E Frame Earth E E E Frame Earth Other Ground for Large Current Other Ground for Large Current Frame Frame 4. When adding a contact signal such as an electromagnetic relay to the counting input terminal for low speed, inserting a resistor (470Ω1/2W) between the counting input and ground prevents malfunctions by contact failure, and enhances reliability further. Precautions HMI SENSOR Mechanical Life Meanwhile, when carbide is generated on the surface of the contact point 1000discharge that occurs when the inductive load is opened/closed, the by glow 250 V AC: Resistance Load contact point produces adverse effects such as higher contact resistance. 500 When the current that flows through point 24 V the DC: contact Resistance Loadis large, the electric discharge becomes the arc discharge and blows off the carbide that occurs when the contact point is opened/closed. As a result, clean metal is always 100 on the surface of the contact point and the contact resistance is exposed maintained at a stable low value. However, when little current flow through 50 the contact point and, in particular, the working voltage is low, the discharge 250 V the AC: contact Coil Loadpoint is opened/closed becomes only glow to be generated when discharge. In this case, 24 carbide is generated and adheres to the surface of V DC: Coil Load 10 the contact point, and the surface cleaning effect is lost. As a result, contact failure occurs at a number of opening/closing cycles that is much lower than the number0 estimated from the life curve in the figure 1 2 3 above. Therefore, if an LoadatCurrent (A) inductive load is used low voltage and low current, unless the occurrence of glow discharge is prevented, the contact a contact failure at (Note) Under load conditions specifiedpoint in JEMincurs 1230 (1976) one-tenth to one-hundredth of the life estimated from the figure above. As glow discharge preventive measures, as shown in the figure below, surge voltage should be absorbed by using a CR-type surge absorption element or varistor in parallel with the load or a diode in the case of a DC load. Life (10,000 Cycles) Counter PLC Counter ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam - Surge absorption circuit Counter Contact Point Counter Contact Point +12 V +12 V 470 Ω 1/2 W R Load R IN Load Electromagnetic Contactor Electromagnetic Contactor IN E 470 Ω 1/2 W 264 V AC or lower 264 V AC or lower E Z : ZNR (Panasonic) ERZC05DK391 TNR (Marukon) TNR9G431K Counter Contact Point W06C (Hitachi) R Load 10E-2(IR) ■Precautions Cautions Concerning the Output Relay Contact As the load of the counter, inductive loads such as electromagnetic switches, control relays, AC solenoids, and solenoid valves are normally connected. The higher the current and the working voltage that flow through the output contact point of the counterworking voltage, the shorter the life of the output contact point built into the counter. The trend is as shown in the figure below. The curves in the figure below show the degree of erosion of the contact point, indicating that if the current and voltage become lower, the life becomes longer. Namely, if the working voltage and current become lower, the erosion of the contact point becomes smaller and the life of the contact point becomes longer. - Note that a non-contact output when the power is supplied (within 200 ms) or the power is shut down is unstable (neither 1 nor 0) for both the power failure memory type and the normal type. - Life curve of relay (Equivalent to the NT type made by Matsushita) - Some models with numerical displays partially show numbers in different shapes as shown below, but this is not trouble. - The indication of a relay contact capacity of 3 A and 5 A, etc. is for the case of a resistance load. In the case of an inductive load, the capacity increases by 10 to 20%. Moreover, if the load is reduced, the life of the contact point becomes longer accordingly. KCX-1D/2D/3D/4D KCX-B/KCX-B□T Mechanical Life 1000 KCV KCX KCM Models with a Numerical Display Except Those on the Left 250 V AC: Resistance Load 500 24 V DC: Resistance Load Life (10,000 Cycles) 100 50 250 V AC: Coil Load 24 V DC: Coil Load 10 0 1 2 3 Load Current (A) (Note) Under load conditions specified in JEM 1230 (1976) The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 531 Electronic Counter / Controller Commonly Used in KCX Series PLC HMI Dimensions SENSOR ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) ENCODER Dust Cover COUNTER 1 to 5: Thickness of the Panel in the Case of Embedded Installation F Stand, B Stand Mounting Bracket - Bore Drilling Dimensions for Stationary (Screw Torque of 0.4 Nm or less) Installation UsingTightening a Dedicated Socket 75* (Stand F) Stand F Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation 1 to 5: Thickness of the Panel in the Case of Embedded Installation Electronic Counter 60 ± 0.2 F Stand, B Stand 75* 75* Digital Timer 9 Mounting Bracket 94.5 2-M4 (118.5) (Screw Tightening Torque of 0.4 Nm or less) 15* * Dimensions When the Dust Cover is Attached 60 ± 0.2 72 84 72 Tachometer 72 2-M4 84 72 INFORMATION Cover - Bore Drilling Dimensions for Stationary Installation Using a Dedicated Socket (Stand F) Stand F Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation Programmable Cam 18 Hole 2−φ4.5 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 72 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 72 68 +0.7 −0 1.5 60±0.2 - Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation 20 22 68 +0.7 −0 68 +0.7 −0 10±0.2 1.5 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 - Stand B: KB-03 (For Embedded Installation) (The Outside Dimensions are the Same as the KF-03.) - The KA-01, KF-03, and KB-03 are Sold Separately 21 38 60±0.2 38 - Stand F: KF-03 (For Stationary Installation) 18 61 57±0.2 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 - Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation 21 - KA-01 Dedicated Connector 61 57±0.2 10±0.2 * Dimensions When the Dust Cover is Attached - Stand F: KF-03 (For Stationary Installation) 72 84 - KA-01 Dedicated Connector Hole 2−φ4.5 15* 94.5 (118.5) 84 9 20 22 68 +0.7 −0 ■Cautions for -Installation Stand B: KB-03 (For Embedded Installation) KCV KCX (The Outside Dimensions are the Same as the KF-03.) - The dedicated stand F (KF-03) and stand B (KB-03) are provided with screws required for mounting. - The KA-01, KF-03, and KB-03 are Sold Separately - In the case of the KA-01 dedicated connector kit and KB-03 stand B, if using screws other than those provided, use screws of the length shown below. For connector (KA-01) … 12 mm or less 75 or less For stand B (KB-03) …… 30 mm or less If screws of a length longer than the that mentioned above are used, they may damage the element in the counter. Attachment Panel-cut Dimensions Square Hole 68 +0.7 −0 KCM 94 or less 75 or less 68 +0.7 −0 94 or less 532 68 +0.7 −0 Square Hole 68 +0.7 −0 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller Commonly Used in KCX Series PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam KCV KCX KCM The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 533 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam KCM-50/51 Series Features Consolidated Counter (Maintenance Counter) - The KCM-50 series consolidates nine counters into one unit and the KCM-51 series consolidates eight counters (timers) into one unit. - These counters notify the maintenance period of several tools, as needed for tool replacement with machining centers and NC machine tools. - Tool management: Replacement prediction / warning - Whetstone for polishing: Maintenance prediction - Quantity management: Total counter / Preset counter - Time management: Integrating timer ■Features KCM-50 Series The counter features 8 counting inputs, a preset function and independent prediction output (count up output), and outputs when either one of the counters (Timers) reaches the equipment stop set value. □Open collector output: KCM-50 KCM-50-1 (Japanese surface sheet) (English surface sheet) □Open collector output: □Voltage output: KCM-50P KCM-50P-1 (Japanese surface sheet) (English surface sheet) - Nine 5-digit preset counters (timers) are consolidated into one unit. - Battery-less The set value / discrete value are memorized by a maintenance-free EEPROM. - Individual prediction (preset) outputs for 9 circuits KCV KCX KCM KCM-51 Series The counter features 9 counting inputs, a preset function and independent prediction output (count up output), and outputs when either one of the counters reaches the equipment stop set value. - Indications of the previous prediction (green) - prediction (orange) - facility stop (red) are distinguished by color. A previous prediction display function that notifies that the value is close to the prediction set value is built-in. - Equipment stop output An over-value is set for the prediction set value of each counter, and when any one of the counters reaches the over-value, the equipment stop is output (red display). - 9 preset counters can be used as a total counter Each counter can independently preset value s(prediction setting) and individually count the inputs and outputs against the preset value (orange display). - Oilproof front operation panel KCM-51 (Japanese surface sheet) KCM-51-1 (English surface sheet) - Eight 5-digit preset counters (timers) are consolidated into one unit. - Battery-less The set value / discrete value are memorized by a maintenance-free EEPROM. - Individual prediction (preset) outputs for 8 circuits - Each counter (timer) displays a different color when the set value is reached. Setting 1 (green) - Setting 2 (orange) - Setting 3 (red) - OR output When any one of the counters (timers) reaches the value of setting 1 or setting 3, the output is produced. - 8 preset counters can be used as a total counter or a integrating timer. The counter / timer functions can be mixed in use. - Any counter / timer can be reset by external signal. - Oilproof front operation panel - Miniature (DIN 72 x 72 mm) The overall depth is 82 mm, so the control panel is thin. - Miniature (DIN 72 x 72 mm) The overall depth is 82 mm, so the control panel is thin. 534 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCM-50 KCM-50/51 Series KCM-51 KCM-50 Features Tool Maintenance of Multiple Spindle Machine Tools 2 9 KCM-51 Series Tool Maintenance of Multiple Spindle Machine Tools 1 2 8 1 2 9 1 2 3 8 8 Prediction Output 9 Setting 2 Output 1 Setting 2 Output 2 Lamp / Buzzer /Facility Stop, etc. Prediction Output 2 Output 8 Setting 2 Electronic Counter Setting 2 Output 1 Tachometer Setting 2 Output 2 Digital Timer Output 8 Programmable Cam Setting 2 Note 1) Counters 2 to 9 perform similar operation. 2) The equipment stop output and the equipment stop display turn on when any one of the counters, 1 to 9, reaches the equipment stop set value. Note 1) Counters / Timers 2 to 8 perform similar operation. 2) The OR output turns on when any one of the counters (timers), 1 to 8, reaches the value of setting 1 (setting 3). ■Basic Operation KCM-50 KCM-50 Series KCM-51 Series KCM-50 Time Chart Current Values Current Values (Count Values) (Count Values) Counter No.1 Equipment Stop Equipment Set Value Stop Set Value KCM-51 Current Values Current Values (Count Values/Timing (CountValue) Values/Timing Value) Counter/Timer No.1 Counter/Timer No.1 Setting 1 or 3 Setting 1 or 3 Counter No.1 Setting 2 Setting 2 Previous Prediction Set Value Previous Prediction Set Value Setting 1 Setting 1 Equipment Stop Equipment Display Stop Display Prediction Output Prediction Output Facility Stop Output Facility Stop Output Reset Reset (External or Key Input) (External or Key Input) KCM-51 Time Chart Prediction Set Value Prediction Set Value Green Orange Previous Prediction/Alarm Display Previous Prediction/Alarm Display COUNTER INFORMATION OR Output Prediction Output 1 Lamp / Buzzer /Facility Stop, etc. Prediction Output 9 Lamp / Buzzer /Facility Stop, etc. Lamp / Buzzer /Facility Stop, etc. Prediction Output 2 1 2 3 8 OR Output Facility Stop OutputFacility Stop Output Prediction Output 1 ENCODER Processing Count Input Processing Count Input Timekeeping Input Timekeeping Input Processing Count Input Processing Count Input 1 1 2 2 3 9 3 1 2 9 HMI SENSOR ■Application KCM-50 Series 1 PLC KCM-51 Count Input 1 GreenOrange Orange RedGreen Orange Red Count Input 1 Green H (OFF) L (ON) H (OFF) L (ON) Green Orange Setting 1/SettingSetting 2 Display 1/Setting 2 Display Setting 2 OutputSetting 2 Output OR Output OR Output Reset Reset (External or Key Input) (External or Key Input) The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. Count/Timer Input 1 Orange RedGreen Orange Red Count/Timer Input 1 GreenOrange Green H (OFF) L (ON) KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 KCV H (OFF) L (ON) KCX KCM 535 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION KCM-50/51 Series Each Part Name and Function ■Panel Explanation KCM-50 Series ①Reset key - Resets the displayed current value. - When several counters are counting up and the reset operation is performed, the counter display switches to the next counter. ②Mode display Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam - Either previous prediction, prediction, or equipment stop is displayed in the setting mode. When all the lights are turned off, the device is the operation run mode. ③Counter No. display - Displays the selected counter No. - Ever y time the counter count s up (prediction set value), the counter No. switches to the No. of the counter that overflowed. Equipment Stop Current Value ① ② ③ ⑥ Reset Counter No. Previous Prediction ④ ⑤ Set Value ⑦ Prediction Equipment Stop Counter Setting No. Mode Selection Selection Set ④Count-up display (Green→Orange→Red) - Green: Shows that the value reached the previous prediction set value. - Orange: Shows that the value reached the prediction set value. - Red: Shows that the value reached the equipment stop set value. ⑤Equipment stop display (Red) - Shows that one of the counters reached the equipment stop set value. ⑧ ⑧Setting key ［Counter No. selection key］ - Switches the display between the current value and the set value of the counter. - Counters that are not used in the run mode are not displayed. - If pressed and held for 1 second or longer, the counter No. automatically changes. ⑥Current value display - Displays the current value of the counter by counter No. Zeros of high-order digits are out in the run mode. ⑦Set value display - Displays the set value of the counter (prediction, previous prediction, and equipment stop) by counter No. Zeros of high-order digits are out in the run mode. ［Setting mode selection key］ - Switches between the run mode and the setting mode. If there is no key entry for 1 minute or longer, the mode automatically switches to the run mode. ［→Key (Digit selection key)］ - Selects the digit for inputting the set value. - The selected digit flickers. - If pressed and held for 1 second or longer, the digit automatically changes. ［+ Key (Numeric value changing key)］ KCV - Changes the numeric value of the digit selected by the → key. - If pressed and held for 1 second or longer, the digit automatically changes. KCX KCM ［Set key］ - Enters the set value in memory in the setting mode. When the set value is entered, the set value display flickers three times, indicating the input. 536 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KCM-50/51 Series Each Part Name and Function ■Panel Explanation KCM-51 Series ①Reset key - Resets the displayed current value. - When several counters are counting up and the reset operation is performed, the counter display switches to the next counter. ②Mode display - Either setting 1, setting 2, or setting 3 is displayed in the setting mode. When all the lights are turned off, the device is the operation run mode. ③C/T No. display - Displays the selected counter / timer No. - Every time the counter / timer counts up (setting 2), the counter / timer No. switches to the No. of the counter that overflowed. Red Orange Green h min s Current Value ① ② ③ ⑥ Reset C/T No. ④ ⑤ Set Value Setting 1 ⑦ Setting 2 Setting 3 C/T No. Mode Selection Set ⑧ ⑧Setting key ［C/T No. selection key］ - Switches the display between the current value and the set value of the counter. - Counters/timers that are not used in the run mode are not displayed. - If pressed and held for 1 second or longer, the counter No. automatically changes. ［Mode key］ HMI SENSOR Setting 1 [Green] Setting 2 [Orange] Setting 3 [Red] PLC ④Count-up display (Green→Orange→Red) - Green…Shows that the value reached the Setting 1. - Orange…Shows that the value reached the Setting 2. - Red…Shows that the value reached the Setting 3. ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION ⑤Timing unit display - Displays the timing unit by color during timer operation. - Green: The time unit is in seconds. - Orange: The time unit is in minutes. - Red: The time unit is in hours. ⑥Current value display - Displays the current value of the counter/ timer by C/ T No. Zeros of high-order digits are out in the run mode. Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ⑦Set value display - Displays the set value of the counter/ timer (Setting 1, setting 2, and setting 3) by C/T No. Zeros of high-order digits are out in the run mode. - Switches between the run mode and the setting mode. - If there is no key entry for 1 minute or longer, the mode automatically switches to the run mode. ［→Key (Digit selection key)］ - Selects the digit for inputting the set value. - The selected digit flickers. - If pressed and held for 1 second or longer, the digit automatically changes. ［+ Key (Numeric value changing key)］ KCV - Changes the numeric value of the digit selected by the → key. - If pressed and held for 1 second or longer, the digit automatically changes. KCX KCM ［Set key］ - Enters the set value in memory in the setting mode. When the set value is entered, the set value display flickers three times, indicating the input. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 537 Electronic Counter / Controller IN COM PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER 0 V COM ■Block Diagram KCM-50 KCM-50 Tachometer KCM-50 KCM-50 KCM-50P KCM-50P Programmable Cam ■Function* Terminal Number 1 − or + *2 5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 19, *1 20, 21 or 1 to 9 18 26*1 − *1 − or *or 2 + *2 + KCV 25 KCX 1, 2, 3, 17 4 11 KCM-50P Negative Logic Input Positive Logic Inpu Negative Logic Input KCM-50P Positive Logic InpuKCM-50P + 24 V DC±15% Input/Output − C/T Input Count input − + 24 V DC±15% IN COM Description ofTimer Functions Display Count/Time-up Display 1 The +5 V (+1) Power Supply regardless Circuit +24 V current value of the relevant counter is added of the 2 2 operation mode /1 setting mode. The current value changes by H→L and 3 L→H (positive logic). CurrentDisplay Value Display IN COM Count/Time-up Timer Display 24 V DC±15% + − 0 V COM Specifications Counting speed 30/500 OR Output KCM-50 Input voltage Hz 24 V DC±15% Setting 2 Output 1 ON: 0 to 3 V *2 + − + − +24 V Power 2 4 OFF: 16 V or higher C/T No. +5 V Supply 1 0 V COM C/T Input Counting speed OFF: Switched by the ON edge 3 5 30 Hz Circuit Input resistance: 3.3 kΩ Set Value Display 1 2 OR Output switching input ON26 : 500 Hz Display of the4power supply KCM-50P Setting 2 Output 1 3 Current Value Display 5 7 Input voltage 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 C/T No. → → → → → → → → OR 6 8 Counter selection input (Negative logic) 3 5 On delay: 30 ms Counter No. Display Set Value Display 5 digits 3-stage 7 B0 C/T No. Selection The counter No. changes by the counter selection input H→L and L→H ON: 0 to 6 V + 24 V DC±15% 4 6 Off delay: 30 ms selection input + 24 V DC±15% 8 B1 24selected. V DC±15% operation mode, (positive logic). In thePreset Counter × 8 unused counters are not OFF: Input is open 5 7 24 V DC±15% − + − IN COM +24 V Count/Time-up Timer Display (timer) B2 Display (Positive logic) − + − IN COM +24 V Count/Time-up Display Timer Display Power OR 6 8 Power +5 V Supply 1 0 V COM C/T Input BA RUN Output ON: 16 to 27.6 V 5 digits 3-stage +5 Vdesignated The counter Supply 1 0 CPU Normal V COMNo. is reset. If C/T Input 7 B0current value of the C/T No. Selection Circuit by the counter On delay: 1 2 2 OR Output Circuit − 0.1 + s Reset Input OFF: 0 toInput 6V *1 Negative Logic and× the are simultaneously 2 Reset Input 1 2 the OR Output 8 B1counter No. selection Presetinput Counter 8 input reset input Off delay: 0.1 s OUT COM Setting 2 Output 1 3 *2 Positive Inpu 2.2 kΩ Current Value Display 24 V DC±15% InputLogic resistance: (timer) input approx. 5 seconds, all counters are reset. Setting 2 Output 1 3 B2 forValue Current Display 2 4 C/T No. BA 2 4 RUN Output KCM-51 No. 3 output is output if the individual outputCPU Normal of counters Nos. 1 to 8, 9, 10, 15, 16, 55 Prediction C/T prediction KCM-51 Display TheSet Value Display 3 − + Reset Input Negative Logic Input Display Set Value Display 4 6 output 1 to 9 Input/Output response*1time 9 reaches the prediction set value. 4 6 OUT COM 24 V DC±15% *2 Positive Logic Inpu 5 7 30 ms (30 Hz) 5 7 OR if one of the counters Nos. 1 to 9 6 8 Equipment stop The equipment stop set value is output 10 ms (500 Hz) OR 6 8 5reaches digits 3-stage the equipment stop set value. 7 C/T No. Selection B0output 5 digits 3-stage 7 C/T No. Selection B0 8 B1 Preset Counter × 8 8 B1 Preset (timer) Counter × 8 B2 Response time (timer)the CPU normally operates / OFF when the CPU does not operate B2 ON when BARUN output RUN Output ON: After the power is supplied 1.5 s or less BA RUN Output CPU Normal normally. CPU Normal OFF: After an abnormality is detected 10 ms or less − + Reset Input *1 Negative Logic Input − + Reset Input *1 Negative Logic Input OUT COM 24 V DC±15% *2 Positive Logic Inpu OUT COM 24 V DC±15% *2 Positive Logic Inpu Counter No. display ̶ KCM-50 Input Circuit ■CircuitIN COM KCM-50 KCM-50 Input Circuit Input IN COM Input 24 V 24 V 24 V 5V 5V Output Circuit Prediction Output Equipment Stop Output RUN Output 3.3 kΩ OUT COM 0 V COM Up to 45 V DC/0.1 A 5V Output Circuit Output Circuit IN COM 5V KOYO ELECTRONICS CO., LTD. 2.2INDUSTRIES kΩ Input GENERAL CATALOG 2016 5V Output Circuit Prediction OUT COM Output Equipment Output A 0 V COM Up to Stop 45 V DC/0.1 RUN Output 5V 5V KCM-50P24 Input Circuit V Input Circuit KCM-50P Input Circuit IN COM IN COM The counter No. selected with the counter No. selection key or by the external counter No. selection input is displayed. Every time the counter counts up, the counted counter No. switches to the counted up No. (ranked by priority). Priority: Equipment stop > Prediction > Previous prediction 3.3 kΩ Input Circuit 2.2 kΩ KCM-50P Input Input Input 3.3 kΩIN COM 3.3 kΩ 538 24 V DC±10% + − +24 V KCM-50 Electronic Counter KCM-50 KCM-50 Power Supply Circuit Connection INFORMATION KCM +5 V 1 1 2 2 Equipment Stop Output 24 V DC±10% 3 Prediction Output1 Display Stop Display + − +24 V IN COM Count-upCurrent Display Value Equipment Power 4 2 Counter No. +5 V Supply 0 V COM Count Input 1 5 3 Circuit Display Set Value Display 1 2 2 Equipment Stop Output 6 4 3 Prediction Output1 Current Value Display 7 5 4 2 Counter No. OR 8 6 5 3 Display5 digits Set 3-stage Value Display 9 7 6 4 8 Counting Speed Switching Input 24 V DC±10% Preset Counter 7 5 24 V DC±10% + − +24 V IN COM CounterCount-up Display × 9Display No. Selection Input Equipment Stop 9 + − +24 IN COM Count-up Display Equipment Stop Display Power OR V 8 6 Power +5 V Supply 0 V COM Count Input 1 Reset Input RUN Output 5 digits +5 3-stage V Supply 0 V COM Count Input 1 CPU Normal 9 7 Circuit 1 2 2 Equipment Stop Output Circuit − + 1 2SwitchingCH 2 Equipment Stop Output 8 Counting Speed Input Preset Counter 0 V 3COM OUT COM Prediction Output1 Current Value Display × 9 24 V DC±10% 3 Prediction Output1 Counter No. Selection Input Value Display 9 Current 4 2 Counter 4 2 Reset Input No. RUN Output Counter No. CPU Normal 5 3 Display Set Value Display 5 3 − + Display Set CHValue Display 6 4 0*V 1 6COM 24 V DC±15% 4 OUT COM 24 V DC±10% 5 24 V DC±10% or7 7 5 + − IN COM Count-up Display +24 V *2 8 OR Equipment Stop Display 6 Power OR 8 6 Supply +5 V Count Input 5 digits 1 3-stage 0 V COM 9 7 5 digits 3-stage 9 7 Circuit *1 Input24 V DC±15% 1 2 2 Counter Equipment Stop Output 8 Counting Speed Switching Preset 8 Counting Speed Switching 24 V DC±10% or Input Preset Prediction Output1 × 9 3 Counter Counter No. Selection Input 9 Display Stop Display + − Count-upCurrent Display Value Equipment +24 V ×IN 9 COM *2 Input Counter No. Selection 9 Power 4 2 Reset Input RUN Output Counter No. Supply +5RUN V Output Count Input 1 0 V COM Reset Input CPU Normal CPU Normal 5 3 Circuit − + Display Set Value Display 1 2 CH 2 − + Equipment Stop Output 0 V COM CH 6 4 OUT COM 24 V DC±10% 0 V COM 3 Prediction Output1 OUT COM Current Value Display 24 V DC±10% 7 5 4 2 Counter No. OR 8 6 5 3 Display5 digits Set 3-stage Value Display 9 7 *1 24 V DC±15% 6 4 *1 24 V DC±15% 8 Counting Speed Switching Input 24 V DC±10% or Preset Counter 7 5 24 V DC±10% or + − IN COM CounterCount-up Display +24 V × 9Display *2 No. Selection Input Equipment Stop 9 + − IN COM Count-up Display Equipment Stop Display +24 Power OR V *2 8 6 Power Supply +5 V Count Input 1 0 V COM Reset Input RUN Output Supply 5 digits +5 3-stage V Count Input 1 0 CPU Normal V COM 9 7 Circuit *1 1 2 Circuit 2 Equipment Stop Output 1 2SwitchingCH 2 Equipment Stop Output OUT COM 8 Counting Speed Input *2 Preset Counter 3 Prediction Output1 Current Value Display 3 Prediction Output1 Counter No. Selection Input Value Display × 9 9 Current 4 2 Counter 4 2 Reset Input No. RUN Output Counter No. CPU Normal 5 3 *1 Display Set Value Display 5 3 Display Set CHValue Display OUT COM *2 6 4 6 4 7 5 7 5 OR 8 6 OR 8 6 5 digits 3-stage 9 7 5 digits 3-stage 9 7 8 Counting Speed Switching Input Preset Counter 8 Counting Speed Switching Input Preset Counter ×9 Counter No. Selection Input 9 ×9 Counter No. Selection Input 9 Reset Input RUN Output Reset Input RUN Output CPU Normal *1 Negative Logic Input CPU Normal *1 Negative Logic Input CH OUT COM *2 Positive Logic Inpu CH OUT COM *2 Positive Logic Inpu COUNTER Digital Timer Count-up Display Equipment Stop Display KCM-50/51 Series Count Input Notes 1) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter. 2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter. Notes 1) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter. 2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter. Notes 1) IN COM and Note) 24 V are connected counter. inside the counter. 24 V Output Circuit IN COM and 24inside V arethe connected Notes 1) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter. Prediction Output 2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter. Prediction Output 2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter. Equipment Stop Output OUT COM Equipment Stop Output RUN Output RUN Output 24 V Output Circuit Note) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter. Prediction Output OUT COM Equipment Stop Output OUT COM OUT COM 0 V COM Up to 45 V DC/0.1 A RUN Output 0 V COM Up to 45 V DC/0.1 A Prediction Output Equipment Stop Output Latest catalog (free) is available online. RUN Output Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ KCM-51 KCM-51 ×9 Counter No. Selection Input 9 3 Reset Input Current Value Display CPU Normal Counter No. 4 CH 5 Display 6 Set Value Display Prediction Output1 RUN Output *1 2Negative Logic Input Electronic Counter / Controller *2 Positive Logic Inpu OUT COM 3 KCM-50P 4 7 5 KCM-50/51 Series OR 8 6 5 digits 3-stage 9 Counting Speed Switching Input 7 Counter No. Selection Input 9 Reset Input Connection RUN Output CPU Normal CH *1 Negative Logic Input *2 Positive Logic Inpu OUT COM ■Block Diagram KCM-51 *1 − or *2 + − IN COM Count/Time-up Display Timer Display +5 V 1 1 2 3 Power Supply Circuit +24 V Display 6 *1 7 − + 24 V DC±15% or8 *2 + C/T No. Selection B0 − C/T Input B1 B2 BA Reset Input COUNTER 0 V COM OR Output INFORMATION 2 C/T No. 5 24 V DC±15% + − Setting 2 Output 1 Current Value Display 4 KCM-51 3 Set Value Display 4 5 24 V DC±15% OR 6 + − IN COM +24 V Count/Time-up Display Timer Display 5 digits 3-stage 7 Power +5 V Supply 1 0 V COM 8 Preset Counter × 8 Circuit 1 2 2 (timer) OR Output Setting 2 Output 1 3 Current Value Display RUN Output CPU Normal 2 4 − + C/T No. *1 Negative Logic Input 3 5 OUT COM 24 V DC±15% Display Set Value Display *2 Positive Logic Inpu 4 6 C/T No. Selection B0 B1 Terminal Number Input/Output Reset Input 5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 19, 20 Input Circuit 24 V IN COM 21, 26, 27 Input 3.3 kΩ All C/T No. selection input Input Circuit Reset 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 10, 15, 16 IN COM Input 2.2 kΩ IN COM Input IN COM Preset Counter × 8 (timer) 8 Description of Functions BA Specifications RUN Output CPU Normal + The counting (timing) of the relevant counter (timer) is performed regardless Counting −speed OUT30 COM of the operation mode / setting mode. Hz/500 24 V Hz DC±15% - When the KCM-50/51 is used as a counter: Minimum pulse width The current value changes when "OFF"→"ON". 16.6 ms/1 ms - When the KCM-50/51 is used as a timer: The timing starts when "OFF"→"ON". The timing continues while "ON". The timing stops when "OFF"→"ON". *1 Negative Logic Input *2 Positive Logic Inpu Timing range Hour 1 to 99,999 h Minute 1 to 99,999 m Second 1 to 99,999 s 0 V COM Up to 45 V DC/0.1 A When you want to designate all counters / timers at the time of a reset input, this input should be ON. 5V The current valueOutput of theCircuit selected counter / timer No. becomes 0 (zero). Notes Prediction Output ON when the CPU normally operates / OFF when the CPU does not operate normally. 5V On delay: 1) IN COM30ms and 24 V are connected inside the counter. Off delay: 30ms 2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter. 24 V Output Circuit Response time ON: After the power is supplied 1.5 s or less OFF: After an abnormality is detected 10 ms or less Note) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter. OUT COM Counter / The counter No. selected with the counter / timer No. selection key or by Timer No. the external C/T No. selection input is displayed. display 2.2 kΩfunction Prediction Output KCV KCX KCM Equipment Stop Output RUN Output Notesto initialize 1) Inputthe Common 0 V: Positive Logic If the "mode" "+" key Circuit are simultaneously pressed, the default setting mode starts following data. 5 Vkey and theOutput Setting 2 Output 24 V: (1) Selection of the counter and timer, (2) Setting of the counting speed and timing unit, (3) Prohibition/Permit selection of Negative Logic the reset key, and (4) Selection of the set value concerning the OR OR Output, RUN Output output (Setting 1 or setting 3) Open Collector 2) Output Common KCM-51: 0 V and Internally Short�circuited Input ■Circuit 2.2 kΩ OUT COM 0 V COM KCM-51 KCM-51 7 Equipment Stop Output Input Circuit ̶ Input Circuitsetting: - Default B2 5 digits 3-stage RUN Output V COM1and Circuit to 824 V are connected inside the counter. Setting 2 OutputThis is output if the24individual output of counters /Note) timersINNos. Input/Output response time reaches the setting 2 value. output 1 to 8 OUT COM OUT COM 30 ms (30 Hz timer) 3.3 kΩ 0 V COM Up to 45 V DC/0.1 A This is output if one of the counters / timers Nos. 1 to 8 reaches the setting 10 ms (500 Hz) OR output Prediction Output 1 (setting 3) value. RUN output KCM-50P Digital Timer Programmable Cam 6 Equipment Stop Output RUN Output 11 KCM-51 24 V IN COM 5V Input Circuit 4 C/T input 1 to 8 Tachometer KCM-51 Input voltage (Negative logic) ON: 0 to 6 V 5V Output Circuit Notes 1) IN COM and 24 V are connected inside the counter. OFF: Input is open Prediction Output 2) OUT COM and 0 V COM are connected inside the counter.logic) (Positive Equipment Stop Output C/T No. ON: 16 to 27.6 V The counter / timer you want to reset is designated by three inputs (B0, B1, RUN Output selection input OFF: 0 to 6 V and B2). 1 to 3 Input resistance: 2.2 kΩ OUT COM 18 25KCM-50 OR 8 ■Function Electronic Counter 5 7 Input SENSOR ENCODER 2 KCM-50P HMI + 24 V DC±15% C/T Input KCM-50 PLC 8 Preset Counter ×9 Input Circuit 5V Output Circuit Setting 2 Output OR Output, RUN Output Open Collector IN COM Input Notes 1) Input Common 0 V: Positive Logic 24 V: Negative Logic 2) Output Common KCM-51: 0 V and Internally Short�circuited OUT COM 2.2 kΩ 0 V COM The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 539 Electronic Counter / Controller ■General Specifications (Commonly Used in KCM-50/51 Series) Items COUNTER INFORMATION 1 2Series 3 Equipment KCM-50 Prediction Output Specifications Supply Voltage KCM-50 series: 24 V DC±10% (21.6 to 26.4 V) KCM-51 series: 24 V DC±15% (20.4 to 27.6 V) Power Consumption 5W -20 to +70˚C (No freezing) Electronic Counter Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 45 to 85% RH (No condensation) Tachometer Insulation Resistance 100 MΩ or higher 500 V DC (Between power supply terminal and input-output terminal) Dielectric Voltage 500 V AC 50/60 Hz 1 min (Between live parts and externally-exposed non-charged metal part) Noise Resistance Between power supply terminals: ±1 kV (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns) Between input terminals: ±500 V (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns) Impact Resistance 2 36 9 10 15 16 17 1 2 3 Count Input 18 19 20 KCM-50 21 4 5 6 RUN 4 5 6 7 8 9 Operational 7 8 9 8 9 Output 10 Speed 11 12Count 13 Input 14 Prediction Storage Temperature Vibration Resistance 25 8 Stop 4 54 65 76 RUN 3 Equipment 1 2 3 11 12 13 14 Stop Prediction Output Count Input -10 to +55˚C Digital Timer 14 1 Use Ambient Temperature KCM-50 15 0V 16 OUT 17 18 19 CH 20 IN 21 COM COM COM +24V 7 8 9 Operational 7 8 9 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Prediction Output Speed Count Input 0V OUT +24V COM COM 22 23 24 2 1 2 Malfunction vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.5 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Endurance vibration: Displacement amplitude 0.75 mm 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions 14 25 2 36 8 9 10 98 m/s2, 3 axial directions 15 16 17 Case Exterior Munsell N-4 (dark gray) ABS material 350 g 25 26 27 28 4 5 6 7 KCM-51 Series 1 Weight IN CH COM 3 3 OR Output 1 2 3 Setting 1/3 Setting 2 Output C/T Input 4 54 65 76 RUN 3 OR Output 1 2 3 11 12 13 14 Setting 1/3 Setting 2 Output C/T Input 1 18 19 20 KCM-51 21 4 5 6 RUN 4 5 6 7 8 N.C BA 7 8 B0 8 9 10 11 C/T 12 Input 13 14 Setting 2 Output C/T No. Selection Input 0V OUT 15 16 17 18 19 B2 20 IN 21 COM COM COM +24V B1 7 8 N.C BA 7 8 B0 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 C/T Input Setting 2 Output C/T No. Selection Input 0V OUT IN +24V COM COM B1 B2 COM Reset Programmable Cam ■Terminal 1 2 3 Assignment 4 5 6 7 Counter No. ENCODER General Specifications/Dimensions Counter No. SENSOR KCM-50/51 Series Reset HMI Reset PLC Model Number Reset ■Price Price KCM-50 KCM-50-1 22 Open KCM-50P KCM-51 23 24 25 26 27 28 KCM-50P-1 KCM-51 Open KCM-51-1 KCV (Accessories) Mounting bracket KCX KCM ■ Dimensions (Unit: mm) Thickness of Mounting Plate 1 to 5 Mounting Bracket 75 68 Equipment Stop +0.5 −0 Current Value Prediction 68 67.4 72 Set Value ■Prediction +0.5 −0 Reset Counter No. Equipment Stop Counter Setting No. Mode Display Selection 75 Set Square Hole 72 540 9 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 65 17.5 67.4 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller Electronic Counters Related Products Socket PLC HMI SENSOR Appearance Applicable Counter Dimensions 4 3 2 1 60±0.2 KCX KCX-B KF-03 ENCODER COUNTER 84 Open 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 20 72 INFORMATION 22 105 g 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Electronic Counter 32 Tachometer 84 Socket for Surface-Mount Installation (Terminal Block) 6 5 Price 2–φ4.5 Hole Model Number KCX KCX-B KB-03 Open Hole for 2-M3 Socket for Embedded Installation Programmable Cam 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 4.5 22 Digital Timer 72 105 g 5 6 7 8 47 4 KB-04 TC-4Ｌ 3 31 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. 9 2 Open 1 11 10 45 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 541 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam TC-V Series Features Digital Tachometers - The TC-V series has a compact DIN48□ size with an easy-to-see large display. - With characters represented by bright large red LEDs, 10 mm high characters can be clearly seen from a distance and an angle. - The green LED is used for the preset value to differentiate it from the measured values. - The preset value can be easily set to 0 using the setting key corresponding to each digit, like using a digital switch. - The TC-V series can be easily operated owing to a selection method that uses DIP switches for basic functional setting and the digit keys for detailed setting. CE Marking Compliant ■Features Protection Functions for Each Key Prescale Functions Key protection can be set for each key to prevent unintended operation. The TC-V series features built-in prescale functions that can convert rotating speed into speed, flow rate, and work load per unit time. Retentive Memory without Battery Backup Stable Display An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require maintenance is used. The measuring time can be set to stabilize the display at high speed. Measuring time can be selected from 0.2/0.5/1.0/2.0 s. Removable Terminal Block High Speed Response This removable terminal block improves maintenance. After wiring, the terminal block cover enhances safety. The measuring input is 20 kHz. Multi-voltage Power Supply for AC Type High Accuracy The AC type covers supply voltages of 85 to 264 V AC and can be used for any power source. As the measuring method, the period measurement method is used, which can realize high accuracy at low speed. Protection Fulfilling IP65 "0" Display Immediately After Rotation Stops Sheet keys are used for the front panel, which enables users to safely operate the device even with wet or unclean hands. The stop judgment time that immediately displays "0" after rotation stops can be selected from 0.2/0.5/1.0/2.0/6.0 s. Conformity to CE and UL With-output Model is Also Available. CE marking compliant and UL standard (UL508) certified product. The single preset type is available, which supports rotation control. Zero Suppression Function Unnecessary 0 (zeros) of high-order digits are not displayed. TC-V TC-4 ■Model Number List Classification Digital Tachometer with Single Preset Digital Tachometer Only for Display Power Source Power Source for Sensors 24 V DC, 60 mA TC-V6S AC ● TC-V6S-C DC Model Number TC-V6 TC-V6-C Digit 6 AC DC Price Open Open ● Open Open (Accessories) Mounting frame TC- V 6 - - Series classification - Number of digits to display - Preset Blank : For display S : 1-stage preset - Power source type Blank : AC power C : DC power 542 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-V Series Specifications ENCODER Rating Items AC Power DC Power Supply Voltage 100 to 240 V AC 12 to 24 V DC Allowable Power Range 85 to 264 V AC 10 to 26.4 V DC Power Consumption Approx. 11 VA Approx. 4 W Power Source for Sensors 24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 60 mA (Ripple noise:10%p-p or lower) ̶ EEPROM Storage Temperature -20 to 70˚C (No freezing) Ambient Humidity 35 to 85% RH (No condensation) Impact Resistance Noise Resistance 2 kV AC 1 min Tachometer (AC input, 0 V, between relay contacts) (DC power supply type: 0 V, only between relay contacts) Digital Timer Endurance Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Programmable Cam Endurance 490 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Malfunction 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Between power supply terminals ±1.5 kV (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns) Protective Structure IP65 (Only the front panel part) Weight Approx. 150 g Conforming cable Terminal Block INFORMATION Electronic Counter -10 to 50˚C Vibration Resistance COUNTER Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more Storage time: 10 years Ambient Temperature Withstand Voltage HMI SENSOR ■General Specifications Power Failure Memory PLC Between power supply terminals ±1.0 kV (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns) Approx. 110 g 0.25 to 1.66 mm 2 Conforming crimp terminal R1.25-3 Allowable tightening torque 0.5 Nm ■Performance Specifications Items Type Rating Tachometer Setting Single setting with prediction output/No prediction output (Different model No.) Digit 6 digits Display Measured value display: Red LED, height of characters 10 mm. Preset value display: Green LED, height of characters 7 mm Counting System Period measurement system Measurement Item Speed of revolution only Basic Measurement Range 10 to 999,999 rpm (When prescale is 1) Prescale Functions M x 10 -n ＝ 10 -9 to 999,999 1 ≦ M ≦ 999,999, 0 ≦ n ≦ 9 Measurement Accuracy ±0.013% Excluding when low speed input (10 Hz) is selected (±0.1% for low-speed input) Measuring Time 0.2/0.5/1.0/2.0 s Input Input resistance: Positive logic 15 kΩ Negative logic 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power) TC-V TC-4 Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input)/Positive logic (Voltage input ) Input voltage: "L" 0 to 3 V "H" 7 to 30 V Measurement Input Response 10 Hz/20 kHz External Reset Minimum signal width: 5 ms *Output Non-contact output: NPN open collector output, 24 V 100 mA, withstand voltage: 35 V, residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower Contact output: 1 transfer contact point (1c), 220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load) *Output Mode Comparative output/Holding output Key Protection Any key setting is enabled. Installation Method Dedicated to embedded installation (Terminal block connection) - Items with an * mark do not apply to display dedicated models. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 543 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER TC-V Series Operation ■Measurement Operation (1) Rotating speed display for 1 pulse per revolution 1 COUNTER INFORMATION The reciprocal (ー) T of the input period (T sec) of IN is multiplied by 60 and displayed as the rotating speed. * Counting range input: At the time of 1P/R and prescale 1, the range is 10 to 99,999 rpm. IN Display Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Low speed (10 Hz) 1 1 1 ×60 rpm ×60 rpm ×60 rpm T3 T2 T1 Previous Measured Value 1 1 1 ×60 rpm ×60 rpm ×60 rpm T3 T2 T1 T1 IN T2 T3 High Speed (20 kHz) H H L L 50 ms or more 50 ms or more Previous Measured Value Display Electronic Counter ■Input Single Pulse Width 25 µs or more 25 µs or more 1 ×60 rpm T4 1 ×60 rpm T4 T4 (2) Measuring time T1 T2 display T3 when the T4 device rotates at high This is used for stabilizing the speed. The average pulse that is input during the measuring time is Pulse Average Pulse Average 1 ×60 rpm Display in T1 in T2 displayed and, if it is larger than the measuring time, theT3display is updated every time the pulse is input. IN Display Pulse Average in T1 Measuring Time IN T1 Measuring Time Measuring Time Pulse Average in T2 T2 Measuring Time T1 Measuring Time T3 Measuring Time T2 Measuring Time 1 ×60 rpm T3 T3 Measuring Time ■Output Operation Chart 保持出力 * Only models that produce output 比較出力 Holding Output Preset Value Preset Value Predicted Value Predicted Value 0 ON ON Reset Contact Output TC-V TC-4 Reset OFF ON Contact Output OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON 比較出力 Non-contact Output Non-contact Output 保持出力 OFF OFF 比較出力 Comparative Preset ValueOutput Predicted Preset Value Value Prediction : Set Value Predicted Value 0 Preset Value When the prediction set value is "0," non-contact output becomes the same as the output operation of contact output. The prediction set value should be smaller than the preset value. If the prediction ON setting exceeds the preset value, the measured Reset value becomes 0 and the prediction output (non-contact output) OFF turns ON. ON ON Contact Output Reset Contact Output Output Non-contact Non-contact Output OFF OFF ON ON Predicted Value ON Reset Contact Output Non-contact Output OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF : ction set value is "0," utput becomes the same peration of contact output. ler than the preset value. set value, the measured put (non-contact output) 544 Prediction Set Value When the prediction set value is "0," non-contact output becomes the same as the output operation of contact output. The prediction set value should be smaller than the preset value. If the prediction setting exceeds the preset value, the measured value becomes 0 and the prediction output (non-contact output) turns ON. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ 24 V DC, 60 mA IN Non-contact Output OUT 1 7 8 9 COM N.C TC-V6S TC-V6S TC-V6 Input Power Source for Sensor 24 V DC, 2 60 mA 3 IN4 1 2 OUT Non-contact Output 1 OUT 8 10 11 12 10 11 12 Contact Output 12 OUT Non-contact Output OUT 8 IN 8 9 100 to 240 V AC Power TC-V6-C TC-V6-C 10 11 11 12 12 +11 12 − Contact Output 3 Input 5 57 R Reset Input 7 7 R Reset R Input Reset Input 3 + Programmable Cam 0V 57 R Reset Input 7 R Reset Input 11 12 11− 12 + 12 to 24 V DC Powert Output N.O 5 IN 10 11 12 N.O 10 12 9 +11 11 − 12 Contact Output COM N.C Tachometer IN Measurement 0 V 9 COM 8 N.C Electronic Counter N.O Measurement Input 05V 0 V 1 INFORMATION ※予報出力はNon-contact Output（OUT端子）と兼用です。 100 to 240 V AC Power Digital Timer TC-V6-C 無接続の端子には何も接続しないでください。 0V 3 3 5 05V 57 7R ResetR Reset Input Input 7 R Reset Input to 24 V DC Powert Output 100 to12240 V AC Power N.O Measurement IN Measurement Power Source for Sensor Input Input IN 24 V DC, 60 mA 3 3 COM N.C Measurement Input Non-contact Output 12 100 to 240 V AC Power Contact Output TC-V6S-C TC-V6 TC-V6 TC-V6S-C OUT 9N.O COM N.C Input 24 V DC, 2 60 mA 3 3IN Non-contact Output 9 COM 8 N.C COUNTER IN 24 V DC, 60 mA IN 0V 0V Measurement Power Source for Sensor 5 0 V6 4 57 R6Reset Input 7 R Reset Input 3 Non-contact Output HMI ENCODER TC-V6-C Measurement Measurement Power Source for Sensor Input Input 24 V DC, 60 mA IN Measurement 0 V PLC SENSOR 100 to 240 V AC Power TC-V6S-C TC-V6S-C TC-V6 Measurement Input Power Source for Sensor TC-V6S Connection N.O 2 R Reset Input TC-V Series 10 11 12 Contact Output ■Terminal Connection Diagrams put put 24 V DC, 60 0V Electronic 2 3 4 Counter 5 6 / Controller 12 to 24 V DC Powert Output − + Contact Output ※予報出力はNon-contact Output （OUT端子） と兼用です。 to 24 V DC Powert Output 100 to12240 V AC Power − 12 to 24 V DC Powert Output ※予報出力はNon-contact Output（OUT端子）と兼用です。 無接続の端子には何も接続しないでください。 * Non-contact output (OUT terminal) is also used for prediction output. TC-V6-C 無接続の端子には何も接続しないでください。 * Do not connect anything to unconnected terminals. Measurement Input IN 0V 3 5 ■Input/Output Circuit AC電源形 Diagrams AC電源形 7 AC power DC電源形 DC電源形 DC power R Reset Input Power Source Power Source Internal 24 VInternal 24 V 2 Sensor 2 for Sensor for 24 V D C 24 V D C 11 Logic 12 9 N.C. ON During Negative ON During Negative Input Logic Input + utput 5V ut（OUT端子）と兼用です。 3.3 k IN 3 47 k IN 3 22 k 8 24 V D C 11 + − 12 − 9 N.C. ON During Negative ON During Logic Negative Input Logic Input 3.3 k 5V 1.8 k 47 k IN 3 IN 3 22 k Reset Input 7 1 OUT 1 OUT 5 0V 5 0V N.C. 8 COM TC-V Reset 47 k Input 7 22 k The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. 8 COM TC-4 47 k 10 N.O. 10 N.O. 22 k 1.8 k 3.3 k 22 k 5V 1.8 k 5V 5V 47 k 9 12 COM 10 N.O. Internal 24 VInternal 24 V 11 N.C. 47 k 10 N.O. + 22 k Reset 47 k Input 7 22 k 9 − 12 to 524V V DC Powert Output 8 COM 3.3 k 5V Reset Input 7 24 V D C 5V 1.8 k 47 k 22 k 1 OUT 1 OUT 5 0V 5 0V KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 545 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam TC-V Series Connection ■Input Connection Examples NPN Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor Voltage Output or PNP Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 - Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-N/E》 NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 - Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos) 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-E2》 Brown Brown Brown Brown Power Source for Sensor Power Source for Sensor 2 Power Source for 2 Sensor 2 Power Source for 2 Sensor Brown Brown Brown Brown (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)* Power Source for Sensor Power Source for Sensor 2 Sensor 2 Sensor Brown 2 Power Source Brown for Brown 2 Power Source Brown for (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)* Source for Power Source for SensorFor Measurement For Measurement Source for Power Source for Sensor 2 Power 2 Sensor 2 Power 2 Sensor For Measurement For Measurement Black Black (24 V DC)*Black (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)*Black (24 V DC)* 3 IN 3 IN 3 IN 3 IN For Measurement For Measurement For Measurement For Measurement Black Black Black Black For Measurement For Measurement For Measurement For Measurement Black 3 IN Black 3 IN Black 3 IN Black 3 IN 3 3 3 3 IN IN IN IN For Reset For Reset For Reset For Reset Black Black Black Black 7 Reset 7 Reset For Reset For Reset 7 Reset For Reset For Reset 7 Reset Black Black Black Black For Reset For Reset For Reset For Reset Black 7 Reset Black 7 Reset Black 7 Reset Black 7 Reset 7 Reset 7 Reset 7 Reset 7 Reset Blue Blue Blue Blue 5 0V 5 0V 5 0V 5 0V Blue Blue Blue Blue Blue 5 0 V Blue 5 0 V Blue 5 0 V Blue 5 0 V 5 0V 5 0V 5 0V 5 0V 2-wire DC System Proximity Sensor Rotary Encoder DC2線式近接センサの場合 DC2線式近接センサの場合 ロータリエンコーダの場合 ロータリエンコーダの場合 - Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) DC2線式近接センサの場合 DC2線式近接センサの場合 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-Z 》 DC2線式近接センサの場合 DC2線式近接センサの場合 - Input logic: Positive logic and negative logic are set in accordance with the ロータリエンコーダの場合 ロータリエンコーダの場合 output of the encoder. ロータリエンコーダの場合 ロータリエンコーダの場合 《Recommended rotary encoder: TRD-J□-S , TRD-N□-S 》 * In the case of the DC power source type, the supply voltage should be not less than 20 V. For Measurement For Measurement White 3 IN For Measurement For Measurement White For Measurement For Measurement 3 IN White 3 IN For Reset For Reset White Reset 7 For Reset For Reset White For Reset 7 Reset For Reset White 7 Reset Black 5 0V Black 5 0V Black 5 0V White 3 White 3 White 3 White 7 White 7 White 7 Black 5 Black 5 Black 5 Red (Brown) Red (Brown) Power Source for2 Sensor Power Source for Sensor (Brown) (24Red V DC)* (24 V DC)* Power Power Source for Sensor 2 Sensor Red Source (Brown)for (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)* Power Source for Power Source for Sensor 2 Sensor (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)* Green (Black) Green (Black) 3 IN 3 IN Green (Black) Green (Black) 3 IN 3 IN Green (Black) Green (Black) 3 IN 3 IN 2 Red (Brown) Red (Brown) 2 2 IN IN IN Reset Reset Reset Black (Blue) Black (Blue) 7 0V 7 0V Black (Blue) Black (Blue) 0 V 7 Black (Blue) Black (Blue) 7 0 V 7 0V 7 0V 0V 0V 0V Switch Relay スイッチ・リレーの場合 スイッチ・リレーの場合 - Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage スイッチ・リレーの場合 - Measurementスイッチ・リレーの場合 input response: 10 Hz スイッチ・リレーの場合 スイッチ・リレーの場合 TC-V TC-4 input) (neg) (DIP switch 1 is ON.) Measurement Measurement Measurement Measurement Reset 3 IN Measurement Measurement 3Reset IN 3 Reset IN 7Reset Reset 7 Reset Reset Reset - Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos) - Measurement input response: 10 Hz (DIP switch 1 is ON.) Measurement 3 IN Measurement Measurement Reset 3 IN 37 IN Reset V 57 0Reset 7 Reset 75 Reset 0V 5 0V 5 0V 5 0V 5 0V Reset Reset 2 Power Source for 2 Sensor Power Source for Sensor (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)* Measurement 2 Power Source for 2 Sensor Power Source for Sensor (24 V DC)* (24 23 Sensor Power Source for Power Source for Sensor 32 IN IN V DC)* Measurement (24 V DC)* (24 V DC)* Measurement 3Reset 3 IN IN 3 Reset 37 IN IN Reset 7Reset Reset 7Reset 7 Reset V 57 0Reset 75 Reset 0V 5 0V 5 0V 5 0V 5 0V ※DC電源タイプにはありません。 ※DC電源タイプにはありません。 別途外部電源を使用してください。 別途外部電源を使用してください。 * There is no power source for sensors in the case of the DC power source type. ※DC電源タイプにはありません。 ※DC電源タイプにはありません。 別途外部電源を使用してください。 別途外部電源を使用してください。 Use a separate external power source. ※DC電源タイプにはありません。 ※DC電源タイプにはありません。 別途外部電源を使用してください。 別途外部電源を使用してください。 ■Output Connection Examples NPN Open Collector Output NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合 NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合 接点出力の場合 接点出力の場合 Contact Output Relay Drive Possible Relay Drive Possible OUT 1 0V 5 Load OUT 1 − + 0V 5 COM 8 Load − Power Source for LoadPower Source for Load Rated 24 V DC 546 COM 8 + Power Source Power Source for Load for Load N.C. 9 Load N.C. 9 Load N.O. 10 N.O. 10 Load Load Rated 24 V DC KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-V Series Each Part Name and Function ■Panel Explanation ③ Discrete value display (Red) - Operation mode Lights up when the output is ON. Blinks when the prediction output is ON. - Operation mode Displays the discrete value. - Setup mode Displays the set contents. ③ ② Protection display (Red) ① - Operation mode Blinks when the key is protected. - Setup mode D i s p l ay s t h e s e t c o n t e n t s o f ke y protection. - Operation mode Displays the preset value. - Setup mode Displays the setting item. ⑤ ⑥ ⑤ Digit key ⑥ RST key - Operation mode Turns output off. - Setup mode Selects the setting item. ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION ④ Preset value display (Green) ④ ② (Only when the key is ON) HMI SENSOR Equipped with 1-stage Preset ① Output display (Red) PLC - Operation mode Changes the preset value. - Setup mode Selects the set contents. * Compared with panels equipped with a 1-stage preset, models dedicated to display have the following different points. ①Output display : None ②Protection display : None ④Preset value display : No display in the operation mode. ⑤Digit key : Ineffective in the operation mode. ⑥RST key : Ineffective in the operation mode. Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Key Operation 1. Changes the preset value Every time a digit key is pressed, 1 is added to the preset value of the corresponding digit. Approx. 1 second after a digit key is released, the set value is entered. Example: When the counter is “123” 1 Press the 1 key and the 2 Press the 2 key and the 3 124 134 Press the 3 key and the 234 2. Turns output off * Only for models equipped with single preset TC-4 If the [RST] key is pressed (response time is 0.1s), output turns OFF. If the [RST] key is pressed while output is ON, output turns OFF. Whenequipped the counter “123 Only for models with issingle preset ” 3. Key protection * Example: 1 Press theset 1 key the operation The key protection can be individually forandeach key. If a key 124 2 isPress thepressed 2 key and in thethe 134 for which the key protection set is run mode, the LED 3 Press the 3 keytoand the 234 corresponding to the pressed key blinks notify that the operation is prohibited. Since the protection is set to all keys before shipment, if the power is supplied when DIP switch 7 is ON, operation of all keys is prohibited. 6 RST 4 5 TC-V 6 RST 4 5 2 3 1 2 3 1 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 547 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER TC-V Series Each Part Name and Function ■DIP Switch Setting - Use the DIP switches at the top of tachometer for setting. - Before operating the DIP switches, be sure that the power is turned off. The switches do not respond to setting changes while the power is on. Input Frequency Input frequency Select the input frequency with the DIP switch 1. ON Input Frequency Input frequency INFORMATION Dip Switch OFF ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 Input frequency OFF 1 2 3 4 Measuring Time ON ON kHz Input20 Frequency OFF SW1 10 Hz ON 20 kHz Input Frequency OFF SW1 Select the measuring Measuring time time with the DIP switches 2 and 3. Electronic Counter - In the period measurement mode, the display may fluctuate when at high 10 the Hz device rotatesON Input frequency speed1because 2 the 3 display 4 is5updated 6 every 7 time 8 the pulse is input. OFF ON Input frequency 20 kHz OFF Measuring Time SW2 - If the measuring time is set, the average pulse input during the measuring time can beSW3 displayed Measuring time and the display becomes stable when the device rotates at high speed. ON Tachometer Digital Timer ON OFF ON 4 5 6 7 8 Programmable Cam OFF 1 2 3 4 Measuring 1 2 time 3 4 OFF OFF 1 2 3 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 * The DIP switches are all set in the OFF position before shipment. ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Selects the operation mode. Selects the key protection. Selects the stop judgment time. Selects the measuring time. Selects the input frequency. 1 2 3 ON 1 2 time 3 time 4 5 Measuring Stop judgment OFF Measuring time 6 7 8 Stop judgment time Stop judgment 1 2 3 time 4 5 OFF Key protection 1 2 3 6 7 8 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 1 2 3 4 OFF ON Protection Key 5 6 7 8 OFF OFF 1 2 3 ON protection Key TC-V 0.2 sFrequency OFF Input Input Frequency 0.5 s10 OFF Measuring Time HzSW2 10 Hz 1.0 20 s kHzOFF ON 0.2 20 kHz 2.0 s ON 0.5 OFF OFF SW1 SW1 ON SW3 ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON Measuring 1.0 sTime 0.2 2.0 ss SW2 ON OFF ON SW3 OFF OFF ON 0.5 s OFF ON 1.0 s ON OFF ON SW3 Measuring Time SW2 ON ON SW2 SW3 Measuring Time Stop judgment time Time Stop Judgment Stop 2.0 Judgments Time SW4 SW6 ON SW5 ON 0.2 s OFF OFF 0.2s 4, s 5, and OFF OFF Select the stop judgment time with the DIP switches 6. 6.0 (10) OFF OFF OFF OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.5time s elapses, OFF ONmakes 1 measurement 2 3 4input5turns6OFF7and the 8 stop judgment - After the this function OFF OFF 0.5s (30) s OFF OFF ON ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OFF ON the display "0." Stop2.0 Judgment Time SW4 SW5 SW6 1.0 s ON OFF -Stop Note judgment that, if the stoptime judgment time is set to 0.2 s in 1P/R,1.0 the minimum number of revolutions s ON ON OFF 1.0 OFF 6.0 s (60) (10) OFF OFF 2.0 s ON ON becomes 300 rpm. 2.0 s ON ON ON OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0.5 ON 2.0 ss (120) (30) OFF OFF ON Stop Judgment Ti m e SW4 SW5 SW6 ON OFF OFF 0.2 s (300) 1.0 s (60) OFF ON ON ON OFF 6.0parenthesis (10) OFF The OFFrepresents ON OFF ON 0.5 ss (120) the minimum number of OFF OFF ON 2.0 s (30) OFFof 1OFF 0.2 s (300) inON revolutions the case P/R. 1.0 parenthesis s (60) OFF ON OFF The Stop Judgment Time SW4represents SW5 SW6 theJudgment number of SW6 Stop Time SW4 SW5 OFF ON ON 0.5minimum s (120) revolutions the case P/R. OFFof 1OFF 6.0 s (10) inOFF 6.0 s (10) OFF OFF OFF 0.2 s (300) ON OFF OFF 2.0 s (30) OFF OFF ON OFF ON 2.0 parenthesis s (30) OFFrepresents The ON 1.0minimum s (60) OFF the number of OFF 1.0 s (60) OFF ON OFF Key Protection revolutions the case ofSW7 P/R. ON 1ON 0.5 s (120) inOFF 0.5 s (120) OFF ON ON Setup modeON setting OFF OFF 0.2 s (300) ON OFF ON OFF 0.2 sis(300) enabled. Key Protection SW7 The parenthesis represents Key protection The parenthesis represents Select whether "not to use key protection" or "to use keyNot protection" for the the minimum number of OFF Do TC-4 Setup mode setting the minimum number ofof 1 P/R. revolutions the case keys 7. The keys forin key protection ONcan 2 setup 3 4mode 5 with 6 DIP 7 switch 8 OFF set1in the revolutions in the case of 1 P/R. is enabled. be set in the setup mode. ON Key Protection SW7 OFF Do Not "Not to use key protection" is set before shipment. Operation mode This isprotection for setting protection Key Setup mode setting Key protection ON 1 2 dedicated 3 4 to 5 display 6 7should 8 remain OFF. *OFF The models is enabled. ON Operation mode ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Operation Mode Operation 1 2 mode 3 4 5 OFF 6 7 8 Operation mode ON Operation mode Operation Mode Do Not Key Protection Key Protection Setup mode Setup mode setting mode Operation Setup mode Mode setting is enabled. is enabled. Setup mode Do Not Do Not Operation mode Operation Mode Setup mode Operation mode Select the setup mode and the operation mode with DIP switch 8. ON ON OFF OFF 548 SW1 10 Hz KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 Latest catalog (free) is available online. 7 7 8 8 Operation Mode Operation Mode Setup mode Setup mode Operation mode Operation mode Visit our website ▼ SW8 OFF SW7 SW7 ON OFF SW8 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF SW8 ON OFF SW8 SW8 ON ON OFF OFF http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-V Series Each Part Name and Function HMI SENSOR ■Setup Mode Make settings that cannot be selected with the DIP switches, in the setup mode. Setup Mode Setting Items (1) Prescaling ……………… (2) Input logic …………… (3) Output mode …………… (4) Decimal point ………… (5) Prediction output ……… Set the prescale value (10-9 to 999,999). Positive logic, Negative logic Comparison / Holding Set the decimal marker to any digit. Set the offset value for the preset value. 0 to 999,999 (6) Reset key protection …… Set the lock for the reset key. (7) Digit key protection …… Set the lock for the digit keys. * For tachometers dedicated to display, items (3), (5), (6), and (7) are skipped. Switching Between the Setup Mode and the Operation Mode ① Operation Mode ① Prescale setting 1 (scL1) To the next menu by pressing the reset key COUNTER INFORMATION Initial value: 0 ③ Input logic setting (si g) Initial value: □ 2 1 : pos Positive logic 2 : neg Negative logic RST ④ Output mode setting (c-op) Initial value: □ 2 1 : 1 Select the holding output 2 : 2 Select the comparative output RST Electronic Counter Tachometer ⑤ Decimal point setting (d.p) Digital Timer Programmable Cam Initial value: No decimal point The decimal point appears after the digit number corresponding to the digit key number. Digit key 1 is used for the setting for no decimal point. Discrete value display part 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1 RST ⑥ Prediction output setting (set ) a - For tachometers dedicated to display, the setting items with an * mark are skipped. - The set contents become effective when moving to the next menu via the [RST] key. - The key protection setting becomes active in AND conditions with the DIP switch 7. If you want to activate the protection, set DIP switch 7 in the ON position. ENCODER 1 : The exponent is -1. 0 to -9 can be set. RST Operation of the Setup Mode Initialize the setup mode using the menu as shown in the table on the right. (Use the digit keys for all settings.) 1 Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 to 999,999 can be set. ② Prescale setting 2 (scL2) Setup Mode ① When DIP switch 8 is in the ON position and the power is turned on, the setup mode starts. ② When the DIP switch 8 is in the OFF position and the power is turned on, the operation mode starts. Initial value: � 1 Discrete value display part RST ② Digit key 1 : Not use 1 : Use PLC Initial value: 0 Discrete value display part 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 RST Digit key 6 5 4 3 2 1 ⑦ Reset key protection setting (rpro) Initial value: Locked Select whether to lock the reset key or not. Digit key: K/P display part 1 : ■□□□□□□ (Lock) 2 : □□□□□□□ (Unlock) RST ⑧ Digit key protection setting (ppro) Initial value: Locked Select the whether to lock each digit key or not. Digit key: K/P display part K/P display part : Lit when disabled : Enabled when out To the first menu by pressing the reset key RST The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. 1 2 3 4 5 6 : □□□□□□■ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □□□□□■□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □□□□■□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □□□■□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □□■□□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □■□□□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 TC-V TC-4 549 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER TC-V Series Example of Operation ■Operation Mode 4. Change the set contents Changes the Preset Value To the next ① menu by pressing the reset key Change the preset value from 120 to 240. The preset value becomes effective approx. 1 second after the change is made. Before Changing RST Change Complete INFORMATION OUT OUT OUT K/P K/P K/P K/P 6 4 5 6 2 3 1 RST 4 5 6 2 3 1 RST 4 5 6 2 3 1 RST 4 5 2 3 1 RST Electronic Counter Digital Timer Programmable Cam Change to the initial value. ② Prescale Exponent Setting screen OUT RST Tachometer Prescale Mantissa Setting screen Press the digit key 2 twice. RST key twice to set it Change to the initial value. ③ Output Mode Setting screen Displays the rotating speed when the rotary encoder of 100 pulses per revolution is used. Sets the measuring time to 1.0 s to stabilize the display when the encoder rotates at high speed. Moreover, displays the stop judgment time for 1.0 s to 1 decimal place. TC-V 1 ② Input Setting Logic screen Press the digit key 3 Once. ■Example of Setting the Rotating Speed Display RST Change to the initial value. ⑧ Decimal Point Setting screen Press the reset key to end setup. Measurement Axis METER Press the to "-2." RST Press the 2 key to light up the decimal point between 1st digit and 2nd digit. This setting is complete. OUT K/P 6 RST 4 5 2 3 1 5. Switching to the operation mode Rotary Encoder 100 P/R When setup is completed in the setup mode, turn the power off, set DIP switch 8 in the OFF position (to the operation mode) and turn ON the power. Setting item Setting Item 6. Start the operation mode Contents Measuring Time 1.0 s Stop Judgment Time 1.0 s Prescale Mantissa 1 Prescale Exponent -2 When a setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST] key to reset the count value after the power is turned on. 1. Prescale calculation TC-V TC-4 The tachometer has the prescale "1" at 1 pulse per revolution. Therefore, in the case of 100 P/R, 1 100 = 0.01 Since the prescale setting is set by the mantissa and exponent, 0.01 = 1×10-2 2. Setting DIP switches Turn the power off before operating the DIP switches. ① Selecting the 1.0 s measuring time ON - Set DIP switch 2 is in the ON position. - Set DIP switch 3 is in the OFF position. OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ② Selecting the 1.0 s stop judgment time ON - Set DIP switch 4 is in the OFF position. - Set DIP switch 5 is in the ON position. OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - Set DIP switch 6 is in the OFF position. 3. Switching to the setup mode Set DIP switch 8 in the ON position, and turn the power on. 550 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-V Series Error Code Display/Option Error Name Overflow error Error details ENCODER Corrective Action The data that should be displayed is larger than the display range. COUNTER The error indication will be automatically reset when the measured value enters the normal range. (Review the prescale and decimal point setting.) Underflow error The digit of the data that should be displayed is lower than the display range. Over input frequency Input frequency exceeds 20 kHz. Lower the input frequency. Preset value / Set value and the contents of the setup mode changed. Press the [RST] key and delete the error indication. The measured value and the timing value become "0", the preset value and the set value become "5,000", and the contents of the setup mode revert back to the preshipment defaults. Memory data error HMI SENSOR ■Common Errors Error Code PLC INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Option Option Model Number Contents Price Rubber Packing KC-48P If installed between the installation panel and TC-V, it prevents the intrusion of water into the control panel. Front Cover KC-48C If installed to the front panel, it protects the counter from exposure to dirt, etc. Material: Soft silicon rubber Key operation is enabled with the front cover installed. Open Open TC-V TC-4 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 551 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam TC-V Series Precautions ■Precautions in Use (1) The power source 0 V terminal ⑫ and the input common 0 V terminal ⑤ of the DC type are internally short-circuited. (2) Rather than gradually increasing the supply voltage, apply the rated voltage at once using a switch or relay. (3) When using the 2-wire DC system proximity sensor, set the input logic to negative logic. (4) If the preset value / set value is changed during measurement / timing, the changed value becomes effective approx. 1 second after key input. (The tachometer performs output operation after measurement.) (5) Enter the set contents of the DIP switches and the setup mode in the data sheet attached to the main body and keep it for maintenance. (6) Do not use the counter in the following environments. - Any place where the ambient temperature exceeds 50˚C or falls to -10˚C or lower. - Any place where the ambient humidity exceeds 85% or condensation occurs due to rapid temperature change. - Any place that is exposed to dust, iron powder, and corrosive gas. - Any place that is exposed to sunlight. - Any place where there are large vibrations or shocks. (7) When performing a dielectric voltage test or insulation resistance test, separate the main body from the control circuit. (8) When the power is shut down, the internal EEPROM is written. Since the number of writing cycles in the EEPROM is not more than 100,000, do not use the tachometer by highly frequent power source operations. ① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel. ■Cautions in wiring - Wire cables separately from power lines. - When using the counter in a place where a lot of noise is generated, separate the main body of the TC-V and the wiring from the noise sources as far as possible. - Do not use an unused terminal as a relay terminal. - It is recommended to use a crimp terminal for connections. - When wiring the cable to the terminals ① and ⑦, if the crimp terminal has a fork shape, do not attach it diagonally. For diagonal attachment, use a round crimp terminal. In the Case of a Forked Crimp Terminal If the crimp terminal is diagonally attached, the contact with the terminal becomes insufficient. Therefore, attach the crimp terminal horizontally from the side as shown in the figure above. In the Case of a Round Crimp Terminal - As the screw for anchoring the terminal block, only use the anchoring screw used in shipping. How to mount the terminal block andtightening the terminal - Make sure that the allowable torque is 0.3 Nm. block cover - Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed. - As the screw for anchoring the terminal block, - As the screw for anchoring the terminal block, only use the anchoring screw used in shipping. only use the anchoring screw used in shipping. - Make sure that the allowable tightening torque is 0.3 Nm. - Make sure that the allowable tightening torque is 0.3 Nm. - Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed. - Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed. ■How to Mount and Remove the Main Body How to mount the main body ① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel. ① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel. TC-V ② Attach the mounting frame from the backside. TC-4 Body ② Attach the mounting frame from the backside. ② Attach the mounting frame from the backside. Body Terminal Block Body Fixing Screw Mounting Frame: The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal and transverse directions. Terminal Block Terminal Block Terminal Block Cover Fixing Screw Mounting Frame: Mounting Frame:The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal The frame can beand mounted both directions. in the longitudinal transverse and transverse directions. Fixing Screw Terminal Block Cover Terminal Block Cover How to remove the main body ① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards. ② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread. ① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards. ① Pinch the levers to spread 2 while to 3 mm ② Pull out thethem frame the outwards. levers are spread. ② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread. 552 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-V Series Dimensions PLC HMI SENSOR ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) ENCODER Main Body of the TC-V 63 100 (AC Power) 48 COUNTER 60 (DC Power) Mounting Frame 48 44.5 INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer 1 to 5: Mounting Panel Thickness 6 1. When the mounting handle direction is in the transverse direction AC Power 106 mm Digital Timer Programmable Cam 2. When the mounting handle direction is in the longitudinal direction 70 or more 0 48 +0.2 Square Hole 45 +0.3 0 (Tight Mounting is Possible) 70 or more Mounting Frame 55 or more 6.5 66 mm Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation 9.5 4×7.62=30.48 7.62 Terminal Screw 6.5 1.12 M3 10 0 45 +0.3 Terminal Block Detail Drawing 50 Overall Depth DC Power Conforming cable size : 0.25 to 1.65 mm 2 Conforming crimp terminal : R1.25-3 Allowable tightening torque : 0.5 Nm TC-V TC-4 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 553 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam TC-4 Series Tachometers Common Features Digital Tachometer - Prescale functions (Except TC-4L) The TC-4 series features built-in prescale functions that can convert the number of revolutions into speed, flow rate, and the amount of production per unit time. - High accuracy Owing to the period measurement method, the TC-4 series offers high measurement accuracy in low speed rotation. The sampling function guarantees sufficient accuracy even in high speed rotation. - Immediate zero display when rotation stops (TC-41) The display becomes zero 1 or 6 seconds after rotation stops. ■TC-4 Series Tachometers Lineup Classification TC-V Model Number Appearance Digit Input Power Source Power Source for Sensors Price Models Dedicated to Display TC-4 4 Open collector 90 to 132 V AC 180 to 264 V AC 12 V DC, 50 mA Open Digital Output TC-4B 4 Open collector 90 to 132 V AC 180 to 264 V AC 12 V DC, 50 mA Open Models Dedicated to Display TC-41 4 Voltage, current and electromagnetic detector 90 to 132 V AC 180 to 264 V AC 12 V DC, 50 mA Open Models Dedicated to Display TC-4L-G 4 Open collector 85 to 115 V AC 12 V DC, 30 mA Open Models Dedicated to Display TC-4L-H 4 Open collector 180 to 240 V AC 12 V DC, 30 mA Open TC-4 554 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-4 Series Tachometers Common Specifications Examples of Measurement in Each Mode (8 Modes) Mode 1 INA Speed INA INA INA INA INA INA INA INA Mode 1 Passage speed Mode 2 INA INB INB INA INA INB INB INB INA INA INA Length measurement Mode 6 TC-4, 4B support Interval Mode 7 TC-4, 4B support Prescale counter Mode 8 Period Sec. Sec. Period Period A A A Passage Speed Speed Passage The repetition period and passage time can be measured. Period measurement: 10 ms to 140 s Passage time: Unlimited The time when the operation is performed, such as the pressing time of a pressing machine, or the time when the bulb is open, is displayed. Measurement range: 10 ms to 140 s B A A A B B Press INA B B B Press Press Sec. INA INA Sec. Sec. INA INA INA Sec. Sec. Sec. Press Press Object Being Pressed Press Object Being Being Pressed Pressed Object Object Object Being Being Pressed Pressed Object Being Pressed The time when the operation is performed, such as the pressing time of a pressing machine, or the time when the bulb is open, is displayed. Measurement range: 10 ms to 140 s Length Length cm Length Length Length INBcm cm cm INB INB INA INA INA Rotary Encoder INB INB INB Rotary Encoder Encoder Rotary Rotary Rotary Encoder Encoder Rotary Encoder Interval cm Interval Interval cm cm Interval Interval INB INA Interval cm cm INA INB INA INBcm INA INA INA INB INB INB Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Interval Integrating Integrating Integrating Integrating Integrating INA Integrating INA INA INA INA INA TC-V TC-4 Length Length cm cm Length Length INA Length INA INA Programmable Cam Rotary Parts Feeder FeederRotary Parts Encoder Encoder Rotary Parts Feeder FeederEncoder Parts Parts Feeder Sec. INA INA Sec. Sec. INA INA INA Sec. Sec. Sec. Length Length Digital Timer Passage Speed Passage Speed Speed Rotary Passage Period Period Encoder Passage Speed Rotary Period Parts FeederRotary Encoder Encoder INA Mode 5 Tachometer If the interval of the detector is not 1 m or if you want to make the mode to the speed-per-second display, the prescale should be used. 1 1m m 1m Sec. INFORMATION Electronic Counter 1 1m m m/Min. m/Min. m/Min. COUNTER If the prescale is performed in mode 1, mode 1 displays the speed. The number of revolutions x 2 πr = speed (r = radius of roller: m) Motor Motor Motor INB INB Operating time Mode 1 displays the number of revolutions. If the signal of the rotating detector is applied, the number of revolutions (rpm) is displayed. Motor Motor INB INB INB INB Speed Speed Speed Motor m/Min. INA INA INA TC-4, 4B support TC-4, 4B support Speed Number Number of of Revolutions Revolutions Number of Revolutions Speed Speed Sec. Sec. INA Sec. INA TC-4, 4B support Mode 4 Detector rpm rpm rpm Detector Detector m/Min. m/Min. INA Mode 3 Time difference Number Number of of Revolutions Revolutions 1m TC-4, 4B support Period Number of Revolutions rpm rpm m/Min. m/Min. m/Min. INB ENCODER rpm m/Min. Detector Detector Detector m/Min. m/Min. INA INA INA TC-4 series all support HMI SENSOR ■Measurement Examples Number of revolutions PLC Proximity Sensor Rotary Encoder Rotary Rotary Encoder Encoder The pulse of the rotary encoder while the photoelectronic sensor for detecting objects is turned on is counted, and displayed as the length of the object after the passage of the object. A rotary encoder of any pulse number can be used via the prescale functions. The pitch (interval) of the processing hole is measured and displayed. A rotary encoder of any pulse number can be used via the prescale functions. Rotary Rotary Encoder Encoder Rotary Encoder Proximity Proximity Sensor Sensor Proximity Proximity Sensor Sensor Proximity Sensor The input pulse is counted and the accumulated value is displayed. For the functions with preset, the device operates as a preset counter. Using the prescale functions, a discrete value multiplied by any number can be displayed and preset. TC-4, 4B support The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 555 Electronic Counter / Controller TC-4 Series Tachometers Common Specifications Rotary Switch 456 23 23 23 23 23 901 901 901 23 78 23 X1 456 SetFunction in Units of Period Sampling 78 23 X10 456 78 X100 78 456 78 456 78 Prescale Functions 78 901 901 23 X1 901 X10 78 78 78 ENCODER X100 901 X1,000 56 ■Description of 4Functions 456 456 456 456 Rotary Switch M - Sampling Frequency is Set to 1. -n X10 X1,000 901 M SENSORX10 -n 23 HMI 901 PLC 901 In this function, the measured data is multiplied by a 4-digit numeric value (Effective only for mode 1) of prescale valueare 5,555 set in advance, andExample the results of calculation displayed or output to the The measurement of TC series tachometers is the period of prescale value 5,555 - Sampling Frequency is Set to 10. principle Example display and the output terminal. in the 0 measurement 1 2 3 method 4 5 which 6 7 time 8 required 9 10 for the measured axle The multiplication value is set by the five miniature rotary switches on the to rotate one revolution is measured and the revolutions per minute are back of case. calculated based on the time. Set in 10 Units of Period The numeric value that can be set is expressed in M x 10 -n where M In this method, if the axle rotates at high speed, the time required for one represents a 4-digit integer and n represents any numeric value from 0 to 9. revolution becomes shorter, deteriorating the measurement accuracy. The maximum numeric value that can be set becomes 9,999 in the case- of Therefore,is in TC series, other than the regular period measurement Sampling Frequency Setthe to 100. M = 9,999 and n = 0, and the minimum numeric value becomes 1 x 10-9 in calculated from the 0 for every one revolution, the number of revolutions is100 the case of M = 0001 and n = 9. The TC -4L does not have this function. time required for 10 revolutions or 100 revolutions in order to prevent the deterioration of measurement accuracy in high speed rotation. This is called Set in 100 Units of Period Dip Switch the "sampling function" and the number of samplings can be set from the DIP switch (miniature switch) to either 1, 10, or 100 revolutions (only 1 time for the TC-4L). COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer - Sampling Frequency is Set to 1. Programmable Cam - Sampling Frequency is Set to 1. Set in Units of Period Set in Units of Period - Sampling Frequency is Set to 10. - Sampling Frequency is Set to 10. 4 5 8 23 10 0 1 2 Rotary Switch X10 X1 456 456 3No decimal 4 5 point6 7 8 9 10 1 decimal place Set in 10 Units of Period 2 decimal place 78 23 9 78 456 78 456 78 78 456 901 901 23 7 Set in 10 Units of PeriodM X1,000 X100 -n - Sampling Frequency is Set to 100. 901 0 6 23 X10 3 23 2 901 1 - Sampling Frequency is Set to 100. 901 0 100 0 100 3 decimal place Example of prescale value 5,555 Set in 100 Units of Period Set in 100 Units of Period Decimal Point Switching Function It is possible to make the decimal point light up in any position of a 4-digit numerical value on the display. Since the correct data is always displayed according to the position of the decimal point, the placement of the decimal point is not necessary. The decimal point lighting position can be set from the DIP switches on the back of the case. The error code is displayed when the measurement data exceeds the effective range or the prescale value is set outside the prescribed range. No decimal point TC-V TC-4 Error Code Display Function No decimal point 1 decimal place - Sampling Frequency is Set to 1. 1 decimal place 2 decimal place 2 decimal place Set in Units of Period 3 decimal place 3 decimal place - Sampling Frequency is Set to 10. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Set in 10 Units of Period ■Common Errors Error Code - Sampling Frequency is Set to 100. 0 Error Name Error details 100 Overflow error The data that should be displayed is larger than the display range. Set in 100 Units of Period Underflow error The digit of the data that should be displayed by prescale and decimal point setting is lower than the display range. Prescale setting error The integer part setting of the prescale set value is zero. Over input frequency The input frequency in the mode 1 exceeds 10 kHz. (Note) The error indications of E01, E02, and E04 will automatically reset when the measured value enters the normal range. No decimal point 556 1 decimal place KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 2 decimal place Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ 10 ms and 6 sec. Until the1start of the next measurements, IN AThe measuring range T should be between 1 1 Display downtime Previous × 60 m/min × 60 m/min × 60 m/min Ta measurement of 30 ms is required. T2 T3 T1 T2 T3 T1 IN B IN A The measuring range is 10 to 9,999 rpm when the input is 1 P/R, sampling = 1, and prescale = 1. T1the period (T)Tashould be 300T2ms or more, and Ta In the case above, if the period isT3below 300 ms, IN B the number of revolutions is measured at the interval of one period of more. The previous measured value is displayed 6 sec after rotation stops. should be between T2 10 ms and 6 sec. T3 Until the start of Retains the next T3 measurements, T4 Display The Previousmeasuring Measurement range TT1 downtime Ta of 30 ms is required. PLC IN A Display Display IN B HMI Electronic Counter / Controller TC-4 Series Tachometers ■Explanation of the Run Mode * Excluding the TC-41 (See individual specifications). * The TC-4L does not have IN B. - The reciprocal (1/T) of the input period (T) of IN A is multiplied by 60 and displayed as the number of revolutions (rpm). - IN B is prohibited from input and the internal measurement operation is prohibited when IN B is ON and the display data continues holding the previous state. Previous measurement 1 T1 × 60 rpm 1 T2 × 60 rpm 1 × T3 60 rpm 1 T3 Retains × 60 rpm 1 T3 × 60 m/min 1 1 T3 T4T3 × 60 m/min IN A Until the start of the next measurements, downtime Ta of 30 ms is required. IN A Previous Measurement T2 T2 T3 Retains T4 Display Ta Ta T3 T3 T1 T1 T2 T3 T1 IN B IN B IN A The measuring range T should be between 10 ms and 6 sec. Until the start of the next measurements, The measuring range to = 1. Tams is T29,999 rpm Ta when the T3 input is 1 P/R, sampling = 1, and prescale T1 Ta of 30 T4 downtime is 10 required. IN B In the case above, the period (T) should be 300 ms or more, and if the period is below 300 ms, the number of revolutions is measured at the interval of one period of more. Until the start of the nextvalue measurements, of 30 ms is required. previous measured is displayeddowntime 6 secT1 afterTarotation stops. Previous measurement Display The T2 Mode 5: Operating Time (Measuring Range: 10 ms to 140 s) -IN AThe time (T) when IN A is ON is measured and displayed. The time that can be measured is from 10 to 140 T2 s . T3 1 Ta ms 1 T2 Retains T3 1 × 60 m/min T4 × 60 m/min × 60 m/min T2 T3 - IN B is prohibited from input T1and the internal measurement operation is IN A Downtime Ta≧30 ms prohibited measurement when IN B is ON and theT1display data continuesT2holding the IN A Display Previous Ta T2 Ta T3 T1 T4 Ta T2 Ta T3 state.T1 IN previous B IN B IN A - If Until IN Btheturns ONnext during measurement, operation is start of the measurements, downtime Tathe of 30measurement ms is required. The measuring range T should be between 10 ms andT26 sec. Until the start of the next measurements, Ta canceled. T1 IN B downtime Ta of 30 ms is required. T1 T1 Display Previous Measurementmeasurement Display Previous IN B Display Downtime ms Previous Ta≧30 measurement T1 T2 T3 T2 T1 T1 Display Previous measurement IN B Previous Measurement T1 Display T3 IN B The measuring range is 10 to 9,999 rpm when the input is 1 P/R, sampling = 1, and prescale = 1. In the case above, the period (T) should be 300 ms or more, and if the period is below 300 ms, the number of revolutions is measured at the interval of one period of more. 1 is displayed 6 1sec after rotation 1 stops. 1 Display The previous Previousmeasured measurement value × 60 rpm × 60 rpm × 60 rpm Retains × 60 rpm T1 T2 T3 T3 IN A 1 1 1 T2 T3 T1 Previous measurement × 60 m/min × 60 m/min × 60 m/min Mode 2: Measurement (m/minute) T2 T3 T1of Passage Speed Display IN B - The reciprocal of the time (T) from ON of IN A to ON of IN B is multiplied by 60 and displayed as the passage speed between point A and point B. - When the interval of the sensor for IN A and the sensor for IN B is 1 m, the The measuring range T should be between 10 ms and 6 sec. Until the start of the next measurements, units are m/min. downtime Ta of 30 ms is required. IN A The measuring range is 10 to 9,999 rpm when the input is 1 P/R, sampling = 1, and prescale = 1. In the case above, the period (T) should be 300 ms or more, and if the period is below 300 ms, Ta T2 T3 T1 the number of revolutions is measured at the interval of one periodTaof more. IN B The previous measured value is displayed 6 sec after rotation stops. 1 1 Previousmeasurement measurement × 60 rpm1 × T2 60 rpm Previous 60 ×m/min T1 Display T1 1 × T3 1 T3 1 60 rpm Retains × 60 m/min T2 1 rpm × 60 × 60 m/min T3 Ta T2 T2 Display IN B Previous Measurement T1T1 T2 Ta T1 T2 T3 T2 T3 Ta T3 Retains T3 T4 1 the input is 11P/R, sampling = 1, and 1prescale = 1. The measuring rangeTisshould 10 to1 9,999 rpm when Display Previous measurement × 60 rpm 60 rpm × 60 × 60 rpm The measuring range be between 10T2ms× and 6 sec. T3 Until therpm start ofRetains the next T3 measurements, T1 (T) should be 300 IN A In the caseTaabove, theisperiod ms or more, and if the period is below 300 ms, downtime of 30 ms required. the number isT2 measured Ta Taat the interval T3 of one period of more. T1 of revolutions T4 INBAThe previous measured value is displayed 6 sec after rotation stops. IN T2 T3 Ta of 30 ms is required. T1the next measurements, Until the start of downtime IN B Mode 3: Period (Measuring Range: 10 ms to 140 s) The measuring range is 10 to 9,999 rpm = 1, and prescale = 1. 1 1 1 when the input is 1 P/R, sampling Display Previous measurement × 60 m/min × 60 m/min × 60 m/min T1 be theMeasurement case above, theT1period (T) should is below T2300 ms or more, T3 and ifT2the period Retains T3 T3300 ms, T4 Display In Previous the number of revolutions is measured at the interval of one period of more. IN A The previous measured value is displayed 6 sec after rotation stops. IN A Ta T2 Ta T3 T1 Ta T2 Ta T3 T1 T4 IN B Previous measurement Display T1 T2 IN B 1 1 1 10 ms and 6 sec. Until the start of the next measurements, measuring range T should be between DisplayThe × 60 m/min × 60 m/min × 60 m/min UntilPrevious the startmeasurement of the next measurements, downtime Ta of 30 ms is required. T2 T3 T1 IN A downtime Ta of 30 ms is required. Ta T1 T2 INBA IN Ta T2 Ta T3 T1 IN BDowntime Ta≧30 ms - The input period of IN A is measured and displayed as is. However, the period that can be measured is from 10 ms to 140 s, and measurement is performed every two periods. - IN B is prohibited from input and the internal measurement operation is prohibited when IN B is ON and the display data continues holding the previous state. If IN B turns ON during measurement, the measurement operation is canceled. The measuring range T should be between 10 ms and 6 sec. Until the start of the next measurements, T2 T1 T3 Retains T4 Display Previous Measurement Tameasurement of 30 msT1 is required. Previous Display downtime T2T3 IN IN A A T2 Ta Ta T3 T2 T1 T4 T1Ta Display Previous measurement T1 T2 T3 IN IN B B Until the start of the next measurements, downtime Ta of 30 ms is required. Ta≧30 ms T1 T2 T3 Retains T3 T4 Display Previous Measurement IN A Downtime T1 Ta T2 T3 Mode 6 Mode 6: Length Measurement (Measurement of Length) *Discrete IN A responsivity: Previous msCount Value 11 10 kHz DisplayDowntime Ta≧30 Ta Difference T2 Ta T3 T1Ta≧30 Downtime ms Mode 4: Time IN B (Measuring Range: 10 msdowntime to 140 s)ms is required. Until the start of the next measurements, Ta of 30 Previousmeasurement measurement Display Previous T1 T4 IN B IN A Previous Count Display IN A Ta T1 Reset Ta 11 IN B 1 2 3 4 T15 6 7 8 9 10 IN IN B A Downtime Ta≧30 ms IN B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Downtime DowntimeTa≧30 Ta≧30ms ms Previous measurement Display IN A T Counting at This Interval T2 IN A IN B T1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 T1 Ta Ta T2 Counting at This Interval T2 IN B Display T≧1 ms Ta≧20 ms IN B Reset COUNTER INFORMATION T4 T3 Tachometer Digital Timer T4 Programmable Cam T3 Discrete Value 8 Zero Reset 1 2 3 4 5 Ta≧20 ms T2 Ta Previous Count Discrete Value 11 1T2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Counting at This Interval Discrete Value 11 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 IN A Previous Count Display Counting at This Interval Display Previous measurement 1 2 3 (20 4 ms 5 or 6 more) 7 8 9 10 IN B IN A IN A Previous Count Display T Counting at This Interval Reset T15 6 7 8 Ta9 10 1 2 3 410 * IN A responsivity: kHz IN IN B B IN A Downtime Ta≧30 ms Counting at This Interval Reset (20 ms or more) IN B Display 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Reset Discrete Value 8 Zero T3 T≧1 ms Ta≧20 ms Discrete Value 9 Zero Display 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Discrete 11 Discrete Value 8 Zero Counting at ThisValue Interval T1 T2 T3 (20 ms 11 1 or 2 more) 3 4 5 6 7 8 Mode 7 Mode 7: Interval Discrete (Measurement Discreteof ValueInterval) 9 Zero Display Value 11 Counting at This Interval Ta T≧1 ms 11 1T2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 Ta≧20 3T34 5ms6 7 8 - The number of pulses that have been input in IN A since IN B turned ON is Counting at This Interval counted, and the number of impulses (20 that ms orhave more) been input in IN A until IN B turns ON next is displayed. 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 - When the reset input is ON, the indicated value returns zero. IN A Display Display IN B Inhibit PreviousInput Count Discrete Value 9 Zero Display Discrete Value 11 Previous Count Discrete Value 11 Discrete Value 8 Zero 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IN A IN A Reset Display 0 1 2Counting 3 4 at This5 Interval 6 7 8Counting 9 10 11at This 0 Interval 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 T Counting at This Interval Interval Ta (20 msCounting T≧1 ms (20 msatorThis more) or more) IN B Ta≧20 ms A IN B Input Inhibit Reset Reset IN B TC-V TC-4 Reset Mode 8 Mode 8: Prescale Counter 6 7 8 9Discrete 10 11 Value011 (Integrating of 1 2 3 4 5Display 6 7 8 9 10 11Pulse) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IN A *ININAA responsivity: 1 kHz Input Inhibit T2 T3 - The time (T) from ON of IN A T1to ON of IN B is measured and displayed as IN Ais. T1can T2 T1 Ta Ta T2 from T3 Value 8 Zero be measured is 10 ms to 11 140 s. Discrete Previous Count Discrete Value DisplayThe time that ENCODER - The1number 2 3 4 of 5 pulses 6 7 8 that 9 10are 11 input to1 IN2 A3 while 4 5 IN 6 7B is 8 ON is counted, IN A and the number of pulses counted when IN B is OFF is displayed. T Counting Counting at ThisT2 Interval This Interval Ta Display Previous measurement ms T3 - When the reset atinput is ON, theT1 indicated value returns zero.T≧1 Display Previous measurement T1 T2 Display 0 1 2 3Previous 4 5 Count Display INBA IN T3 T2 Retains T3 T3 IN ADowntime Ta≧30 ms IN A Previous measurement Display T2 Ta T1 T1 T2 Ta T2 Ta T3 T1 IN B IN IN B A Downtime Ta≧30 ms Until the start of downtime Ta of 30 ms is required. T1the next measurements, Ta T2 IN B T Counting at This Interval Downtime Ta≧30 ms IN A T1 SENSOR Electronic Counter IN A IN A Counting at This Interval 1 Discrete 2 3 Value 4 59 Zero 6 7Display 8 9 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Counting at This Interval - The number A ms is orcounted and a discrete value is (20 of ms pulses or more) applied to IN(20 more) displayed. Reset - IN B is the prohibition input for IN A and ignores the input of IN A while IN B is ON. - When the reset input is ON, the indicated value returns zero. IN B IN B Reset Display 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IN A Downtime Ta≧30 ms Previous Count Display Previous measurement IN IN A A 1 T2 60 rpm Retains × 60 rpm Common ×Specifications Mode 1: Measurement of the Number of Revolutions (rpm) Display 1 Previous m/min Ta T2 TaT1 × 60 T3 T1 measurement 1 1 Previous measurement × 60 rpm × 60 rpm T1 T2 Input Inhibit T1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Discrete Value 11 T2 Discrete Value 8T3Zero 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IN B Reset T1 at This Interval Ta T2 T3 T Counting Counting at This Interval Ta Discrete Previous Count T≧19 ms Discrete Value Zero Display Value 11 Display IN B Ta≧20 ms IN BDowntime 1 2 Ta≧30 3 4 5ms6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Display Previous measurement T1 T2 T3 IN A Reset Counting at This Interval Counting at This Interval IN A (20 ms or more) (20 ms or more) IN B T1 Ta T2 T3 IN B Reset Downtime Ta≧30 ms Previous Count Discrete Value 11 Discrete Value 8 Zero Display Previous Count Discrete Value 9 Zero Display Discrete Value 11 Display 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IN A IN A T Counting at This Interval Counting at This Interval Ta T≧1 ms Counting at This Interval Counting at This Interval Display 0The this 1 specifications 2 3 (20 4 ms or more) 5 and prices 6 7 described 8 9 (20 10 ms 11 orinmore) 0 catalog 1 2 were 3 Ta≧20 4 valid 5 ms 6 when 7 8 9the IN IN B B For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. Previous Count Discrete Value 11 Discrete Value 8 Zero Display IN A Reset 1 2 3 4 5 Input 6 7Inhibit 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Reset catalog was issued. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 557 Electronic Counter / Controller Proximity Sensor 05V R 0V 6 Brown (Red) Brown(White) (Red) Black Black(Black) (White) Blue Blue (Black) Brown (Red) Brown (Red)(White) Black Blue Black(Black) (White) Blue (Black) 7 8 9 10 11 IN B 1m m/min. 100 V AC 100 V AC TC-4 200 V AC 200 V AC Sensor 《Design 1》Selection of a model IN B IN A Display the TC-4 for the speed indication. Reset 1 Reset 1 Programmable Cam 1m m/min. Rotary encoder Sensor 《Design 3》Setting DIP switches Set theX1000 8 DIP switches back of theX1TC-4. X10 -n X100 on theX10 0 OFF 1 ON 0 ON X1 456 0 1 901 samplings OFF OFF 78 X10 456 78 X100 6 2 4 5Mode 78 78 78 23 78 X1000 0 Number of0 8 Setting 1 digit after decimal point (000.0) 6 5 4 5 6 Operation 4 5mode 6 7 56 78 0 Decimal point 4 X10 -n 78 APSシリーズ：出力記号にNまたはE,Zが付く機種 接続可能な入力用近接センサの種類 〈例〉APS3-16F-E APSシリーズ：出力記号にNまたはE,Zが付く機種 56 4 4 Design Condition high speed input 0 3 接続可能な入力用近接センサの種類 〈例〉APS3-16F-E Input frequency 0 2 456 78 1 Shield Shield 56 4 Purpose 23 56 78 Switch4 23 0V 23 R 23 +12 V IN A IN B 《Design 2》Input sensor Use the photoelectronic sensor for IN A and IN B. TC-4 5 23 05V 23 3 23 4 R 4 Red Red Green Black Green Black 2 23 +12 1 V IN2A IN3B 23 1 +12 V +12 V OUT 0 V OUT 0V TRD-J□-S TRD-J□-RZ TRD-J□-S TRD-J□-RZ Sensor IN A 901 Sensor Proximity Sensor R 4 +12 V IN A IN B 901 Digital Timer Sensor Proximity Sensor For IN B For IN B Proximity +12 V +12 OUTV 0OUT V 0V +12 V +12 V OUT 0 V OUT 0V +12 1 V IN2A IN3B 901 Tachometer As shown in the figure m/min.below, the travel speed of an object that passes below the sensors installed at the interval of 1 meter is detected and displayed as the travel speed per minute (m/minute). TC-4 The type of proximity sensors that can be connected are the APS series models with an N or E and Z attached to the output symbol. Example: APS3-16F-E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 For IN A For IN A Proximity Electronic Counter E xample 1: Measurement of the Travel Speed IN B IN A Between the Two Points 1m OFF 901 INFORMATION ■Example Applications 901 COUNTER ■ Example of Connection of the Terminal 901 ENCODER Use Example 901 SENSOR TC-4 Series Tachometers 901 HMI 901 PLC OFF 1 OFF 《Design 4》Setting the prescale Set to x 1. (The prescale is set to x 1 before shipment.) 23 23 23 23 901 901 23 901 0 901 0 X1 456 78 901 0 X10 456 78 X100 456 78 TC-V X1000 456 78 78 X10 -n 456 0 1 TC-4 《Design 5》Connection 1 2 3 4 5 +12V IN A IN B R 0V 1 2 3 4 5 +12V IN A IN B R 0V 6 7 8 9 10 6 7 8 9 10 11 100V AC Photoelectric Sensor For IN A Photoelectric Sensor For IN A Photoelectric Sensor Reset For IN B (Reset the display.) Photoelectric 1 2 Sensor +12V For IN B IN A 3 IN B 4 5 6 11 100V AC 7 8 9 10 11 R 0V Reset (Reset the display.) 100V AC 558 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Photoelectric Photoelectric Sensor Sensor Visit our website ▼ Reset Latest catalog (free) is available online. For IN A For IN B http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ (Reset the display.) Electronic Counter / Controller TC-4 Series Tachometers PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam TC-V TC-4 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 559 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter TC-4 Features Display-dedicated Type Tachometer - Multifunctional high-performance model for display - The large LED numeric indicators that emit red light display bright, easy-tosee characters with the height of 14.2 mm. - The 8 operation modes enable measurement of the number of revolutions, speed, period, time difference, duration, length and interval, and integration. - The TC-4 has a prescale, sampling, and decimal point switching functions. - Display period: When the period of the input pulse is within 0.4 sec, the displayed data changes every 0.4 sec. Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Electrical Specifications Items ■ Function/Performance Specifications Specifications Rated Voltage Range 90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V Rated Frequency 50/60 Hz Items Power Consumption 14 VA Withstand Voltage 2,000 V AC 1 min (Between power supply and external terminal) Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ or higher 500 V DC (Between power supply and external terminal) ■Environmental Specifications Items Specifications Ambient Operating Temperature Period measurement system Function Only display Display Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit, height of characters 14.2 mm Basic Measurement Range 10 to 9,999 rpm, 10 ms to 140 s, 1 to 9,999 count Measurement Accuracy ±1 degit (mode 1)/±0.1 ms (mode 2 to 5) Measurement Item 8 mode* Prescale Functions M x 10 -n ＝ 10 -9 to 9,999 1 ≦ M ≦ 9,999, 0 ≦ n ≦ 9 (M and n are integers) -10 to +50˚C Sampling Function 1 time, 10 times, 100 times (Effective only for mode 1) Backside screw terminal block Storage Temperature -25 to +70˚C (No freezing) Connection Method Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 35 to 90% RH (No condensation) Power Source for Sensors 12 V DC 50 mA Power Source Reset Power supply shutdown time 0.5 s/Reset time 0.6 s Vibration Resistance Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Impact Resistance Endurance: 490 m/s 2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Malfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions TC-V Noise Resistance TC-4 Specifications Counting System Specifications Count Input 10 Hz 10 kHz Switching Reset Input* Approx. 450 g Accessories Mounting brackets, unit label * 8 mode 1 kV 1 μs Between power supply terminals Responsivity 96 W x 48 H x 105 D Weight Price ■Input Specifications Name Dimensions (mm) Input Voltage Input Resistance ON Voltage OFF Voltage 1 kΩ 0 to 4 V 10 to 30 V Open Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7 Mode 8 Number of revolutions Passage speed Period Time difference Operating time Length measurement Interval Prescale counter rpm m/minute Second Second Second 30 ms * The display cannot be reset in modes 1 to 5. Input Single Pulse Width INA･INB Low Speed H L 50 ms or more 50 ms or more INA･INB High Speed H L Configuration of the Input Circuit INA･INB･Reset +12 V Each Input 1 kΩ Input Single Internal Circuit Up to 12 mA 0V When each input terminal is short-circuited to the 0 V terminal, input turns ON. 50 µs or higher 50 µs or higher 560 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-4 Each Part Name and Function ■ Explanation of the Back Panel The connecting terminals and setting switches are centrally provided on the back panel of the case. 8 DIP Switches Rotary Switch ■Setting the Back Side DIP Switches ON ON OFF OFF 1 1 ON Back 2 2 3 3 OFF 1 Prescaling 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 OFF Terminal Block ■Setting the Prescale The prescale function is used for displaying the obtained measured value multiplied by a certain constant. 23 23 23 901 23 901 901 23 901 X10 X1 901 MeasuredThe Value x Prescale Value = Indicated Value Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver 23 23 23 23 23 23 901 901 23 23 901 901 901 901 23 23 4 901 901 4 78 78 4 78 78 4 78 78 78 78 78 78 As the prescale value, any 4-digit numeric value from a minimum 56 56 -0 456 456 456 1 x 104-95 6to a maximum 9,999 can4be 56 5 6x 10 = 9,999 56 5 6 set. 4 Setting when the Prescale is Not Used 901 901 [Note]X10-n X1000 X100 X10 X1 0 -n) can be 0 set in the0range of 01to 9. - The0exponent (10 - If the prescale function is not used, the prescale should be set to 1 x 10-0 = 1 as shown below. 23 23 23 901 23 901 901 23 901 0 456 78 0 456 78 0 456 78 901 0 456 78 78 456 1 7 7 HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER 8 8 INFORMATION Switching the Number of Samplings Switching Number of Samplings (1 time, 10 the times, 100 times) (1 time, 10 times, 100 times) (8 Modes) 4 Operation 5 6 Mode 7 Switching 8 Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes) Electronic Counter Decimal Point Switching Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam 10 kHz for both IN A and IN B (High speed) 1 2 3 4 5 6 Switching 7 8the Number of Samplings ON (1 time, 10 times, 100 times) ON スイッチ2,3 OFF Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes) スイッチ2,3 Switch 2･3 Decimal Point Switching OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 Decimal 2 3 Point 4 Switching 5 6 7 8 ON ON 456 78 X100 456 78 X1000 456 78 78 78 X10 -n 456 6 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Switch 1 Input Frequency Switching Input Frequency Switching ON Switching the Number of Samplings ON (1 time, 10 times, 100 times) スイッチ1 スイッチ1 OFF ON OFF Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Decimal Point Switching ON スイッチ1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON/Position 10 Hz for both IN A and IN B (Low speed) OFF Input Frequency Switching OFF/Position The Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver 456 3 5 5 Decimal Point SwitchingSwitching the Number of Samplings Decimal Point Switching (1 time, 10 times, 100 times) Input Frequency Switching Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes) ON Input Frequency Switching 12345678 1 2 4 4 PLC Setting when the Prescale is Not Used スイッチ1 スイッチ2,3 OFF OFF Input Frequency Switching 1 1 ON ON OFF OFF Switch 1 ON 1 ON ON 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 スイッチ4,5,6 スイッチ4,5,6 2 2 2 OFF OFF OFF 3 3 3 OFF 4 4 5 5 OFF 6 6 ON 7 7 8 8 OFF OFF ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON ON OFF Switch 4･5･6 Operation Mode Switching OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON ON OFF OFF OFF 1 1 1 Switch 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 スイッチ1 ON スイッチ2,3 スイッチ4,5,6 ON スイッチ7.8 スイッチ7.8 スイッチ2,3 スイッチ4,5,6 スイッチ7.8 Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7 Mode 8 4 ON ON 5 OFF 6 OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON スイッチ4,5,6 ONスイッチ7.8 ON OFF 1 1 2 2 OFF 3 3 OFF 4 4 5 5 OFF 6 6 7 7 ON TC-V TC-4 8 8 Switch 7･8 Switching the Number of Samplings ON スイッチ7.8 OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Switch 1 Time 10 Times 7 OFF ON OFF ON 8 OFF OFF ON ON The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. 100 Times KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 561 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER TC-4 Connection ■Connecting the Terminal Block 1 2 3 +12 V IN A IN B 4 5 R 0V 6 7 8 11 200 V AC Terminal Number Tachometer 10 100 V AC INFORMATION Electronic Counter 9 Symbol Description 1 +12 V DC power output for supplying to the sensor 2 IN A Input 3 IN B Input 4 R Reset input (Display is reset in modes 6, 7, and 8.) Digital Timer 5 0V Common of input and sensor power supply Programmable Cam 6 Empty (Not connected) 7 Empty (Not connected) 8 Empty (Not connected) 9 200 V AC 10 100 V AC 11 0 V AC Power source input TC-V TC-4 562 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-4 Dimensions PLC HMI SENSOR ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) ENCODER 1 to 5: Mounting Panel Thickness 48 COUNTER INFORMATION Anchoring Metal (Provided) 96 6 99 Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation 92 +0.8 0 Terminal Block Detail Drawing Tachometer 7.62 7.62 45 +0.6 0 12.5 7 1.3 4.47 Electronic Counter 6.3 Digital Timer Programmable Cam If the dust cover (provided) is used, the dimensions should be 47 x 94. TC-V TC-4 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 563 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter TC-4B Features Display-dedicated Type Tachometer with Digital Output - Having the basic configuration of the TC-4, the TC-4B model features additional digital output (BCD code) functions. - Other functions except the digital output are the same as the TC-4. - Display period: Although the display data and BCD output are the same, the digital output is output earlier than the display data when the input period is not longer than 0.4 sec. Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Electrical Specifications Items ■Function/Performance Specifications Specifications Rated Voltage Range Items 90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V 50/60 Hz Function Digital output (BCD output 4-digit) Power Consumption 14 VA Display Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit, height of characters 14.2 mm Withstand Voltage 2,000 V AC 1 min (Between power supply and external terminal) Basic Measurement Range 0 to 9,999 rpm, 10 ms to 140 s, 1 to 9,999 count Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ or higher 500 V DC (Between power supply and external terminal) Measurement Accuracy ±1 degit (mode 1)/±0.1 ms (mode 2 to 5) Items TC-4 Period measurement system Rated Frequency ■Environmental Specifications TC-V Specifications Counting System Specifications Measurement Item 8 mode* Prescale Functions M x 10 -n ＝ 10 -9 to 9,999 1 ≦ M ≦ 9,999, 0 ≦ n ≦ 9 (M and n are integers) Sampling Function 1 time, 10 times, 100 times (Effective only for mode 1) Connection Method Backside screw terminal block Ambient Operating Temperature -10 to +50˚C Power Source for Sensors 12 V DC 50 mA Storage Temperature -25 to +70˚C (No freezing) Power Source Reset Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 35 to 90%RH (No condensation) Dimensions (mm) 96 W x 48 H x 110 D Approx. 450 g Vibration Resistance Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Weight Impact Resistance Endurance: 490 m/s 2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Malfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Noise Resistance 1kV 1μs Between power supply terminals Responsivity Count Input 10 Hz 10 kHz Switching Reset Input Hold Input Input Voltage Input Resistance ON Voltage 1 kΩ 0 to 4 V OFF Voltage 10 to 30 V 30 ms 50 ms or more 50 ms or more INA･INB High Speed H L Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 Mode 4 Mode 5 Mode 6 Mode 7 Mode 8 Number of revolutions Passage speed Period Time difference Operating time Length measurement Interval Prescale counter rpm m/minute Second Second Second Circuit Configuration Open collector Operation ON for data 1 Working Voltage 24 V or lower Working Current 30 mA or lower Residual Voltage 2 V or lower BCD Output and BUSY/ HOLD Timing (Example of Mode 1) Input Single Pulse Width Configuration of the Input Circuit INA･INB Low Speed H L Mounting brackets, card edge connector, unit label Open ■Output Specifications Specifications Name Accessories Price * 8 mode ■Input Specifications Power supply shutdown time 0.5 second/ Reset time 0.5 second Each Input 1 kΩ 50 µs or higher 50 µs or higher 30 ms or less BCD Output Internal Circuit OFF BUSY Output ON OFF HOLD Input ON Up to 12 mA 0V OFF ON Internal Operation INA･INB･Reset･Hold +12 V Input Single IN A When each input terminal is short-circuited to the 0 V terminal, input turns ON. 5 to 15 ms Configuration of BCD Output and BUSY Output 1, 2, 3, ........... 9 30 mA, Withstand Voltage: Up to 30 V 564 11 (12) KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-4B Each Part Name and Function ■ Explanation of the Back Panel The connecting terminals and setting switches are centrally provided on the back panel of the case. Printed Board (Card Edge Terminals) Rotary Switch Dip Switch ■Setting the Back Side DIP Switches ON ON OFF OFF ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 OFF Back Prescaling 12345678 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 1 10 11 3 2 3 Point 4 Switching 5 6 Decimal ■Setting the Prescale ON The prescale function is used for displaying the obtained measured value multiplied by a certain constant. 23 23 23 901 23 901 901 23 901 X10 X1 901 23 23 23 23 23 23 901 901 23 23 901 901 901 901 23 23 4 901 901 4 78 78 4 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 As the5 prescale5 value, any 4-digit5 numeric 5value from a minimum 4 6 4 6 4 6 4 6 456 1 x 10-95 6to a maximum 9,9995 6x 10 -0 = 9,999 can be set. 56 56 56 4 Setting when the Prescale is Not Used 901 901 X1000 X100 X10 X1 [Note]X10-n 0 -n) can be 0 set in the0range of 01to 9. - The0exponent (10 - If the prescale function is not used, the prescale should be set to 1 x 10-0 = 1 as shown below. 23 23 23 901 23 901 901 23 901 0 456 78 0 456 78 0 456 78 901 0 456 78 78 456 1 2 3 4 5 6 Decimal 2 3 Point 4 Switching 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 Input Frequency Switching 6 7 7 Setting when the Prescale is Not Used OFF/Position ON 1 Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes) 10 2 kHz3for both 4 IN5A and 6 IN B7(High8 speed) Decimal Point Switching 6 7 8 6 7 8 OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 4 5 6 7 8 2 3 4 OFF 5 6ON 7 8 OFF スイッチ2,3 ON OFF 3 1 2 OFF 3 4 5 6OFF 7 8 ON スイッチ4,5,6 ON ON 1 2 3 5 6 8 7 Switch 4･5･6 Operation Mode Switching ON OFF スイッチ7.8 スイッチ2,3 スイッチ7.8 OFF ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 OFF ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 スイッチ4,5,6 OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 スイッチ7.8 Switch 1Mode21 Mode 3 24 Mode 5 3 6Mode74 Mode 8 5 Mode 6 Mode 7 Mode 8 OFF OFF OFF ON スイッチ4,5,6 ON ON 6 OFF7 8ON ON ONスイッチ7.8 ON 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 OFF 5 ON OFF OFF ON 6 OFF 1 OFF2 3OFF 4 OFF 5 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Programmable Cam スイッチ4,5,6 スイッチ1 スイッチ4,5,6 2 OFF Digital Timer スイッチ2,3 1 ON Tachometer スイッチ2,3 スイッチ2,3 OFF ON 2 4 Electronic Counter スイッチ1 Switch OFF ON 1 OFF INFORMATION スイッチ1 ON OFF ON 4 ENCODER 7 8 Switching the Number of Samplings times, 100 times) 10 Hz for both IN A and IN(1 Btime, (Low10speed) 1 2 3 4 5 Input Frequency Switching 1 2 3 4 5 スイッチ1 スイッチ1 8 8 ON/Position OFF OFF ON MeasuredThe Value x Prescale Value = Indicated Value Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver 4 1 1 Switch 2･3 Decimal Point Switching OFF ON 456 78 X100 456 78 X1000 78 78 78 X10 -n 456 8 Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes) ON OFF The Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver 456 7 (1 time, 10 times, 100 times) ON OFF OFF OFF SENSOR 4 ON ON 456 7 8 Switching the Number of Samplings (1 time, 10 times, 100 times) Switching the Number of Samplings Switch 1 Input Frequency Switching Switching the Number of Samplings Input Frequency Switching Terminal Block HMI COUNTER 8 time,Switching 10 times,(8 100 times) Operation (1 Mode Modes) 5 6 7 8 Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes) Decimal Point Switching Switching the Number of Samplings Decimal Point Switching(1 time, 10 times, 100 times) ON Input Frequency Switching Operation Mode Switching (8 Modes) OFF Input Frequency Switching 1 1 7 PLC ON ON OFF ON TC-V TC-4 Switch 7･8 Switching the Number of Samplings ON スイッチ7.8 OFF Switch 1 Time 10 Times 7 OFF ON OFF ON 8 OFF OFF ON ON The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. 100 Times KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 565 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER TC-4B Connection ■ Connecting the Terminal Block 1 2 3 +12 V IN A IN B 4 5 R 0V 6 7 8 9 ■ Example of BCD Output Connection 10 11 If No.11 (input common) of the card edge terminal is connected to No.13 (CH), the input common is separated from the output common. When taking in BCD data from two or more TC-4B units for the PLC (programmable controller), the TC-4B units can have a common BCD output and BUSY output, and, therefore, the PLC can configure 17 input points. In this case, however, all BCD outputs and BUSY outputs require a diode. 100 V AC INFORMATION 200 V AC Terminal Number Symbol Description TC-4B 1 1 +12 V DC power output for supplying to the sensor 2 IN A Input 3 IN B Input 4 R Reset input (Display is reset in modes 6, 7, and 8.) Digital Timer 5 0V Common of input and sensor power supply Programmable Cam 6 Empty (Not connected) 1 digit 1 2 Tachometer ∼ 2 7 Empty (Not connected) 8 Empty (Not connected) 9 200 V AC 10 100 V AC 11 0 V AC 11 13 4 digit 8 13 Power source input 1B PLC (Example: SU-6B) Input BCD Input 4D BUSY BUSY Input CH O・C 1 Selection TC-4B 2 11 1A 0V ∼ Electronic Counter 1 digit 1 4 digit 8 0V BUSY CH O・C 1A 1B 2 Selection Output 4D ■Connection of a Card Edge Terminal The TC-4B outputs 4-digit decimal numbers by BCD signal to the card edge terminal (connector is provided). Symbol of the Terminal B Nameplate A Symbol of the Terminal B Nameplate A Upper B Meaning of Bottom A the Signal Upper B Meaning of Digit and Others Bottom A the Signal 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12 13 1A 1 1C 1A 1B 2 1D 1B 2A 3 2C 2A 2B 4 2D 2B 3A 5 3C 3A 3B 6 3D 3B 4A 7 4C 4A 4B 8 4D 4B BUSY HOLD 0 V 9 10 11 BUSY HOLD 0 V BUSY HOLD 0 V O・C 12 O・C O・C CH 13 CH CH 1C 1 1D 2 2C 1 2D 2 3C 1 3D 2 4C 1 4D 2 BUSY HOLD 0 V BUSY HOLD 0 V O・C O・C CH CH Empty BUSY HOLD 0 V O・C BUSY HOLD 0 V O・C OUT Output Input Common Common BUSY HOLD 0 V O・C O・C Switching CH Empty 4 8 1 2 1 digit 4 8 4 8 1 2 2 digit 4 8 4 1 8 2 3 digit 4 8 4 8 1 2 4 digit 4 8 OUT 14 14 CH Empty CH Empty O・C digitterminal2No. digit 3 digit block4are digit Output Input Common Common Switching Digitterminal and Others Note: Card edge No. 111 and 5 of the terminal internally connected. TC-V TC-4 Note: Card edge terminal No. 11 and terminal No. 5 of the terminal block are internally connected. Switching the OUT Common Terminal No. 11 and terminal No.12 are internally connected. If the No.13 CH and terminal No.11 are short-circuited, terminal No.11 is separated to the input common and terminal No.12 is separated to the output common respectively. 0V 11 0V 11 566 OUT Common 12 OUT Common 12 Input Common Output Common Input Common Output Common CH 13 CH 13 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-4B Dimensions PLC HMI SENSOR ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) ENCODER Multi-connector (Provided) 1 to 5: Mounting Panel Thickness 48 COUNTER INFORMATION Anchoring Metal (Provided) 96 6 (9.5) 99 104 114 Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation 92 +0.8 0 Terminal Block Detail Drawing Tachometer 7.62 7.62 45 +0.6 0 12.5 7 1.3 4.47 Electronic Counter 6.3 Digital Timer Programmable Cam TC-V TC-4 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 567 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter TC-41 Features Display-dedicated Type Tachometer with Multifunctional Input - Models dedicated to displaying the number of revolutions feature an input circuit that can support all kinds of devices. - The TC-41 quickly displays zero when rotation stops (1 or 6 sec after rotation stops). To display the measured value for 1 sec as an average, the TC-41 can minimize the instability of the display caused by the rotating irregularity of the measured machine. - The TC-41 features prescale, sampling, and decimal point switching functions. Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Electrical Specifications Items ■Function/Performance Specifications Specifications Rated Voltage Range 90 to 132 V AC/180 to 264 V Rated Frequency 50/60 Hz Items Power Consumption 14 VA Withstand Voltage 2,000 V AC 1 min (Between power supply and external terminal) Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ or higher 500 V DC (Between power supply and external terminal) ■Environmental Specifications Items Specifications Ambient Operating Temperature -10 to +50˚C Storage Temperature -25 to +70˚C (No freezing) Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 35 to 90%RH (No condensation) Vibration Resistance Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Impact Resistance Endurance: 490 m/s 2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Malfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Noise Resistance TC-V TC-4 Specifications Counting System Period measurement system Function Only display, Multifunctional input Display Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit, height of characters 14.2 mm Basic Measurement Range 10 to 9,999 rpm/60 to 9,999 rpm Switching Measurement Accuracy ±1 degit Measurement Item Number of revolutions (rpm) (Only for mode 1) Prescale Functions M x 10 -n ＝ 10 -9 to 9,999 1 ≦ M ≦ 9,999, 0 ≦ n ≦ 9 (M and n are integers) Sampling Function 1 time, 10 times, 100 times (Effective only for mode 1) Connection Method Backside screw terminal block Power Source for Sensors 12 V DC 50 mA Power Source Reset Power supply shutdown time 0.5 s/Reset time 0.5 s Dimensions (mm) 96 W x 48H x 105 D Weight Approx. 450 g Accessories Mounting brackets, unit label Price Open * Since the mean value for 1 sec is displayed, if the measured value has changed, the intermediate value is displayed. 1 kV 1 μs Between power supply terminals ■Input Specifications Input Single Pulse Width Specifications Input Single Pulse Name Width Responsivity IN1･IN2 Low Speed Voltage Input 1 (12 to 24 V) Voltage Input 2 (5 V) Current 1 50 msInput or more 50 ms or more 10 Hz 10 kHz Switching ON Voltage 0 to 4 V 6 to 30 V 15 kΩ 0 to 1.5 V 2.5 to 30 V 0 to 4 V 6 to 30 V 0 to 4 V 6 to 30 V 1 1 kΩ*1 Input for Electromagnetic Detector 50 µs or higher 50 µs or higher Reset Input (Open Collector) OFF Voltage 15 kΩ 3.5 kΩ* Current Input 2 IN1･IN2 High Speed IN1･IN2 Low Speed Input Voltage Input Resistance 10 Hz*2 10 kHz Switching 10 kΩ 10 Hz : 0.3 Vp-p or more 100 Hz : 0.3 Vp-p or more 1 kHz : 2 Vp-p or more 10 kHz : 20 Vp-p or more 30 ms 1 kΩ*1 0 to 4 V 50 ms or more IN1･IN2 High Speed 50 µs or higher 50 µs or higher 10 to 30 V *1 Pull-up to 12 V inside *2 If the input frequency is 10 Hz or more, set the backside DIP switch 1 in the OFF position (10 kHz). IN1 and IN2 cannot be simultaneously used. Configuration of the Input Circuit Voltage Input 1, 2 Configuration of the Input Circuit Voltage Input 1, 2 Voltage Input 1 +12 V 0V Sensor 568 Voltage Input 2 12 V 12 V Input for Electromagnetic Detector 1k IN1 Reset Input +12 V 12 V 3.3 k IN1 50 ms or more IN1 R 10 k 0V 15 k Input Circuit Sensor KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Input Circuit 0V Sensor 12 V IN2 IN1 0V Voltage Input 12 V 0V Sensor IN1 15 k 1k 0V Input Circuit Input Circuit Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ 0V Sensor Input Electronic Counter / Controller TC-41 Each Part Name and Function ■ Explanation of the Back / Side Panel The connecting terminals and setting switches are installed on the back and side of the case. 8 Dip Switch Rotary Switch ■Setting the Back Side DIP Switches ON ON OFF OFF 1 1 ON Back 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER 8 8 Switching the Number of Samplings Switching Number of Samplings (1 time, 10 the times, 100 times) 108 times, 100 times) Range 1 2 3 Measurement 4 5 6 (1 time, 7 Switching Measurement Range Switching Decimal Point Switching Decimal Point SwitchingSwitching the Number of Samplings (1 time, 10 times, 100 times) Input Frequency Switching Range Switching ON Input FrequencyMeasurement Switching INFORMATION OFF Prescaling 12345678 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Terminal Block Side 3 Dip Switch ■Setting the Prescale The prescale function is used for displaying the obtained measured value multiplied by a certain constant. The Rotary Switch Turned with a Screwdriver 23 23 23 901 901 23 901 901 23 456 X10 X1 901 Measured value x Prescale value = Indicated value As the prescale value,Switch any Turned 4-digitwith numeric value from a minimum The Rotary a Screwdriver 1 x 10-95 6to a maximum 9,9995 6x 10 -0 = 9,999 can be 56 56 5 6 set. 2233 2233 2233 901 901 2233 901 901 2233 4 7788 4 7788 4 7788 4 7788 7788 4 Setting when the Prescale is Not Used 901 [Note] -n 0exponent 0 -n) can X100 0range of 0X1 1to 9. X10 X1000 - The (10 be0 set in theX10 - If the prescale function is not used, the prescale should be set to 1 x 10-0 = 1 as shown below. The default settings are all zero. 23 23 23 901 23 901 901 23 901 0 456 78 0 456 78 0 456 78 901 0 456 78 78 456 1 1 ON ON ON OFF OFF Switch OFF 1 1 ON 1 ON 2 2 2 Setting when the Prescale is Not Used 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam 8 8 スイッチ4 スイッチ1 スイッチ4 2 2 2 OFF OFF 3 78 X100 456 78 X1000 456 78 X10 -n 456 78 78 456 * 5 and 6 are not in use. OFF * 5 and 6Decimal are not Point in use.Switching 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Switch 1 Input frequency switching Input Frequency Switching ON ON Switching the Number of Samplings スイッチ1 ON * 5 and 6 are not in use. OFF (1 time, 10 times, 100 times) スイッチ1 OFF OFF Measurement Range Switching 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Decimal Point Switching ON スイッチ1 Switching the Number of Samplings ON 10 Hz for both IN A and IN B (Low speed) OFF Input Frequency Switching (1 time, 10 times, 100 times) OFF 10 kHz for both IN A and IN B (High speed) Measurement Range Switching 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON ON * 5 and 6 are not in use. スイッチ2,3 Decimal Point Switching OFF スイッチ2,3 Switch 2･3 Decimal point switching OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Input Frequency Switching 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON ON スイッチ1 * 5 and 6 are not in use. スイッチ2,3 OFF OFF 3 3 4 4 3 4 OFF 5 5 5 OFF 6 7 6 7 6ON 7 8 8 8 OFF OFF ON スイッチ2,3 スイッチ4 ON ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON ON ON OFF Switch 4 Measurement range switching OFF OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON スイッチ7.8 スイッチ2,3 スイッチ7.8 スイッチ4 スイッチ7.8 OFF OFF 1 1 2 2 ONON 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 60 to 9,999 rpm* 0 is displayed 1 sec after the rotation stops. スイッチ4 10 to 9,999 rpm* 0 is displayed 6 sec after the rotation stops. OFF OFF * 1 revolution 11pulse2and prescale ON 3 4= 1 5 6 7 8 TC-V TC-4 スイッチ7.8 OFF Switch 7･8 Switching the number of samplings 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ON スイッチ7.8 OFF 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Switch 1 Time 10 Times 7 OFF ON OFF 100 Times ON 8 OFF OFF ON ON ■Setting the Side DIP Switches ON OFF 1 2 3 Input Mode Switching of IN1 Switch Voltage input 1 (12 to 24 V) 1 2 3 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. Voltage input 2 (5 V) Current input 1 Current input 2 OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 569 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER TC-41 Connection ■ Connecting the Terminal Block 1 2 3 4 +12 V IN A IN B R 5 6 7 8 Digital Timer Programmable Cam 100 V AC Symbol Description 1 +12 V DC power output for supplying to the sensor 2 IN 1 Input 3 IN 2 Input 4 R Reset input 5 0V Common of input and sensor power supply 6 Empty (Not connected) 7 Empty (Not connected) 8 Empty (Not connected) 9 200 V AC 10 100 V AC 11 0 V AC Voltage output type sensor (12 to 24 V) Voltage input 1 General-purpose inverter (5 V)* TTL (Totem-pole output 5 V) Voltage input 2 2-wire DC system proximity sensor output 2 W DC input Gear sensor AC tacho generator Electromagnetic detector input IN 1 Switching by the DIP switches IN 2 IN1 and IN2 cannot be used simultaneously. * When making a digital rotation display of an inverter motor, connect the signal for frequency meter (tachometer) of the inverter to the TC-41. However, if this is an analog signal (voltage, current), it cannot be connected to the TC-41. Moreover, if a pulse signal is output, set the TC-41 so that the output circuit and signal level match with each other. Power source input ■Connection Examples Supported Sensor Input Mode Voltage Output Type Sensor (12 to 24 V) Voltage input 1 Voltage output type proximity sensor <Example> APS-80A-2T APS-30-2T (General-purpose inverter) TTL of totem-pole output, etc. Current input 1 ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF Current Output Type Sensor Open collector output 2-wire DC system proximity sensor, etc. <Example> APS3-12GMC-Z APS5-12GK-Z Current input 2 NPN Open Collector Output Type Sensor Connectable either by Namur input or current input. <Example> APS5-12GK-E/APS3-16F-E TRD-J□-S/RZ ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF Voltage input 2 TC-V Namur Output Type Proximity Sensor ON Setting the DIP Switch (Side) OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF Voltage Output Type Sensor (5 V) TC-4 11 200 V AC Terminal Number Tachometer 10 0V INFORMATION Electronic Counter 9 ■ Supported Detectors (Example) Namur input or current input ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 3 4 12 V R 24V +12 V IN 1 IN 2 Power Connection diagram Supply 1 2 3 4 12 V 1 2 OUT 3 4 1 V IN2 1 IN3 2 4 12 V +12 R 24V 1 2 3 4 12 V +12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 24VV 1 2 3 4 12 Power R 24VV +121 V IN21 IN32 12 Power +12 V IN 1 IN 2 R4 24V Supply Power +12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 24V Supply Power 1 IN 2 R 5V +12 V IN OUT Supply Power Supply OUT Power Supply OUT OUT Supply 1 2 OUT 3 4 1 2 OUT 3 4 1 V IN2 1 IN3 2 4 R 5V +12 1 2 3 4 IN 1 IN 2 R 5V +12 1V 4 Power +12 V IN2 1 IN3 2 R 5V Power 1 V IN21 IN32 4 +12 R 5V Supply Power +12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 5V Supply Power +12 V IN 1 IN 2 R Supply OUT Power Supply OUT Supply OUT OUT OUT 3 1 2 Brown 4 1 2 3 4 1 V IN2 1 IN3 2 4 +12 R 1 V IN2 1 IN3 2 4 +12 R 1 V IN2 1 IN3 2 4 +12 R +121 V IN21 IN32 R4 +12 V IN Brown 1 IN 2 R +12 V INBrown 1 IN 2 R Brown Brown Brown 1 2+ 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 +12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 1 V IN2 1 IN3 2 4 +12 R 1 V IN2 1 IN3 2 4 +12 R +121 V IN21 IN32 R4 +12 V IN 1 IN 2 R + +12 V IN +1 IN 2 R + Power + + Supply 1 2 3 4 1 2 OUT 3 4 1 V IN2 1 IN3 2 4 +12 R 1 2 3 4 IN 1 IN 2 R 1V 4 Power +12 +12 V IN2 1 IN3 2 R Power +12 V IN 1 IN 2 R Supply Power +12 V IN 1 IN 2 R Supply Power OUT Supply Power Supply OUT Supply OUT OUT OUT 5 0V 5 50V 05V 05 V 05V 0 5V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 50 V 50V 05V 05 V 05V 0 5V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 50 V 5 Blue 05V 05 V 05V 0 5V 0V 0V Blue Blue Blue Blue 5Blue 5 − 05V 05 V 05V 0 5V 0V 0 V− − − − 5− 50V 05V 05 V 05V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V [Note] - When a power supply for sensor (+12 V) is used, ensure that the consumption current of the sensor is not more than 50 mA. The sensors shown in the <Example> above are all connectible. - When the input for electromagnetic detector (IN2) is used, set all DIP switches on the side in the OFF position. <Example> Gear sensor AC tacho generator, etc. 1 ON 2 +12 V IN 1 3 4 5 IN 2 R 0V OFF 570 <Example> Gear sensor <Example> Gear sensor AC tacho generator, etc. <Example> Gear sensor AC tacho generator, etc. <Example> Gear sensor AC tacho generator, etc. <Example> Gear sensor KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. AC tacho generator, etc. tacho generator, etc. GENERAL CATALOG AC 2016 1 2 3 ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON Latest catalog OFF 1 2 (free) 3 is available online. OFF 1 2 3 OFF 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 V IN2 1 IN3 2 4 +12 R 05V 1 2 3 4 +12 IN 1 IN 2 R 05 V 1V 4 +12 V IN2 1 IN3 2 R 05V +12 V IN 1VisitINour 2 website R 0V ▼ +12 V IN 1 IN 2 R 0V http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-41 Dimensions PLC HMI SENSOR ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) ENCODER 1 to 5: Mounting Panel Thickness 48 COUNTER INFORMATION Anchoring Metal (Provided) 96 6 99 Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation 92 +0.8 0 Terminal Block Detail Drawing 7.62 7.62 Tachometer 45 +0.6 0 12.5 7 1.3 4.47 Electronic Counter 6.3 Digital Timer Programmable Cam TC-V TC-4 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 571 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter TC-4L-G/H Features Display-dedicated Type Tachometer (Economy Model) - The miniature economy type is for displaying the number of revolutions. To widen the measurement range, the input pulse can be switched between the two stages - 1 pulse per revolution and 10 pulses per revolution. TC-4L-G: For 100 V AC (85 to 115 V AC 50/60 Hz) TC-4L-H: For 200 V AC (180 to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz) Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Electrical Specifications Items ■ Function/Performance Specifications Specifications TC-4L-G: 85 to 115 V AC TC-4L-H: 180 to 240 V AC Rated Voltage Range Items Rated Frequency 50/60 Hz Power Consumption 6 VA Withstand Voltage 2,000 V AC 1 min (Between power supply and external terminal) Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ or higher 500 V DC (Between power supply and external terminal) ■Environmental Specifications Items Ambient Operating Temperature -10 to +50˚C Storage Temperature -25 to +70˚C (No freezing) Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 35 to 90% RH (No condensation) Vibration Resistance TC-V TC-4 Specifications Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Endurance: 490 m/s 2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Malfunction: 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Noise Resistance 1 kV 1μs Between power supply terminals Count input Input Single Pulse Width Display Period Every 0.4 sec when the input pulse period is within 0.4 sec. Input period + 0.4 sec when the input pulse period exceeds 0.4 sec. The previous measured value is displayed for 6 sec after rotation stops. Display Red 7-segment LED, 4-digit, height of characters 8 mm Basic Measurement Range*1 10 to 9,999 rpm Measurement Accuracy ±1 degit Measurement Item Number of revolutions (rpm) (Only for mode 1) Prescale Functions 1 pulse / rotation, 10 pulse / rotation switching* 2 Sampling Function Once Connection Method Dedicated stand B or stand F socket (Sold separately) Power Source Reset Power supply shutdown time 0.5 s/Reset time 0.5 s Dimensions (mm) 48 W x 48 H x 95 D Weight Approx. 200 g Accessories Mounting brackets, unit label Price Open ON Voltage 1 kΩ 0 to 4 V Input pulse Switch 4 A Side Switch 4 B Side 1 pulse / rotation 10 to 999 rpm Display at one-tenth value 10 pulse / rotation Display at 10 times value 1 to 9,999 rpm ■ Setting the Changing Switches Input Voltage Input Resistance OFF Voltage Left Side of the Case 1 2 3 4 B 10 to 30 V A Configuration of the Input Circuit Low Speed H L 50 ms or more 50 ms or more High Speed H L Only display Measurement Range Specifications 10 Hz 2 kHz Switching Function *1 When the prescale = 1 *2 To widen the measurement range, the input pulse can be switched by 2 stages between 1 revolution 1 pulse and 1 revolution 10 pulses. ■Input Specifications Responsivity Period measurement system Power Source for Sensors 12 V DC 30 mA Impact Resistance Name Specifications Counting System +12 V Each Input 1 kΩ Input Single Internal Circuit Switch Function Position A Position B 1 Counting speed 2 kHz 10 Hz 2 Decimal point Up to 12 mA 250 µs or higher 250 µs or higher 0 V When each input terminal is short-circuited to the 0 V terminal, input turns ON. Lighting position changes according to combination. (See below.) 3 Decimal point 4 Pulses / rotation 1 pulses / rotation 10 pulses / rotation Setting the Lighting Position of the Decimal Point Switch 572 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 2 A B A B 3 A A B B Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller TC-4L-G/H Connection/Dimensions ■Terminal Connections Terminal Function Terminal 3 0V 9 4 +12 V (For supplying to sensor) 10 5 Not connected 6 ̶ 5 6 3-wire DC System * Different models for 100/200 V * No connection for terminal No. 11 2 7 8 4 9 3 2 1 10 6 5 ENCODER 7 8 4 2-wire DC System 3 2 4 100 V AC 1 Not connected 8 200 V AC 11 Input 7 Proximity Sensor Function 3-wire DC System Proximity sensors that can be connected APS series Models for which the output symbol is an E or N <Example> Proximity sensorsAPS5-12GK-E that can be connected *APS A two-wire series DC system proximity sensor can be also connected. Models for which the output symbol is an E or N <Example> APS5-12GK-E * A two-wire DC system proximity sensor can be also connected. 6 5 1 9 7 10 11 8 3 9 2 COUNTER ●近接センサ INFORMATION ●近接センサ 10 ∼ 11 1 ∼ Electronic Counter ∼ Tachometer ∼ Digital Timer Rotary Encoder 11 HMI SENSOR ■Example of2-wire Connection DC System Not connected PLC ▲ Figure Seen from the Back 6 5 Programmable Cam 7 8 4 3 2 4 The TRD-J□-S can be connected as it consumes not more than 30 mA of current from a 12 V power source. 6 5 1 9 7 10 11 8 3 9 2 ∼ 11 1 The TRD-J□-S can be connected as it consumes not more than 30 mA of current from a 12 V power source. ●ロータリエンコーダ ●ロータリエンコーダ 10 ∼ ∼ ∼ ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) Stand F (For stationary installation) Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation 48 28 60 2–φ4.5 or M4 TC-V TC-4 Stand F (Sold Separately) 31 80.5 Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation 6 Clamping Plate (For Embedded Installation) (Provided) □ 48 45 +0.3 0 45 +0.3 0 Stand B (Sold Separately) 40±0.2 47 Socket for Embedded Installation: KB-04 (Sold Separately: Open Price) 31 45 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 573 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam KT-V Series Features Digital Timer - The KT-V series has a compact DIN48□ size with an easy-to-see large display. - With characters represented by bright large red LEDs, 12 mm high characters can be clearly seen from a distance and an angle. - The green LED is used for the set value to differentiate it from the measured values. - The set value can be easily set to using the setting key corresponding to each digit, like using a digital switch. - The TC-V series can be easily operated owing to a selection method that uses DIP switches for basic functional setting and the digit keys for detailed setting. CE Marking Compliant ■Features Protection Functions for Each Key For Various Applications Using 5 Operation Modes Key protection can be set for each key to prevent unintended operation. Delay On, delay OFF, one-shot, integrating, and flicker can be set as the operation mode. Retentive Memory without Battery Backup An EEPROM is used for memory storage and a battery that does not require maintenance is used. Removable Terminal Block This removable terminal block improves maintenance. After wiring, the terminal block cover enhances safety. Key Protection Function to Prevent Malfunction The KT-V series has a built-in key protection function so that settings are not changed if the key is pressed by mistake during operation. Elapsed Time / Remaining Time Display As the time display, the elapsed time and the remaining time can be selected. Power Source for High-capacity Sensor Protection Fulfilling IP65 The AC type has a built-in 24 V DC, 60mA power source for sensors. Sensors such as encoders and proximity sensors can be connected to the counter. Sheet keys are used for the front panel, which enables users to safely operate the device even with wet or unclean hands. Multi-voltage Power Supply for AC Type Conformity to CE and UL The AC type covers supply voltages of 85 to 264 V AC and can be used for any power source. CE marking compliant and UL standard (UL508) certified product. Various Time Range The 10 time ranges cover from 0.001 sec to 9,999 hr. KT-V ■Model Number List Model Number KT-V4S Digit 4 KT-V4S-C Power Source Power Source for Sensors 24 V DC, 60 mA Price AC ● Open DC ̶ Open (Accessories) Mounting frame KT- V 4 S - Series Classification - Number of digits to display 4 : 4 digits - Output format S : With output - Power source type Blank : AC power C : DC power 574 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KT-V Series Specifications DC Power Supply Voltage 100 to 240 V AC 12 to 24 V DC 85 to 264 V AC 10 to 26.4 V DC Power Consumption Approx. 11 VA Approx. 4 W Power Source for Sensors 24 V DC (20 to 28 V) 60 mA (Ripple noise: 10% p-p or lower) ̶ EEPROM −10 to 50˚C Storage Temperature −20 to 70˚C (No freezing) Ambient Humidity 35 to 85%RH (No condensation) Vibration Resistance Impact Resistance Noise Resistance 2 kV AC 1 min INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer (AC input, 0 V, between relay contacts) (DC power supply type: 0 V, only between relay contacts) Digital Timer Endurance Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Endurance 490 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Malfunction 98 m/s2 11 ms, 3 axial directions Between power supply terminals ±1.5 kV (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns) Protective Structure IP65 (Only the front panel part) Weight Approx. 150 g Conforming cable Terminal Block COUNTER Number of overwrite cycles: 100,000 cycles or more Storage time: 10 years Ambient Temperature Withstand Voltage ENCODER Rating AC Power Allowable Power Range Power Failure Memory HMI SENSOR ■ General Specifications Items PLC Programmable Cam Between power supply terminals ±1.0 kV (Pulse width 1 μs, start-up 1 ns) Approx. 110 g 0.25 to 1.65 mm 2 Conforming crimp terminal R1.25-3 Allowable tightening torque 0.5 Nm ■Performance Specifications Items Type Rating Timer Timing System On delay/Off delay/One-shot/Integrating/Flicker (With prediction output) Digit 4 digits Display Timing value display: Red LED, height of characters 12 mm. Set value display: Green LED, height of characters 7 mm Time Range 0.001 s to 9.999 s/0.01 s to 99.99 s/0.1 s to 999.9 s/1 s to 9,999 s/1 s to 99 min 59 s/1 min to 9,999 min /1 h to 9,999 h/1 min to 99 h 59 min/0.1 min to 999.9 min/0.1 h to 999.9 h Display Format Elapsed time display / Remaining time display Timer Accuracy 0.013% or ±15 ms (Whichever is larger) Input Input resistance: Positive logic 15 kΩ Negative logic 3.3 kΩ (AC power)/1.8 kΩ (DC power) KT-V Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input)/Positive logic (Voltage input) Input voltage: "L" 0 to 3 V "H" 7 to 30 V Start Input Response External Reset Output Output Time (Flicker) 15 ms/5 ms/1 ms or less Minimum signal width: 5 ms Non-contact output: NPN open collector output, 24 V 100 mA, withstand voltage: 35 V, residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower Contact output: 1 transfer (1 c), 220 V AC 2 A (Resistance load) Variable from 10 to 9,990 ms, every 10 ms Key Protection Any key setting is enabled. Installation Method Dedicated to embedded installation (Terminal block connection) The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 575 Remaining Time Display Elapsed Time Display ContactSupply Output Power Electronic Counter / Controller Preset Values : Prediction Set Value 0 PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER KT-V Series ON Start Set ValueOFF ON Reset OFF Preset Values ON Contact Output 0 Set Value OFF ON Non-contact Output ON StartOFF Preset Values INFORMATION Remaining Time Display Non-contact Output SW 1 2 OFF OFF Elapsed Time Display : Prediction Set Value Output Operation SW 1 2 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON Non-contact Output Set Value : Prediction Set Value Remaining Time Display SW 1 2 OFF OFF Reset OFF ON SW OFF ON Contact Output OFF ON Digital Timer Preset Values 1 OFF Remaining Time Display Off Delay ON 1 2 OFF Remaining Time Display Elapsed Time Display SW 1 OFF Remaining Time Display ON OFF OFF ON ON Contact Output OFF ON Non-contact Output Set Value SW Remaining Time Display Preset Values 0 1 ON Remaining Time Display 2 ON Elapsed Time Display SW OFF OFF ON Contact Output ON Start OFF OFF Set Value ON Non-contact Output ON Reset OFF OFF Preset Values ON Contact Output 0 Set Value OFF ON Non-contact Output ON StartOFF Preset Values Remaining Time Display 1 ON Remaining Time Display OFF ON The output time "t" can be changed from 10 to 9,990 ms (100 ms before shipment). オフディレー When the prediction set value is "0," non-contact output becomes the same as the output operation of contact output. When the prediction set value is "0," The :prediction be smalleroutput than the set value. Predictionset Setvalue Valueshould non-contact becomes the same If the prediction setting valueasexceeds the operation set value, of thecontact prediction the output output. オフディレー output (non-contact output) turns ON (or OFF) simultaneously with Thestart prediction set value should be smaller than the set value. the of the timer operation. If the prediction setting value exceeds the set value, the prediction output (non-contact output) turns ON (or OFF) simultaneously with the start of the timer operation. ワンショット OFF ワンショット OFF ON ON SW Non-contact Output Reset Set Value Non-contact Output OFF ワンショット OFF OFF ON ON Contact Output t Elapsed Time Display OFF ON OFF OFF ON t 2 Reset 0 Contact Output Start t The output time "t" can be changed from 10 to 9,990 ms OFF ON (100 ms before shipment). 2 OFF Elapsed Time Display SW t OFF ON オフディレー 1 ON t 2 Elapsed Time Display SW t OFF Set Value One-shot ON Start Preset Values OFF ON Reset 0 t : Prediction Set Value オフディレー 1 OFF t ON Elapsed Time Display ON OFF OFF ON Non-contact Output オンディレー 2 OFF ON ON Non-contact Output Reset OFF ON Contact Output ON ResetOFF OFF ON Contact Output Reset 0 Contact Output Start OFF ON Non-contact Output 0 Start Set Value OFF ON Reset OFF Preset Values ON Contact Output 0 Set Value OFF ON Non-contact Output ON Start OFF Preset Values OFF 2 ON Elapsed Time Display SW Elapsed Time Display ON OFF ON 0 Start ON Non-contact Output Set Value OFF KT-V Remaining Time Display Set Value 0 Preset Values Start Reset Elapsed Time Display Flickering Set Valueis set in the setup mode. OFF Tachometer Programmable Cam Remaining Time Display Preset Values Elapsed Time Display 0 Electronic Counter オンディレー オンディレー Flicker Preset Values Start OFF OFF ON ON On Delay Contact Output Start Non-contact Output Reset OFF ON オンディレー OFF ON Contact Output Power Supply Elapsed Time Display ■Output Operation Chart Reset 0 OFF OFF ON ON COUNTER Remaining Time Display ON OFF OFF ON Set Value 1 ON Remaining Time Display 2 OFF Elapsed Time Display OFF Integrating Preset Values SW 0 ON Start OFF ON Set Value Reset Remaining Time Display OFF ON Preset Values Contact Output OFF ON Start Set ValueOFF ON Reset OFF Preset Values ON Contact Output 0 Set Value OFF ON Non-contact Output ON OFF Start ON Preset Values Power Supply OFF ON OFF Reset 0 Contact Output Start SW 1 Remaining Time Display ON Elapsed Time Display SW 1 ON Remaining Time Display ON Elapsed Time Display 積 算 積 算 OFF OFF ON ON Power Supply Contact Output OFF OFF ON 積 算 2 OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ワンショット 2 ON SW Non-contact Output Reset OFF Non-contact Output Set Value 2 ON Elapsed Time Display OFF 0 ON Non-contact Output 1 ON 1 ON Remaining Time Display 2 ON Elapsed Time Display OFF ON Power Supply Preset Values OFF 576 0 積 算 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. Start Reset GENERAL CATALOG 2016 ON Latest catalog (free) is available online. OFF ON OFF Remaining Time Display Elapsed Time Display Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KT-V Series Connection ■Terminal Connection Diagrams KT-V4S KT-V4S KT-V4S KT-V4S-C KT-V4S-C KT-V4S-C ENCODER Start InputStart Input IN mA 24 V DC,2460V mA DC, 60 IN 0 V 0V IN IN 0 V 0V 2 3 5 5 3 3 5 5 Non-contact Non-contact Output Output OUT 1 OUT 8 HMI SENSOR InputStart Input Power Source Power forSource Sensor forStart Sensor 32 PLC 7 1 Reset InputReset Input R 7 Non-contact Non-contact Output Output OUT R 1 OUT 8 98 109 11 10 12 11 12 7 1 Contact Output Contact Output Contact Output Contact Output 100 to 240 100 V to AC240 Power V AC Source Power Source Reset InputReset Input R 7 INFORMATION R 98 109 11 10 12 11 12 COM N.C. COM N.O. N.C. + N.O. COM N.C. COM N.O. N.C. N.O. COUNTER +− − 12 to 24 V 12DC to 24 Power V DCSource Power Source Electronic Counter Tachometer ※予報出力はNon-contact ※予報出力はNon-contact Output （OUT端子） Output （OUT端子） と兼用です。 * Non-contact output (OUT terminal) is also usedと兼用です。 for prediction output. * Do not connect anything to unconnected terminals. Digital Timer Programmable Cam AC電源形 AC電源形 ■Input/Output Circuit Diagrams DC電源形 DC電源形 AC Power Power Power Source Source for Sensor for Sensor2 2 24 V 24 DCV DC Internal 24 V Internal 24 V 9 DC Power N.C. 9 N.C. 24 V 24 DCV DC 11 11 + + ON During ON During Negative Negative LogicLogic InputInput 8 COM 8 COM − − 12 12 47 k 47 k 8 COM 8 COM 10 N.O. N.O. 10 1 OUT 1 OUT 5 05V 0 V 1.8 k1.8 k 10 22 k 22 k 1 N.O. N.O. 10 StartStart 3 InputInput 3 OUT 1 OUT 5V 5V 3.3 k3.3 k Reset Reset 7 7 InputInput N.C. 9 N.C. 5V 5V 3.3 k3.3 k 3 9 ON During ON During Negative Negative LogicLogic InputInput 5V 5V StartStart 3 InputInput Internal 24 V Internal 24 V 47 k 47 k 22 k 22 k 5V 5V 1.8 k1.8 k 47 k 47 k Reset Reset 7 7 InputInput 22 k 22 k 47 k 47 k 22 k 22 k 5 05V 0 V The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 KT-V 577 Electronic Counter / Controller KT-V Series NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 PLC HMI Connection NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 Brown SENSOR 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 PowerBrown Source for Sensor Power Source for Sensor 2 24 V DC* 2 24 V DC* ■Input Connection Examples NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 Start Start PowerBlack Source for Sensor Black Brown NPNオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 3 3 Start Input Input 2 Start 24 V DC* ENCODER COUNTER NPN Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor - Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) 《Recommended proximity Reset Reset sensor: APS□-□-N/E》 Start Black Black Brown INFORMATION Reset Start Blue Black Black Start Blue Black Reset Reset Electronic Counter Blue Tachometer Digital Timer 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 Brown 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 Start Start Power Black Source for Sensor Black Brown 電圧出力形またはPNPオープンコレクタ出力形近接センサの場合 3 3 Start Input Input 2 Start 24 V DC* Voltage Output or PNP Open Collector Output Proximity Sensor Reset - Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos) Black Black Black Input Reset Input 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-E2》 7 Sensor 3 Reset Start Input Power Source for Brown 7 Reset Start Black Input Reset Input 7 7 Sensor 3 Reset Start PowerInput Source for 2 24 V DC* Power Source for Sensor Brown 2 24 V DC* Reset Blue Start 5 Reset 5 0V 0 V Input 7 3 Start Input Black 3 Start Input Reset 5 0V 7 Reset Input Black 7 Reset Input Blue Black Black Start Blue Black Reset Blue 5 0V Blue DC2線式近接センサの場合 DC2線式近接センサの場合 Power Brown Source for Sensor Power Source for Sensor 2 24 V DC* 2 24 V DC* 2 24 V DC* Power Source for Sensor Brown 2 24 V DC* Blue 5 5 0V V Input Reset 7 0 3 Start Input Black 3 Start Input 5 0V 7 Reset Input Black 5 0V 5 0V Blue 7 Reset Input 5 0V 2-wire DC System Proximity Sensor Programmable - Input logic: Negative DC2線式近接センサの場合 Cam logic (No-voltage input) (neg) 《Recommended proximity sensor: APS□-□-Z 》 * In the case of the DC power source type, the supply voltage should be not less than 20 V. Start Start DC2線式近接センサの場合 3 Start Input DC2線式近接センサの場合 Start Reset 3 Start Input Reset 3 Reset Start Input Input 7 7 Reset Input 5 0 V Input 7 Reset 3 Start Input 5 0V Start Reset 5 0V 7 Reset Input Reset Start 3 Start Input Reset 7 Reset Input Switch Relay 5 0V - Input logic: Negative logic (No-voltage input) (neg) 5 0V - Start input response: 15 ms スイッチ・リレーの場合 スイッチ・リレーの場合 - Input logic: Positive logic (Voltage input) (pos) - Start input response: 15 ms * Because there is large input current, this connection is recommended. スイッチ・リレーの場合 Power Source for Sensor Power Source for Sensor 2 24 V DC* 2 24 V DC* KT-V スイッチ・リレーの場合 Start Start 3 Start Input スイッチ・リレーの場合 Reset Start Reset 3 Start ResetInput Input 7 Reset Start 5 0 V Input 7 Reset 3 Start Input Start Start Start Power Source for Sensor Start Input 3 3 Start Input 2 24 V DC* Reset Start Reset Start ResetInput Input Reset Input 3 Power 7 7 Sensor Source for 2 24 V DC* Power Source for Sensor 2 24 V DC* 3 Start Input 7 Reset Input Reset Start 5 0V 5 V Input Reset 7 0 3 Start Input Start 3 Start Input Reset 3 Start Input Reset 5 0V Input 7 Reset Reset 7 Reset Input 5 0V 5 0V 接点出力の場合 ■Output Connection Examples 5 0V NPN Open Collector Output Relay Drive Possible OUT 1 0V 5 578 Load OUT 1 5 0V * There is7noReset power Input source for sensors in the case of the DC power source type. Reset Use a separate external power source. 7 Reset Input NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合 NPNオープンコレクタ出力の場合 5 0V 接点出力の場合 Contact Output ※DC電源タイプにはありません。別途、外部電源を使用ください。 Relay Drive Possible Load − + − + 0V 5 Power Source for Load Rated 24 V DC Power Source for Load Rated 24 V DC KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. ※DC電源タイプにはありません。 ※DC電源タイプにはありません。 別途、 別途、外部電源を使用ください。 5 0外部電源を使用ください。 V GENERAL CATALOG 2016 COM 8 COM 8 Power Source for Load Power Source for Load Load ※DC電源タイプにはありません。 別途、 外部電源を使用ください。 N.C. 9 Load N.C. 9 N.O. 10 ※DC電源タイプにはありません。別途、外部電源を使用ください。 Load N.O. 10 Load Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KT-V Series Each Part Name and Function ■Panel Explanation - Operation mode ① Lights up when the output is ON. Blinks when the prediction② output is ON. ③ Discrete value display (Red) ④ ⑤ ② Protection display (Red) ⑥ ① - Operation mode ⑦ Blinks when the key is protected. - Setup mode D i s p l ay s t h e s e t c o n t e n t s o f ke y protection. COUNTER INFORMATION - Operation mode Display the units of time. h: hour / m: minute / s: second ⑥ ⑦ ⑤ Set value display (Green) - Operation mode Displays the set value. - Setup mode Displays the setting item. ⑦ RST key - Operation mode Resets the discrete value. (0 in increment mode, preset value in decrement Time Range mode) Timing / Set Value Display □□□□s - Setup mode Select the setting item. □□□□m □□□□h 0 1 □□m□□s □□ h □□m 2 h :m : s 3 h :m : s h :m : s 4 5 Timing / Set Value Display h :m : s □□□□h □□m□□s □□ h □□m 7 8 9 * If approx. 1 sec passes without any key input after the setDisplay value has been changed, the set value becomes Unit effective. h :m : s 0 to 9999 - Setup mode h :m : s 0 to 9999 Selects the set contents. h :m : s 0 to 9999 h :m : s 0:00 to 99 : 59 : to : h :m : s 0 00 99 59 h :m : s □□□□m Digital Timer Programmable Cam - Operation mode Changing the set value 6 Electronic Counter Tachometer ⑥ Digit key Unit Display 0 to 9999 0 to 9999 0 to 9999 Time* Range : 59 0:00 to 99 □□□□s : 59 0:00 to 99 ENCODER ④ Unit display ④ ⑤ ② (Only when the key is ON) - Operation mode Displays the discrete value. - Setup mode Displays the set contents. ③ HMI SENSOR ③ ① Output display (Red) PLC ■Key Operation 1. Changes the preset value Every time a digit key is pressed, 1 is added to the preset value of the corresponding digit. 0 1 2 3 * 4 5 6 7 8 9 Example: When the counter is “123” 1 Press the 1 key and the 2 Press the 2 key and the 3 124 134 Press the 3 key and the 234 KT-V Approx. 1 second after a digit key is released, the set value is entered. * In the case of ■ digit of sexagesimal scale display □□: ■□ (Minute) (Second) (Hour) (Minute) 2. Resetting the timing value If the [RST] key is pressed (response time is 0.1 s), the timing value is reset. If the [RST] key is pressed, the timing value becomes the set value Example: When the counter is “123” in the remaining time display mode and "0" in the passage display mode. 1 Press the 1 key and the 124 3. Key protection3 Press the 2 key and the 134 2 Press the 3 key and the 234 The key protection can be individually set for each operation key. If a key for which the key protection is set is pressed in the run mode, the LED corresponding to the pressed key blinks to notify that the operation is prohibited. Since the protection is set to all keys before shipment, if the power is supplied when DIP switch 7 is ON, operation of all keys is prohibited. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 579 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION KT-V Series Each Part Name and Function ■DIP Switch Setting - Use the DIP switches at the top of the timer for setting. - Before operating the DIP switches, be sure that the power is turned off. The switches do not respond to setting changes while the power is on. - When a DIP switch is changed, be sure to press the [RST] key in the operation mode to reset the count value. Output Mode 出力モード Select the output mode with DIP switches 1 and 2. The flicker mode that is 出力モード 出力モード not included in the items is selected in the setup mode. Operation Operation Operation Integrating Integrating Integrating One-shot One-shot One-shot Delay OFF Delay OFF Delay DelayOFF On Delay On On Delay Dip switch Electronic Counter SW1 SW1 SW1 ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF SW2 SW2 SW2 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF Time Range 時間レンジ Select the time range with DIP switches 3, 4, and 5. The time range that is 時間レンジ 時間レンジ not included in the items is selected in the setup mode. Tachometer Digital Timer Time Range Time Range Time Range □□h□□m □□h□□m □□h□□m □□□□h □□□□h □□□□h □□□□m □□□□m □□□□m □□m□□s □□m□□s □□m□□s □□□□s □□□□s □□□□s □□□.□s □□□.□s □□□.□s □□.□□s □□.□□s □□.□□s □.□□□s □.□□□s □.□□□s Programmable Cam * The DIP switches are all set in the OFF position before shipment. Selects the Operation Mode. SW3 SW3 SW3 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF SW4 SW4 SW4 ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF SW5 SW5 SW5 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF Selects the Key Protection. Selecting the Display Format Selecting the Time Range Display Format 表示方式 表示方式 表示方式 Select the display format with DIP switch 6. 表示方式 Display Format Display Display Format Format Elapsed Time Display Elapsed Time Display Elapsed RemainingTime TimeDisplay Display Remaining Time Remaining Time Display Display Selecting the Output Mode SW6 SW6 SW6 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF Key Protection Select whether to engage the key protection or not with DIP switch 7. To キープロテクト engage protection, after setting each key in the setup mode, set DIP switch キープロテクト 7 キープロテクト in the ON position and supply the power again to enable the protection. All keys are set for protection before shipment. KT-V Key Protection Key Protection Key Protection Use Use Use Not Use Not Not Use Use SW7 SW7 SW7 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF Operation Mode 動作モード Select the setup mode and the operation mode with DIP switch 8. 動作モード 動作モード Operation Mode Operation Mode Operation Mode Setup Mode Setup Mode Setup Mode Operation Mode Operation Operation Mode Mode 580 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ SW8 SW8 SW8 ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KT-V Series Each Part Name and Function HMI SENSOR ■Setup Mode Make settings that cannot be selected with the DIP switches, in the setup mode. Setup Mode Setting Items (1) Start input response …… (2) Input logic …………… (3) Output mode …………… (4) Time range …………… (5) Output time …………… 1/5/15 ms Positive logic, negative logic Flicker mode, DIP switch 0.0 minute /0.0 time, DIP switch Set the output time of the flicker mode from 10 to 9,990 ms (in unit of 10 ms). (6) Prediction output ……… Set the offset value for the set value. (7) Reset key protection …… Set the lock for the reset key. (8) Digit key protection …… Set the lock for the digit keys. ① Start input response setting(int) To the next menu by pressing the reset key RST ① Operating Mode RST ④ Time range setting（rang） 1 : 000. 0：m Select 0.0 minute. 2 : 000. 0：h Select 0.0 hour. 3 : dip ：— Set the DIP switch. K/P display part : Lit when disabled : Enabled when out Electronic Counter Digital Timer Programmable Cam Initial value: 100ms Digit key 1 is disabled as the setting is performed in units of 10 ms. Discrete value display part 0. 1 0 0 s Digit key 4 3 2 1 RST ⑥ Prediction output setting (set ) a - Other than the flicker mode, skip the setting items with an * mark. - When the default setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST] key in the operation mode to reset the timing value. - The set contents become effective when moving to the next menu via the [RST] key. - The key protection setting becomes effective in AND conditions from DIP switch 7. If you want to make the protection effective, set DIP switch 7 in the ON position. INFORMATION Tachometer Initial value: □ 3 ⑤ *Output time setting (outt) Operation of the Setup Mode Initialize the setup mode using the menu as shown in the table on the right. (Use the digit keys for all settings.) Initial value: □ 2 1 : F Select the flicker mode. 2 : dip Set the DIP switch. RST ① When DIP switch 8 is in the ON position and the power is turned on, the setup mode starts. ② When the DIP switch 8 is in the OFF position and the power is turned on, the operation mode starts. COUNTER Initial value: □ 2 ③ Output mode setting (t-op) Setup Mode ENCODER 1 : pos Positive logic 2 : neg Negative logic RST ② Initial value: □ 3 1 : 1 Select a 1 ms response. 2 : 5 Select a 5 ms response. 3 : 15 Select a 15 ms response. ② Input logic setting (si g) Switching Between the Setup Mode and the Operation Mode Digit key 1 : Not use 1 : Use PLC Initial value: 0 Discrete value display part 0 . 0 . 0 . 0 RST Digit key 4 3 2 1 ⑦ Reset key protection setting (rpro) Initial value: Locked Select whether to lock the reset key or not. Digit key: K/P display part 1 : ■□□□□ (Lock) 2 : □□□□□ (Unlock) RST ⑧ Digit key protection setting (ppro) Initial value: Locked Select whether to lock the reset key or not. Digit key: K/P display part To the first menu by pressing the reset key RST The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. 1 2 3 4 KT-V : □□□□■ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □□□■□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □□■□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) : □■□□□ (Lock)/ (Unlock) KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 581 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER KT-V Series Example of Operation ■Operation Mode 3. Change the set contents Changes the Preset Value Change the preset value from "2:00" to "1:30". The preset value becomes effective approx. 1 second after the change is made. Before Changing To the next menu by pressing the reset key Change Complete OUT h :m : s K/P RST Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam h :m : s K/P 4 2 3 1 RST OUT OUT h :m : s 2 3 4 1 Press setting key 3 nine times or continue to press and hold the key to display "1. " 3 RST 4 2 1 RST K/P 2 3 OUT logic Setting screen ② Input h :m : s K/P K/P 4 Change to the initial value. RST INFORMATION OUT ① Start input response Setting screen 1 Change to the initial value. RST OUT K/P ③ Output mode Setting screen Press setting key 2 three times or continue to press and hold the key to display "3. " Change to the initial value. RST ■Washing Time Control OUT K/P ④ Time range Setting screen If the start switch is pressed, washing is performed for the set time. Change to the initial value. RST OUT K/P ⑤ Prediction output setting Setting screen Change to the initial value. OUT K/P RST ⑥ Reset key protection Setting screen Setting item Setting Item Contents Output Mode One-shot Time Range □□minute□□second Display Format Remaining time display Key Protection Reset key Second key OUT K/P ⑦ Digit key protection Setting screen Press the reset key to end setup. Prohibition RST 1. Setting DIP switches Press the 4 key and to enable settings. This setting is complete. 3 key OUT K/P 5. Switching to the operation mode Turn the power off before operating the DIP switches. ① Select the output mode and one-shot. ・Set DIP switch 1 is in the ON position. ・Set DIP switch 2 is in the OFF position. KT-V Change to the initial value. RST When setup is completed in the setup mode, turn the power off, set DIP switch 8 in the OFF position (to the operation mode) and turn ON the power. 6. Start the operation mode When the setting is changed in the setup mode, be sure to press the [RST] key after turning the power ON to reset the timing value. ② Select the time range: □□min □□sec ・Set DIP switch 3 is in the ON position. ・Set DIP switch 4 and 5 is in the OFF position. ③ Select the key protection. ・Set DIP switch is in the ON position. 2. Switching to the setup mode Set DIP switch 8 in the ON position, and turn the power on. 582 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KT-V Series Error Code Display/Option Error Name Memory data error HMI SENSOR ■Common Errors Error Code PLC Error details ENCODER Corrective Action Preset value / Set value and the contents of the setup mode changed. Press the [RST] key and delete the error indication. The measured value and the timing value become "0", the preset value and the set value become "5000", and the contents of the setup mode revert back to the preshipment defaults. COUNTER INFORMATION ■Option Option Model Number Contents Price Rubber Gasket KC-48P If installed between the installation panel and KT-V, it prevents the intrusion of water into the control panel. Front Cover KC-48C If installed to the front panel, it protects the counter from exposure to dirt, etc. Material: Soft silicon rubber Key operation is enabled with the front cover installed. Open Open Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam KT-V The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 583 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam KT-V Series Precautions ■Precautions in Use (1) The power source 0 V terminal ⑫ and the input common 0 V terminal ⑤ of the DC type are internally short-circuited. (5) Rather than gradually increasing the supply voltage, apply the rated voltage at once using a switch or relay. (3) When using the 2-wire DC system proximity sensor, set the input logic to negative logic. (4) If the preset value / set value is changed during measurement / timing, the changed value becomes effective approx. 1 second after key input. (5) Enter the set contents of the DIP switches and the setup mode in the data sheet attached to the main body and keep it for maintenance. (6) Do not use the counter in the following environments. - Any place where the ambient temperature exceeds 50˚C or falls to -10˚C or lower. - Any place where the ambient humidity exceeds 85% or condensation occurs due to rapid temperature change. - Any place that is exposed to dust, iron powder, and corrosive gas. - Any place that is exposed to sunlight. - Any place where there are large vibrations or shocks. (7) When performing a dielectric voltage test or insulation resistance test, separate the main body from the control circuit. (8) When the power is shut down, the internal EEPROM is written. Since the number of writing cycles in the EEPROM is not more than 100,000, do not use the tachometer by highly frequent power source operations. ■Cautions in Wiring - Wire cables separately from power lines. - When using the counter in a place where a lot of noise is generated, separate the main body of the KT-V and the wiring from the noise sources as far as possible. - Do not use an unused terminal as a relay terminal. - It is recommended to use a crimp terminal for connections. - When wiring the cable to the terminals ① and ⑦, if the crimp terminal has a fork shape, do not attach it diagonally. For diagonal attachment, use a round crimp terminal. In the Case of a Forked Crimp Terminal If the crimp terminal is diagonally attached, the contact with the terminal becomes insufficient. Therefore, attach the crimp terminal horizontally from the side as shown in the figure above. In the Case of a Round Crimp Terminal ① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel. ■How to Mount and Remove the Main Body How to Mount the Main Body ① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel. ① Insert the main body into the attachment bore of the panel. KT-V - As the screw for anchoring the terminal block, only use the anchoring screw used in shipping. How to Mount the Terminal and the Terminal - Make sure that theBlock allowable tightening torque is 0.3 Nm. Block Cover - Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed. - As the screw for anchoring the terminal block, - As the screw foronly anchoring terminalscrew block,used in shipping. use thethe anchoring only use the anchoring screw in shipping. - Make sure thatused the allowable tightening torque is 0.3 Nm. - Make sure that- the allowable tightening 0.3 the Nm.wiring is completed. Mount the terminal blocktorque coverisafter - Mount the terminal block cover after the wiring is completed. ② Attach the mounting frame from the backside. Body ② Attach the mounting frame from the backside. ② Attach the mounting frame from the backside. Body Mounting Frame: The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal and transverse directions. Terminal Block Body Fixing Screw Terminal Block Terminal Block Terminal Block Cover Fixing Screw Fixing Screw 115.464 Mounting Frame: Mounting Frame:The frame can be mounted both in the longitudinal The frame can beand mounted both directions. in the longitudinal transverse and transverse directions. Terminal Block Cover Terminal Block Cover How to Remove the Main Body ① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards. ② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread. ① Pinch the levers to spread them 2 to 3 mm outwards. ① Pinch the levers to spread 2 while to 3 mm ② Pull out thethem frame the outwards. levers are spread. ② Pull out the frame while the levers are spread. 584 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller KT-V Series Dimensions PLC HMI SENSOR ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) ENCODER Main Body of the KT-V 63 100 (AC Power) 48 COUNTER 60 (DC Power) Mounting Frame 48 44.5 INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer 1 to 5: Mounting Panel Thickness 6 1. When the mounting handle direction is in the transverse direction 66 mm AC Power 106 mm Digital Timer Programmable Cam 2. When the mounting handle direction is in the longitudinal direction 70 or more 0 48 +0.2 Square Hole 45 +0.3 0 (Tight Mounting is Possible) 70 or more Mounting Frame 55 or more 6.5 DC Power Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation 9.5 4×7.62=30.48 7.62 Terminal 6.5 1.12 Screw M3 Overall Depth 10 0 45 +0.3 Terminal Block Detail Drawing 50 Conforming cable size : 0.25 to 1.65 mm 2 Conforming crimp terminal : R1.25-3 Allowable tightening torque : 0.5 Nm KT-V The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 585 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER Programmable Cam Controllers Lineup ■Programmable Cam Controllers Lineup Model Number Appearance Type of Encoder Resolution (Digit) Number of Outputs Responsivity Supply Voltage Power Source for Sensors Absolute encoder 360/720 8 300 min-1/360 resolution 150 min-1/720 resolution 12/24 V DC ̶ 16 1600 min-1/ 360 resolution 800 min-1/720 resolution (No advancing setting) 12/24 V DC ̶ 85 to 264 V AC Dedicated to encoder +12 V 70 mA COUNTER INFORMATION FC2-81F-C-1 Electronic Counter 95 W x 80 H x 60.5 D Tachometer Digital Timer Absolute encoder FC2-161F-C-1 360/720 Programmable Cam 140 W x 90 H x 60.5 D FC2-321F-C-1 Absolute encoder 360/720 32 1600 min-1/ 360 resolution 800 min-1/720 resolution (No advancing setting) Absolute encoder 360/720 8 300 min-1/360 resolution 150 min-1/720 resolution 12/24 V DC ̶ Absolute encoder 360/720 16 1600min-1/ 360 resolution 800 min-1/720 resolution 85 to 264 V AC Dedicated to encoder +12 V 70 mA Absolute encoder 360/720 32 1600 min-1/ 360 resolution 800 min-1/720 resolution (No advancing setting) 85 to 264 V AC Dedicated to encoder +12 V 70 mA 140 W x 90 H x 60.5 D FC2-80-C-1 105 W x 100 H x 66 D FC2-160-1 FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ 140 W x 100 H x 66 D FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ FC2-320-1 195 W x 100 H x 66 D 586 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller FC Series Correlation List Items Difference FC-80□ Model Number Dimensions ○ FC2-80□ 105.0 W x 100.0 H x 66.0 D No change Installation Method ○ DIN rail / screwed No change Power Supply ○ 10.8 V to 26.4 V DC No change Function / Performance ○ No change Encoder-connecting Connector Manufacturer × Protrusion Dimension × Not compatible 16.8 30.9 Encoder TRD-NA□NWF △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. TRD-NA□NWF2 △ Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required. Usable TRD-NA□NWE △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. Junction Cables × F-□GF F-□GF2 Surface-Mount Installation Type FC-160□ Items Difference FC-160□ FC2-160□ FC-160 (Noted in Japanese) − FC-160-1 (Noted in English) FC2-160-1 (Noted in English) Model Number (Unit: mm) ENCODER Embedded Installation Type FC-81F□ FC-80-C (Noted in Japanese) − FC-80-C-1 (Noted in English) FC2-80-C-1 (Noted in English) Items Difference FC-81F□ Model Number Dimensions (Connector Connection) FC2-81F□ FC-81F-C (Noted in Japanese) − FC-81F-C-1 (Noted in English) FC2-81F-C-1 (Noted in English) ○ × 95.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D 95.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D No change 95.0 W x 80.0 H x 76.2 D ○ Panel cutout / Mounting brackets No change ○ 90.0 W x 75.0 H No change Thickness of Mounting Plate ○ 0.5 to 4.0 No change Power Supply ○ 10.8 V to 26.4 V DC No change Electronic Counter Function / Performance ○ No change Tachometer Digital Timer Encoder-connecting Connector Manufacturer × Not compatible Position × Not compatible Encoder △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. TRD-NA□NWF2 △ Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required. Usable TRD-NA□NWE △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. Junction Cables × F-□GF F-□GF2 TRD-NA□NWF Items Difference FC-161F□ FC2-161F□ FC-161F-C (Noted in Japanese) − FC-161F-C-1 (Noted in English) FC2-161F-C-1 (Noted in English) Model Number ○ 140.0 W x 100.0 H x 66.0 D No change DIN rail / screwed No change ○ × 140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D 140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D Power Supply ○ Dimensions (Connector Connection) 85 V to 264 V AC No change Installation Method ○ Panel cutout / Mounting brackets No change Function / Performance ○ No change Panel Cutout Dimensions ○ 135.0 W x 85.0 H No change Thickness of Mounting Plate ○ 0.5 to 4.0 No change Not compatible Power Supply ○ 10.8 V to 26.4 V DC 30.9 Function / Performance ○ Protrusion Dimension × 16.8 TRD-NA□NWF △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. TRD-NA□NWF2 △ Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required. Usable TRD-NA□NWE △ Usable No change No change Junction Cables × F-□GF Difference FC-320□ ○ Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. TRD-NA□NWF2 △ Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required. Usable F-□GF2 TRD-NA□NWE △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. Junction Cables × F-□GF F-□GF2 FC2-320□ 195.0 W x 100.0 H x 66.0 D No change ○ DIN rail / screwed No change ○ 85 V to 264 V AC No change Function / Performance ○ No change Encoder-connecting Connector Protrusion Dimension × Encoder Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. Installation Method × Not compatible Not compatible Usable Power Supply Manufacturer × × △ FC-320 (Noted in Japanese) − FC-320-1 (Noted in English) FC2-320-1 (Noted in English) Model Number Manufacturer Position TRD-NA□NWF Surface-Mount Installation Type FC-320□ Dimensions No change 140.0 W x 80.0 H x 76.2 D Encoder-connecting Connector Encoder Items Programmable Cam Embedded Installation Type FC-161F□ ○ × INFORMATION Installation Method Dimensions Manufacturer COUNTER Panel Cutout Dimensions Installation Method Encoder-connecting Connector HMI SENSOR ■ Compatibility Between FC and FC2 Series Surface-Mount Installation Type FC-80□ PLC Not compatible 16.8 30.9 FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ Embedded Installation Type FC-321F□ Items Difference FC-321F□ FC2-321F□ FC-321F-C (Noted in Japanese) − FC-321F-C-1 (Noted in English) FC2-321F-C-1 (Noted in English) Model Number Dimensions (Connector Connection) ○ × 140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D 140.0 W x 80.0 H x 60.5 D Installation Method ○ Panel cutout / Mounting brackets No change Panel Cutout Dimensions ○ 135.0 W x 85.0 H No change Thickness of Mounting Plate ○ 0.5 to 4.0 No change Power Supply ○ 10.8 V to 26.4 V DC Function / Performance ○ No change 140.0 W x 80.0 H x 76.2 D No change No change Encoder-connecting Connector Encoder TRD-NA□NWF △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. TRD-NA□NWF2 △ Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required. Usable TRD-NA□NWE △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. Junction Cables × F-□GF F-□GF2 Manufacturer × Not compatible Position × Not compatible Encoder TRD-NA□NWF △ TRD-NA□NWF2 △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. Conversion cable F-2GF7308 is required. Usable TRD-NA□NWE △ Usable Conversion cable F-2GF2 is required. Junction Cables × F-□GF F-□GF2 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 587 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER Descriptions of Terms ■Preset Counter The input pulse signal is counted, and if the number of input pulses reaches the numeric value preset by the setter, output is produced. The block diagram of the preset counter is as shown in the figure below. 《Block diagram KCX series》 Preset Counter INFORMATION Count Input Electronic Counter Input Circuit First Digit Display Circuit Second Digit Display Circuit Nth Digit Display Circuit First Digit Count Circuit Second Digit Count Circuit Nth Digit Count Circuit ■ Non-contact Signal Input and Contact Signal Input A non-contact signal input is an input signal that triggers the output of a semiconductor circuit such as transistor (non-contact output of proximity sensor, photoelectronic sensor, or rotary encoder). A contact signal input is an signal input triggered by a micro switch, limit switch, push button switch, or relay. Non-contact Signal Input Non-contact Signal Input +12 V Power Source for Sensor Non-contact Signal Input OUT Sensor Reset Input Reset Circuit Sensor Sensor Tachometer Setter Digital Timer Sensor Programmable Cam Output Circuit AND Circuit Power Source Sensor Sensor Sensor Non-contact Output (Contact Output) Power Source for Sensor ■Double Preset Counter Input +12 V terminal Power Source for Sensor +12 V Power Source for Sensor E OUT EInput terminal Counter OUT Input terminal E Counter E Contact Signal Input E Counter E N.C Contact Signal Input +12 V Power Source for Sensor Non-contact Signal Input Contact Signal Input C N.C Input +12 V terminal Power Source for Sensor +12 N.O +12 VV Power Power Source Source for for Sensor Sensor C N.C OUT EInput terminal Counter Input N.O C Input terminal terminal Counter E E N.O Counter EE Counter N.O Counter circuit. E Sensor A non-contact signal output is a signal output from a semiconductor The contactPreset output is a signal output from relay contact built into a counter. Electronic Counter Preset Electronic Counter +Power Source Preset Electronic Counter +Power Source N.C +Power Source CN.C C N.O ■Total Counter Preset Electronic Relay Counter FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ Automatic Reset Repetition - If the number of input pulse signals reaches the preset value (count up), the output is produced for a specific period of time. - If the counter counts up, the internal counting circuit is automatically reset and the next input signal can be counted even during output time. - If you want to reset the internal counting circuit during counting, turn the reset terminal ON (external reset) or shut down the power temporarily (power source reset). Relay 無接点信号出 無接点信号出 無接点信号 Contact Signal Input 無接点信号 (Grounding) OUT ■Open Collector Output Non-contact Signal Input E Since this circuit is not internally connected to a(Grounding) power source, it is necessary to externally connect a power source and load. Voltage and current can be freely selected within the standards of the counter. Load (Only NOpen load)Collector Output Load L Open Collector Output Open Collector OUT Output OUT From OUT Previous Step From FromStep Previous Previous Step E Open Collector Output E L Load L DC Power DC Power DC Power Load オープンコレク オープンコレ オープンコ L OUT E オープンコ DC Power A形動作 Specific Time Output ■B-type Operation (Self-holding output operation) Specific Time Output - If the number of input pulse signals reaches the preset value, output is produced and held. - If the reset terminal turns ON (external reset) or the power source is temporarily shut down Set (power Value source reset), the internal counting circuit andCount the output holding circuit reset. Input Set Value Count Input Counter Output Holding Output External Reset Counter Output Input Holding Output External Reset Input 588 N.O ■Totem-pole EOutput Count Input Counter Output Counter Output Contact Signal Input Contact Signal Input OUTN.O Non-contact Signal Input E OUT (Grounding) Non-contact Signal Input E Non-contact Signal Input (Grounding) E From Previous Step Set Value C N.C Set Value Count Input Contact Signal Input N.C C OUT ■Consolidated Counter ■A-Type Operation (Specific time output operation) N.O Relay +Power Source Relay The total counter only displays the discrete value and does not have control output. FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ 無接点信号 Contact Signal Input ■Non-contact Signal Output and N.C +12 V Power Source for Sensor C Contact Signal Output Input terminal The double preset counter has two sets of setters and two output circuits, and can output in the set values. One consolidated counter has the built-in functions of several counters, and when any one of the counters reaches its preset value, it produces output. The consolidated counter is most suitable for the maintenance of several tools as needed by tool replacement for machining centers and NC machine tools. 無接点信号入 無接点信号入 無接点信号 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 A形動作 A kind of non-contact output, a totem-pole output circuit has transistors Q1 and Q2 of the output circuit connected in series with the output extruding V from the intermediate point as shown in the figure below.Therefore, a totemV poleVoutput circuit can take out larger current compared with conventional Q1 non-contact output. (Both P load and N load) From トーテムポール Q1 Previous Step A totem-pole output circuit is used in the way as conventional non- トーテムポー Q1 sameOUT From OUT FromStepoutput, but can directly drive the relay. Previous トーテムポ contact OUT Previous Step V Q2 Q2 E From E Previous Step E Q2 Q1 E B形動作 B形動作 E Latest catalog (free) is available online. E OUT E Q2 E Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ トーテムポ Electronic Counter / Controller Descriptions of Terms Ta MIN. = Tb MIN. = 1 ■Maximum Counting Speed Maximum Counting Speed × 1 1 2 (s) 1 This numeric value of×each The maximum speed shows inupthe to specifications what pulses the inputmodel. pulse signal Ta *MIN. = counting Tb MIN. = is provided (s) Maximum Counting Speed of the make ratio 1: 1（Ta=Tb） can be counted per second, 2and uses Hz as the unit.* This numeric value is provided in the specifications of each model. If the make ratio is not 1:1 as shown in1(2) and (3) below, 1the input pulse Ta MIN. = Tb MIN. = × (s) signal width is limited by TaMaximum MIN. or TbCounting MIN. 2 Speed PLC HMI SENSOR ■Banks A bank refers to the number of programs. Each bank can be separately programmed (operation setup). ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION * This numeric value is provided1in the specifications of1 each model. Ta MIN. = Tb MIN. = Maximum Counting Speed × 2 (s) * This value is provided in the specifications of each model. Inputnumeric Pulse Signal Ta Tb Ta =T b≧Ta M I N .=T b M I N . Ta Tb Signal (1) Input Ta =Pulse Tb Can be counted if Ta or Tb is longer than Ta MIN. or Tb MIN. Ta =T b≧Ta M I N .=T b M I N . Input Pulse Signal Ta Ta =T b≧Ta M I N .=T b M I N . Input Pulse Signal (2) Ta ＜ Tb Input Pulse Signalif Can be counted Tb Ta Tb Ta =T than b≧TaTaMMIN. I N .=T b Ta is longer Ta Tb Ta Tb MIN. Ta≧Ta M I N . Input Pulse Signal Ta≧Ta M I N . Pulse (3) Input Ta ＞ TbSignal Tb Ta Can be counted if Tb is longer than Tb MIN. Input Pulse Signal Input Pulse Signal Ta≧Ta M I N . Ta Tb Ta Input Pulse Signal Ta Tb Ta≧Ta M I N . T b≧T b M I N . Tb T b≧T b MIN . input terminal If the non-contact signal is added as the input pulse signal, the can be selected according to the counting speed (frequency). If the contact Input Pulse Signal b signal is added, the input terminal withTathe lowest Tmaximum counting speed should be used. T b≧T b M I N . Input Pulse Signal ■Reset - Power source reset Ta Tb T b≧T b M I N . The power source reset operates after a certain period of time when the power is supplied. If you want to operate it at any given time, the power source can be reset by shutting down the power once and supplying it again. - Automatic reset The automatic reset operates when the counter is used in the A-type operation, and it operates for a certain period of time after the counter counts up. Since this time is shorter than the period of input of the maximum counting speed of the counter, the counter encounters no counting errors and starts counting from "0" again even while counting consecutive inputs. - External reset Explanation ofb the Terms in Ta =T の 場Technical 合 the Specifications Ta =T b の 場 合 Counting Input Inhibit Gate (Responsivity) Delay ON time: The time until the counting input is shut down after the input of the counting input inhibit gate turns ON. Tatime =Tuntil b のcounting 場 合 is enabled after the input of the Delay OFF time: The counting input inhibit gate turns OFF. =T bInput の 場(Responsivity) 合 External Ta Setting Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Delay ON time: The time until the set circuit starts operating after the external Ta＜T bturns の場 setting input ON.合 Delay OFF time: The time until the set circuit stops operates after the external setting turns OFF. Ta＜T b のinput 場合 External Reset (Responsivity) Delay ON time: Delay ON time: The time until the reset after the reset input Ta＜T b の 場 合 turns ON. Delay OFF time: The time until the counting is enabled after the reset input becomesbOFF. Ta＜T の場合 Ta＞T b の 場 合 Power Source Reset (Reset time) The time until counting is enabled Ta＞T b の 場after 合 the power is resupplied after the power source has been reset. Automatic Reset (Reset time) Ta＞T b の 場 合 The time until counting is enabled again after the counting circuit is reset simultaneously with count overflow. Ta＞T b の 場 合 Non-contact Output (Responsivity) The time until the output signal is produced in the non-contact output terminal after the final pulse reaching the preset value enters the counting input terminal. Contact Output (Responsivity) FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ The time until the N.O. contact point of the output relay closes after the final pulse reaching the preset value enters the counting input terminal. Output Prohibition Gate (Responsivity) Delay ON time: The time until the generation of an output signal is prohibited after the input of the output prohibition gate turns ON. Delay OFF time: The time until the generation of an output signal is enabled after the input of the output prohibition gate turns OFF. The external reset operates while the predetermined voltage is applied to the reset input terminal. (Some models operate the external reset with an "L" level.) - Manual reset The manual reset operates while the push button on the counter surface panel is pressed by manual operation. ■Power Source for Sensors The counter can supply power to the outside from this power source. Since the power source can be used for supplying power to proximity sensors, photoelectronic sensors, and rotary encoders, the connection with various types of sensors becomes easy. Koyo Electronics' electronic counters have a built-in power source for sensors. (Excluding the DC type) The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 589 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter FC2-81F□, FC2-161F□/321F□ Features Embedded Installation Type Cam Controller - The embedded installation type of programmable cams enable constant checking of the operating state from a control panel. - The programmable cams have enhanced features such as advancing, abnormality detection, and a multipurpose communication port. Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Features - Obtained advanced safety certification - Supporting a wide range of industries The programmable cams can be used in Category 4 applications of EN954-1, safety integrity level 3 (SIL) of IEC61508, and the performance level e of ISO13849-1: 2006. Users can easily and securely create a safe environment that conforms to international standards. - Reliable operation based on high level selfdiagnosis The CPU module and the input-output module are equipped with selfmonitoring capabilities that constantly monitor for undervoltage and overvoltage, grasp connection and operation status by test pulse, and crosscheck switching by channel monitoring. - Easy tooling changes Since the FC2-161F-C-1 can register 8 programs and the FC2-321F-C-1 can register 10 programs, any program can be selected by switching the bank input at the time of tooling change. The programmable cams are most suited for the timing control of various kinds of filling machines, wrapping machines, coaters, and bottling machines in the food, packaging, and printing industries. - Surface-Mount types also available Surface-Mount type of programmable cams are available in the FC280-C-1/FC2-160-1/FC2-320-1. - Automatic correction of advancing angle (FC2-161F-C-1/FC2-321F-C-1) If the timing of the machine that changes its rotating speed is controlled by a programmable cam, the difference in operation timing due to actuator delays becomes the problem. The automatic advancing function corrects this timing difference by outputting the angle equivalent to the operation delay time of the actuator earlier according to the angle calculated from the rotating speed at that time. Advancing Angle Advancing Angle Setting Angle Low Speed Medium Speed FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ High Speed FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ 0˚ 30˚ 60˚ 90˚ 120˚ [Applications] - Changing the speed at startup and stopping - Devices that change speed - Devices that require speed control 590 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller FC2-81F□, FC2-161F□/321F□ Specifications Items FC2-81F-C-1 12/24 V DC Power Supply Pressure Fluctuation Range 10.8 to 26.4 V DC Power Consumption 5W Ambient Operating Temperature −10 to 50˚C HMI SENSOR ■General Specifications Supply Voltage PLC FC2-161F-C-1 FC2-321F-C-1 ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION 8W Storage Temperature −20 to 70˚C (No freezing) Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 35 to 85% RH (No condensation) Electronic Counter Surrounding Atmosphere in Place of Use No corrosive gases Tachometer Vibration Resistance Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Impact Resistance Endurance: 500 m/s, 3 axial directions Noise Resistance Between power supply terminals: 1.0 kV Digital Timer Programmable Cam Between power supply terminals: 1.5 kV Pulse width 1μs/start-up 1ns/Square wave pulse Protective Structure IP54: Only the surface sheet Size (mm) 95 W x 80 H x 66.7 D 140 W x 90 H x 66.7 D 40 W x 90 H x 66.7 D Weight (g) 300 420 420 ■Function/Performance Specifications Items Number of Input Points Encoder Input Control Input FC2-81F-C-1 Starting input: 1 point/ Protection input: 1 point/ Origin input: 1 point FC2-161F-C-1 Starting input: 1 point/ Bank input: 3 points/ Protection input: 1 point/ Origin input: 1 point FC2-321F-C-1 Starting input: 1 point/ Bank: 4 points/ Protection input: 1 point/ Origin input: 1 point H: 7.5 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON)H: 7.5 to 30 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON) Resolution: 360/720 per revolution (Output code: Gray binary) H: 7.5 V to 30 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V Number of Outputs 8 points Output Specifications NPN open collector Withstanding voltage 35 V or lower / Current 0.1 A or lower Number of Output Area Settings 16 settings 64 settings 128 settings Response Rotating Speed min-1 Resolution 360: 300/ Resolution 720: 150 Resolution 360: 1600/ Resolution 720: 800 Resolution 360: 1600/ Resolution 720: 800 Output Response Time 550 μs or less 250 μs or less 250 μs or less Power Supply Start Time 2 s or less 8 (Banks 0 to 7) 10 (Banks 0 to 9) Number of Banks No Program Memory EEPROM 16 points Resolution 360/720 per revolution (Switched from a DIP switch) CW/CCW Direction Switching Switched from a DIP switch RUN Output ON during normal operation in the operation and adjustment modes (Switched from a DIP switch) Display Switching Angle / Rotating speed (Switched from a DIP switch) Origin Correction Arbitrary point becomes the origin. 32 points Special Features Protection function Protection function, copy function, pulse output function, communication function Communication ̶ RS-232C Protocol dedicated to FC Available Available Open Open Advancing Function No Accessories Mounting brackets Price Open The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ 591 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER FC2-81F□ Each Part Name and Function ① INFORMATION ■Panel Explanation ② ① Status display ③ ④ ① ⑤ ⑥ ② ⑦ ② Angle / Rotating speed display - Displays the angle / rotating speed. ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ③ Origin key - Corrects the origin. Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ANALOG r/min PRG MON SELECT - Displays the angle / rotating speed. COUNTER Front Front ④ Output display - Displays the ON/OFF state of output. - Lights the output No. designated by the [Output] key. WRITE Front HOME FC2-81F-C-1 ANALOG START r/min PRG MON PRG TCH TEST RUN HOME GOOD HOME OUT READ SELECT MODE CLR ENT WRITE FC2-81F-C-1 ⑧ ⑨ ⑧ Operation key ⑧ ⑧ ⑫ DIP switches ⑨ ⑬ Terminal block PRG TCH TEST RUN HOME GOOD MODE OUT READ CLR ENT ⑧ BANK ⑤ ① ② ⑥ ⑦ ③ ⑧ ④ 0 ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 0 Back ST ⑪ Connector for encoder POWER I.C PRO 1 0 3 2 5 4 6 O.C CW 360 CAM 10.8 to 26.4V DC Back Back ⑪ ⑬ ⑫ DC+ DC− HOME ST POWER I.C PRO 0 1 3 2 5 4 CCW 720 RUN 7 6 ⑬ O.C CW 360 CAM 10.8 to 26.4V DC ⑭ ⑬ ⑪ ⑬ ⑭ ■Connection Wiring DC+ DC− HOME I.C ST PRO 1 3 0 5 7 4 2 6 O.C FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ Fuse FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ Output Common Starting Input 12/24 V DC Power Source Power Source for Load Load Power Source for Programmable Cam 0 35 V DC or lower 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Output External Origin Input Protection Input (Connected for Protection) 1. The external origin input should be connected to a non-contact output that has no chattering. 2. The output common (O.C) and input common (I.C) are internally short-circuited with the power source-(DC-) terminal. 592 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ 3 BANK 1 4 FUN 5 6 ANA http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ HOME FUN 2 START HOME GOOD CCW 720 RUN 7 HOME FUN 2 BANK ⑫ DC+ DC− HOME 1 START HOME GOOD Back ⑦ Normal display ANA Front ⑤ Start input display ⑥ External origin input display FUN BANK ⑨ Sets the status display. - Provided with the cover START ① ② ③ ④ 3 4 5 6 Electronic Counter / Controller FC2-81F□ Operation Setting ENCODER Default Setting Switch 1: Select the rotation direction. CW: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder. CCW: Increase the angle in counterclockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder. COUNTER INFORMATION Switch 2: Select the resolution of the encoder. 360: When using an encoder of 360 resolution / revolution 720: When using an encoder of 720 resolution / revolution Setting DIP Switches CCW 720 RUN Switch 3: Select when using the RUN output. CAM: When using all output as CAM output RUN: When using a specific output as the RUN output* Electronic Counter * Specific output that enables RUN output FC2-81F-C: Output 7 FC2-161F-C: Output 15 FC2-321F-C: Output 31 The RUN output turns ON during normal operation in the operation and adjustment mode, and OFF when an error occurs. ON OFF HMI SENSOR ■Default Setting Power OFF PLC CW 360 Cam Setting for shipment from factory Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Power ON Delete All the Output Area Settings Deletion of Origin Correction - Setting or teaching mode Delete all the output area settings. [Delete] [Write] [Execute] - Teaching mode FC2-161F-C: Banks 0 to 7 Delete the origin correction. FC2-321F-C: Banks 0 to 9 [Delete] [Origin] [Execute] Note) The deletion operation is required for each bank. Initial Setting Complete Setting NG - Setting and teaching mode Set the output area and set, change, or delete the origin correction. Check if the output area setting / origin correction value are correct OK Adjustment NG - Adjustment mode Fine-tune the output area setting in the test run. (If not necessary, operate the programmable cam in the run mode.) FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ Check if output is appropriate. FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ OK Run - Operation mode Operate the programmable cam. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 593 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER FC2-81F□ Operation Setting ■List of Operations Operation Mode Switching of Operation Mode Operation 1 Adjustment Select the mode with the [Mode] key. The mode is selected from the current mode sequentially. Setting Teaching Adjustment Operation INFORMATION Teaching Operating Procedures Setting Function COUNTER ● ● ● ● The mode selected with the [Execute] key is determined and becomes the operation mode. Electronic Counter 2 Display Switching The angle display and the rotating speed display are alternately switched with the [Display] key. × × ● ● 3 Designation of Bank No. Press the [Bank] (*) key and designate the bank No. ● ● × × 4 Designation of Output No. Press the [Output →] key or the [← Output] (*) key, and designate output. Every time the key is pressed, the lighting position of the output display changes. ● ● ● ● 5 Readout of Output Area Setting Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Readout ↑] (*) or the [Readout ↓] key. The ON and OFF angle are alternately read out. ● ● ● ● 6 Deletion of One Output Area Setting After reading out the output area setting you want to delete, press the [Delete] [Execute] keys to delete the read-out output area setting. ● ● × × 7 Deletion of All Output Area Settings of Designated Output Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Delete] [Output →] (or [← Output] (*)) [Execute] keys to delete the settings. ● ● × × 8 Deletion of All Output Area Settings in Designated Bank Designate the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Bank][Execute] keys to delete the settings. Note 1 However, the origin correction setting is not deleted. ● ● × × 9 Deletion of All Output Area Settings Press the [Delete][Write][Execute] keys to delete the settings. However, the origin correction setting is not deleted. ● ● × × 10 Writing of Output Area Setting Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No. Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-] key, and write it with the [Write] key. (The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.) ● × × × 11 Writing of Output Area Setting (Teaching) Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No. Rotate and then stop the encoder at the position you want to set, and write the output area setting with the [Write] key. (The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.) × ● × × 12 Setting of Origin Correction Set the bank No. (*),rotate the encoder and then stop it at the mechanical origin, and press the [Origin] key to select the angle of origin. With the operation of the [Write] key, the origin is written and the position becomes 0˚. × ● × × 13 Deletion of Origin Correction Set the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Origin][Execute] keys to delete the origin correction. The output angle of the encoder is displayed as it is. × ● × × 14 Change of Output Area Setting Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change. Press the [+] key or the [-] key, and display the set value you want to change. Then, press the [Write] key and write the changed value. ● × × × 15 Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change. Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During The angles increase with the operation of the [+] key. Operation The angle decreases with the operation of the [-] key. (Enabled Only when Starting Input is ON) Simultaneously with the completion of changes (fine-tuning), the output operation changes. × × ● × Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ (* mark): FC2-81F-C-1 does not have the [Bank], [← Output], and [Readout ↑] keys. Regarding the operation for setting special features, see the operation manual. Note 1) FC2-161F-C-1/FC2-321F-C-1 are abolished. ■List of Error Codes Error Code Display Contents Rotary encoder connection error E18 E19 Rotary encoder code error E20 594 Description Cause / Corrective Action The designation of the resolution of the rotary encoder does not correspond to the designation of the resolution of the programmable cam. - Setting of the DIP switch is different. - Check the resolution of the rotary encoder. - Failure of the rotary encoder. The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected. The rotary encoder code is discontinuous. - Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected). - Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of the rotary encoder. - Effects of exogenous noise. E21 Memory change error The contents of set values (output, origin correction, and advancing) have been changed. - Effects of excessive noise. - Delete all the set values and reenter all settings. E30 Rotational speed error The programmable cam cannot respond to the rotating speed of the rotary encoder. - Check the rotating speed of the rotary encoder. - Check the resolution of the rotary encoder. Set Value LED Blinking Setting value error The output area setting is duplicated. - After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the set value. The output area setting is protected. - Check the protection input. Bank Display A to F Bank error A bank that does not exist is designated in the bank input. - Check the bank input. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller FC2-81F□ Dimensions Body of the FC2-81F-C-1 ENCODER 66.7 95 9.5 80 9.5 80 COUNTER 51 66.7 95 FC2-81F-C-1 HMI SENSOR ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) FC2-81F-C-1 PLC INFORMATION 51 Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Panel-cut Dimensions90± for Embedded Installation 0.5 Panel thickness 0.5 to 4 mm 75± 0.5 75± 0.5 90±0.5 R0 R0 .5 to 2 .5 to 2 FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ 66.7 145 9.5 51 FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ 66.7 145 9.5 51 90 FC2-161F-C-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 90 FC2-161F-C-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 135±0.5 85± 0.5 135±0.5 85± 0.5 The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 595 Electronic Counter / Controller FC2-161F□/321F□ PLC Front HMI r/min Each Part Name and Function PRG MON SENSOR SELECT ⑧ ■Panel Explanation WRITE ① Status display ENCODER ⑨ FC2-81F-C-1 r/min PRG TCH TEST RUN - Displays the Bank / FUN COUNTER PRG MON MODE INFORMATION ② Bank / FUN display READ SELECT ⑧ ③ Angle / Rotating speed display CLR ENT ⑧ / rotating speed. - Displays the angle WRITE - Displays the ON/OFF state of output. READ - Lights the output ⑧ No. designated by the [Output] CLR ENT key. OUT PRG TCH Electronic TEST Counter RUN MODE ⑥ Start input display ⑦ External origin input display ⑧ Normal display ⑨ Sets the status display. ⑩ Operation key ⑪ Origin key Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam FUN BANK ANALOG r/min ⑨ PRG MON SELECT FC2-161F-C-1 WRITE * The FC2-321F-C-1 displays output for 32 points. Front BANK FC2-161F-C-1 HOME FUN READ ⑤ ① ② ⑥ ⑦ ③ ⑧ ④ OUT ④ Bank / FUN key ⑨ ⑤ Output display FC2-81F-C-1 ① ② ③ ④ 0 1 BANK 2 3 4 FUN 5 6 7 ANALOG 8 START HOME GOOD BANK ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ 0 1 2 3 4 5 r/min PRG MON PRG TEST TCH RUN OUT OUT READ SELECT MODE CLR ENT WRITE 6 7 8 START HOME GOOD TEST TCH RUN ⑩ OUT OUT READ MODE CLR ENT ⑫ Back - Corrects the origin. HOME I.C PRO 1 0 3 2 5 4 7 6 O.C 10.8 to 26.4V DC OME I.C PRO 0 1 3 2 5 4 7 6 O.C 10.8 to 26.4V DC ⑨ ⑩ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫ 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 PRG ⑪ READ FC2-161F-C-1 HOME FUN 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ⑩ ⑫ Mode display ⑫ CCW 720 RUN ⑬ Connector for output CW⑭ 360 Connector CAM for encoder ⑮ Mode display ⑯ Connector for communication ⑮ 4 5 6 7 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 O.C 8 9 10 11 O.C CCW 720 RUN Back DC+ DC− POWER ⑬ - Connection cable: ⑫ Z-20JP2 (Sold separately) (RS-232C modular 6 pins) ST B0 B1 HOME PRO B2 I.C 10.8 to 26.4V DC CW 360 CAM ⑮ CCW 720 RUN 4 5 6 7 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 O.C 8 9 10 11 O.C ⑰ Terminal block ⑬ ⑭ CW 360 CAM - Provided with the cover CCW 720 RUN DC+ DC− POWER ⑬ ST B0 B1 B2 HOME PRO I.C 10.8 to 26.4V DC CW 360 CAM ⑯ ⑰ ⑬ ■Connection Wiring DC+ DC− ⑭ ST B1 B0 B2 B3 HOME PRO ⑯ I.C ⑰ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ Input Common Power Source for Programmable Cam Protection Input (Connected for Protection) Starting Input FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ 12/24 V DC Power Source 0 1 2 3 Bank Input External Origin Input 1. Bank input 3 is equipped only on the FC2-321F-C. 2. The external origin input should be connected to a non-contact output that has no chattering. 3. The output common (O.C) and input common (I.C) are internally short-circuited with the power source-(DC-) terminal. ■Connector Arrangement FC2-161F-C 4 5 6 7 Use Range 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 O.C 8 9 20 10 11 O.C 16 21 22 23 28 29 30 31 FC2-321F-C Use Range 17 18 19 O.C 24 25 26 27 O.C Fuse 35 V DCV or lower Load 0 596 Power source for Load 7 Output 8 15 Output KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 16 23 Output 24 31 Output Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller FC2-161F□/321F□ Operation Setting PLC HMI SENSOR ■Connection Connector Cam Switch ENCODER Terminal Unit U-□□JT TF-32D Cable for Connecting a Programmable Cam COUNTER and the TF-32D Terminal Unit INFORMATION FC-161F-C (3 m Cable) U-30JH FC-321F-C (1 m Cable) LC-013 Electronic Counter FUJITSU COMPONENT LIMITED (40P Connector) LC-010 Connector : FCN-361J040-AU Cover Tachometer : FCN-360C040-J1 Digital Timer Terminal Unit Connection Cable (TF-32D) U-10JT 1m Open price U-30JT 3m Open price U-50JT 5m Open price One-end Loose Wire Cable 40P Connector U-30JH 3m LC-013 1m LC-010 Open price Programmable Cam Open price Open price ■Default Setting Default Setting Switch 1: Select the rotation direction. CW: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder. CCW: Increase the angle in counterclockwise rotation as seen from the axle side of the encoder. Power OFF Switch 2: Select the resolution of the encoder. 360: When using an encoder of 360 resolution / revolution 720: When using an encoder of 720 resolution / revolution Setting DIP Switches CCW 720 RUN Switch 3: Select when using the RUN output. CAM: When using all output as CAM output RUN: When using a specific output as the RUN output* * Specific output that enables RUN output FC2-81F-C: Output 7 FC2-161F-C: Output 15 FC2-321F-C: Output 31 The RUN output turns ON during normal operation in the operation and adjustment mode, and OFF when an error occurs. ON OFF CW 360 Cam Setting for shipment from factory FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ Power ON FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ Delete All the Output Area Settings Deletion of Origin Correction - Setting or teaching mode Delete all the output area settings. [Delete] [Write] [Execute] - Teaching mode FC2-161F-C: Banks 0 to 7 Delete the origin correction. FC2-321F-C: Banks 0 to 9 [Delete] [Origin] [Execute] Note) The deletion operation is required for each bank. Initial Setting Complete Setting NG - Setting and teaching mode Set the output area and set, change, or delete the origin correction. Check if the output area setting / origin correction value are correct OK Adjustment NG - Adjustment mode Fine-tune the output area setting in the test run. (If not necessary, operate the programmable cam in the run mode.) Check if output is appropriate. OK Run - Operation mode Operate the programmable cam. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 597 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER FC2-161F□/321F□ Operation Setting ■List of Operations Operation Mode Switching of Operation Mode Operation 1 Adjustment Select the mode with the [Mode] key. The mode is selected from the current mode sequentially. Setting Teaching Adjustment Operation INFORMATION Teaching Operating Procedures Setting Function COUNTER ● ● ● ● The mode selected with the [Execute] key is determined and becomes the operation mode. Electronic Counter 2 Display Switching The angle display and the rotating speed display are alternately switched with the [Display] key. × × ● ● 3 Designation of Bank No. Press the [Bank] (*) key and designate the bank No. ● ● × × 4 Designation of Output No. Press the [Output →] key or the [← Output] (*) key, and designate output. Every time the key is pressed, the lighting position of the output display changes. ● ● ● ● 5 Readout of Output Area Setting Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Readout ↑] (*) or the [Readout ↓] key. The ON and OFF angle are alternately read out. ● ● ● ● 6 Deletion of One Output Area Setting After reading out the output area setting you want to delete, press the [Delete] [Execute] keys to delete the read-out output area setting. ● ● × × 7 Deletion of All Output Area Settings of Designated Output Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No., and press the [Delete] [Output →] (or [← Output] (*)) [Execute] keys to delete the settings. ● ● × × 8 Deletion of All Output Area Settings in Designated Bank Designate the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Bank][Execute] keys to delete the settings. Note 1 However, the origin correction setting is not deleted. ● ● × × 9 Deletion of All Output Area Settings Press the [Delete][Write][Execute] keys to delete the settings. However, the origin correction setting is not deleted. ● ● × × 10 Writing of Output Area Setting Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No. Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-] key, and write it with the [Write] key. (The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.) ● × × × 11 Writing of Output Area Setting (Teaching) Designate the bank No. (*) and the output No. Rotate and then stop the encoder at the position you want to set, and write the output area setting with the [Write] key. (The angles are set in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.) × ● × × 12 Setting of Origin Correction Set the bank No. (*),rotate the encoder and then stop it at the mechanical origin, and press the [Origin] key to select the angle of origin. With the operation of the [Write] key, the origin is written and the position becomes 0˚. × ● × × 13 Deletion of Origin Correction Set the bank No. (*) and press the [Delete][Origin][Execute] keys to delete the origin correction. The output angle of the encoder is displayed as it is. × ● × × 14 Change of Output Area Setting Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change. Press the [+] key or the [-] key, and display the set value you want to change. Then, press the [Write] key and write the changed value. ● × × × 15 Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change. Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During The angles increase with the operation of the [+] key. Operation The angle decreases with the operation of the [-] key. (Enabled Only when Starting Input is ON) Simultaneously with the completion of changes (fine-tuning), the output operation changes. × × ● × Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ (* mark): FC2-81F-C-1 does not have the [Bank], [← Output], and [Readout ↑] keys. Regarding the operation for setting special features, see the operation manual. Note 1) FC2-161F-C-1/FC2-321F-C-1 are abolished. ■List of Error Codes Error Code Display Contents Rotary encoder connection error E18 E19 Rotary encoder code error E20 598 Description Cause / Corrective Action The designation of the resolution of the rotary encoder does not correspond to the designation of the resolution of the programmable cam. - Setting of the DIP switch is different. - Check the resolution of the rotary encoder. - Failure of the rotary encoder. The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected. The rotary encoder code is discontinuous. - Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected). - Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of the rotary encoder. - Effects of exogenous noise. E21 Memory change Error The contents of set values (output, origin correction, and advancing) have been changed. - Effects of excessive noise. - Delete all the set values and reenter all settings. E30 Rotational speed error The programmable cam cannot respond to the rotating speed of the rotary encoder. - Check the rotating speed of the rotary encoder. - Check the resolution of the rotary encoder. Set Value LED Blinking Setting value error The output area setting is duplicated. - After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the set value. The output area setting is protected. - Check the protection input. Bank Display A to F Bank error A bank that does not exist is designated in the bank input. - Check the bank input. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ 75±0.5 75 Electronic Counter / Controller .5 to 2 R0 2.5 o t R0 FC2-161F□/321F□ Dimensions PLC HMI SENSOR ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) Body of the FC2-161F-C-1/321F-C-1 ENCODER 66.7 145 145 9.5 5166.7 9.5 51 COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter 90 90 FC2-161F-C-1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 FC2-161F-C-1 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Tachometer 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Digital Timer Programmable Cam FC2-161F-C-1 * The FC2-321F-C-1 displays output for 32 points. Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation Panel thickness 0.5 to 4 mm 135±0.5 0.5 85±85± 0.5 135±0.5 .5 to 2 R0 .5 2 to R0 FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ ■Manual Name of Reference FC Series Operation Manual FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ Contents How to operate the FC2-81F-C-1, FC2-161F-C-1/321F-C-1 The manuals above can be downloaded from our website at http://www.koyoele.co.jp. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 599 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION FC2-80□, FC2-160□/320□ Features Surface-Mount Installation Type Cam Controller - An electronic programmable cam that features usability and high performance in a compact body - The surface-mount installation type has three models according to the control scale. Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam ■Features - Easy operation - High position accuracy detection / control The programmable cams can be easily operated with the feeling of a digital switch. - Settings cannot be changed during operation. Using the adjustment mode, the ON/OFF position can be fine-tuned without stopping the machine. - Easy tooling change Since the FC2-160-1 can register 8 programs and the FC2-320-1 can register 10 programs, any program can be selected by switching the bank input at the time of tooling change. - Automatic correction of advancing angle (FC2-320-1) To correct the response delay of a machine (actuator), the programmable cam has 8 built-in output points that can automatically correct the ON/ OFF timing of the CAM output according to the change in the number of revolutions. - Equipped with multipurpose communication ports (FC2-160-1, FC2-320-1) FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ If the ports are used in communications with a PLC, the PLC can issue the operation commands to and change the set values of the programmable cams, and the programmable cams can read the angle and output state from the PLC. Programs can be copied between FC and FC. Since an optical absolute encoder is used for the sensor, the programmable cam can achieve much better linearity compared with resolvers. Moreover, it causes no errors even when the sensor is replaced. - High speed response 1600 min-1 (800 min-1 when the resolution is 720) - Protection function that prevents malfunctions If the protection input is short-circuited after adjustments are made or before the shipment of a machine, this feature prevents end users from accidentally operating equipment, thus eliminating trouble. - Rotation state can be grasped at a glance. The programmable cams are equipped with a roulette display that enables users to grasp the rotation direction and rotation position at a glance. - Equipped with an origin correction function. It is not necessary to align the angle to mount an encoder. - DIN rail installation The installation on DIN rails and screws are both supported. - Battery-less No battery is required owing to an onboard EEPROM. - Fully equipped with an enhanced absolute type of rotary encoder as a sensor The lineup consists of the compact (outside diameter φ50mm / depth 35mm) TRD-NA series, robust TRD-K series, and environmental-resistant TRD-KL series, which can be selected according to applications. 600 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller FC2-80□, FC2-160□/320□ Specifications FC2-80-C-1 FC2-160-1 Supply Voltage 10.8 to 26.4 V DC 85 to 264 V AC 20 VA Power Consumption 5W Ambient Operating Temperature −10 to +50˚C Storage Temperature −20 to +70˚C (No freezing) Use / Storage Ambient Humidity 35 to 85% RH (No condensation) Dielectric Voltage Insulation Resistance FC2-320-1 INFORMATION Not specified because the part between the DC power supply and input-output terminal is not insulated. 2 kV 1 min (Between AC line input / input/output and chassis) Impact Resistance Endurance: 490 m/s2, 3 axial directions Malfunction: 98 m/s2, 3 axial directions Between power supply terminals: 1.0 kV Electronic Counter 20 MΩ (Between AC line input / input/output and chassis) Endurance: Displacement amplitude: 0.5 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Malfunction: Displacement amplitude: 0.35 mm, frequency: 10 to 55 Hz, 3 axial directions Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Between power supply terminals: 1.5 kV (Pulse width 1 μs / Start-up 1 ns/Square wave pulse) Size (mm) 105 W x 1000 H x 66 D 140 W x 100 H x 66 D 195 W x 100 H x 66 D Weight (g) 300 450 550 Open Open Accessories No Price Open ENCODER COUNTER Vibration Resistance Noise Resistance HMI SENSOR ■General Specifications Items PLC ■Function/Performance Specifications Items Number of Input Points FC2-80-C-1 Starting input: 1 point/ Protection input: 1 point FC2-160-1 Starting input: 1 point/ Bank input: 3 points/ Protection input: 1 point FC2-320-1 Starting input: 1 point/ Bank input: 4 points/ Protection input: 1 point Resolution 360/720 per rotation (Switched from a DIP switch) Encoder Input H: 7.5 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON) (Open collector withstanding pressure: 14 V or more) Control Input H: 7.5 to 30 V (OFF)/L: 0 to 2 V (ON) Number of Outputs 8 points Output Specifications NPN open collector Withstanding voltage 35 V or lower / Current 0.1 A or lower / Residual voltage: 1.5 V or lower Number of Output Area Settings 16 settings for a total of 8 outputs (There is no restriction on the number of settings 32 settings for a total of 16 outputs per output as long as the total number of settings (32 times per bank) is within 16.) 64 settings for a total of 32 outputs (64 times per bank) Response Rotating Speed min-1 Resolution 360: 300/ Resolution 720: 150 Resolution 360: 1600/ Resolution 720: 800 Resolution 360: 1600/ Resolution 720: 800 (No advancing setting) Output Response Time 550 μs or less 250 μs or less 250 μs or less (No advancing setting) Power Supply Start Time 2 s or less 8 (Banks 0 to 7) 10 (Banks 0 to 9) 16 points Number of banks 1 Display Switching Angle / Rotating speed (Switched from a DIP switch) CW/CCW Direction Switching Switched from a DIP switch RUN Output ̶ Origin Correction Arbitrary point becomes the origin. Program Memory EEPROM Program Storage ̶ Advancing Function ̶ Pulse Output Setting ̶ 32 points (Advancing angle can be set in 8 points.) FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ ON at normal time (Switched from a DIP switch): Operation adjustment mode* Available (Only output 0 to 7) The number of pulses that can be set for the resolution can be arbitrarily selected. (One pulse output setting is equivalent to one output area setting.) * The output of the final No. is set to either CAM output or RUN output from the DIP switch. * Memory card for the FC2-320-1 The M-01F has been discontinued. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 601 Electronic Counter / Controller HMI SENSOR ENCODER COUNTER INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam FC2-80□ Each Part Name and Function ■Panel Explanation Front ① Angle / Rotating speed display ⑦ Rotation position display ANGLE r/min ② Output display ① - Displays the ON/OFF state of output. - Lights the output No. designated by the [Output] key. ② ③ ③ Origin key ④ ⑤ - Corrects the origin. ④ Connector for encoder PRG MON START TCH ON OUT MODE READ CLR TEST OFF ⑨ Operation key ⑨ PRG ⑩ DIP switches - SW1: Selects the angle increasing direction. - SW2: Selects the encoder resolution. - SW3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display. RUN ⑩ - Selects the setting / adjustment / operation modes. Front BANK ■Connection Wiring ① ANGLE/ r/min ON OFF 1 4 3 ③ 5 ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ Attachment Bore Processing Dimensions PRG MON START GOOD 6 7 FC2-160-1 94 O.C MODE TEST PRG TCH MODE HOME OFF ⑩ (105) OUT BANK READ CLR ⑫ Hole for 2-M4 Screw ⑪ RUN 89 I.C 2 ⑧ Output Common Power Source for Load 35 V DC or lower Load Starting Input Power Source for Programmable Cam 10.8 to 26.4 V DC ST 0 ⑨ ANGLE r/min ② DC+ DC– PRO FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ FC2-80-C-1 - Angle / rotating speed / ON/OFF / set value / starting / teaching ⑧ HOME ⑥ Terminal block FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ ⑧ Action indication ON OFF ⑥ ⑤ Operation mode changing switch - Displays the angle in units of 30˚. ⑦ ANGLE/ r/min - Displays the angle / rotating speed. (100) PLC 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Output Protection Input (Connected for Protection) Front BANK ANGLE/ r/min ⑨ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ANGLE r/min PRG MON ON OFF START GOOD FC2-320-1 MODE MODE TEST RUN PRG TCH D.CAM SAVE HOME OFF OUT BANK READ CLR ⑩ ⑪ ⑧ 602 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller FC2-80□ Operation Setting ENCODER Default Setting Switch 1: Selects the angle increasing direction (seen from the axle side of the rotary encoder). ON: Increases the angle in counterclockwise rotation / OFF: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation. Setting DIP Switches Power ON HMI SENSOR ■Default Setting Power OFF PLC INFORMATION Switch 2: Selects the resolution of the rotary encoder. ON: Uses a rotary encoder of 720 resolution / rotation. OFF: Uses a rotary encoder of 360 resolution / rotation. Switch 3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display. ON: Displays the rotating speed / OFF: Displays the angle. Dip Switch Read the set contents of the DIP switches. ON Setting Mode or Teaching Mode Deletes all the output area settings. [Delete] [Off] [On Execute] Teaching Mode Deletes the origin correction. [Delete] [Origin] [On Execute] COUNTER OFF Electronic Counter Tachometer 1 2 3 Digital Timer Programmable Cam Initial Setting Complete FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 603 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER FC2-80□ Operation Setting ■List of Operations Operation Mode Setting Teaching Adjustment Operation ● ● ● ● ● ● × × Press the [Output] key and designate the output No. (Every time the key is pressed, the lighting position of the output display changes.) ● ● ● ● Readout of Output Area Setting Designate the output No. and press the [Readout] key. The ON and OFF angle are alternately read out. ● ● ● ● 5 Deletion of One Output Area Setting After reading out the ON angle and the OFF angle in the output area setting you want to delete, press the [Delete] [On Execute] keys to delete the setting. If the ON (OFF) angle is deleted, the corresponding ON (OFF) angle is also deleted. ● ● × × 6 Deletion of All Output Area Settings of Designated Output Designate the output No. and press the [Delete] [Output] [On Execute] keys to delete the settings. ● ● × × 7 Deletion of All Output Area Settings Press the [Delete] [Output] [On Execute] keys to delete the settings. However, the origin correction setting is not deleted. ● ● × × ● × × × Function COUNTER Operating Procedures Switch operation / adjustment / setting with the mode changing switch Setting Adjustment Operation INFORMATION 1 Switching of Operation Mode 2 Switching of Setting Mode 3 Designation of Output No. 4 The setting mode switches sequentially with the [Mode] key. Electronic Counter Setting Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ Teaching Designate the output No. Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-] key, and write the ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the [Off] key. (Write the output area setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.) 8 Writing of Output Area Setting 9 Writing of Output Area Setting (Teaching) Designate the output No. Rotate and then stop the rotary encoder at the position you want to set, and write the ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the [Off] key. (Write the output area setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.) × ● × × 10 Setting of Origin Correction Rotate and then stop the rotary encoder at the mechanical origin, and press the [Origin] key. The position becomes 0˚. × ● × × 11 Deletion of Origin Correction Press the [Delete][Origin][On Execute] keys to delete the origin correction. The output angle of the rotary encoder is displayed as is. × ● × × 12 Change of Output Area Setting Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change. Display the set value you want to change with the [+] key or the [-] key. Write the changed value of ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the changed value of OFF angle with the [Off] key. (The ON/ OFF display blinks once.) ● × × × 13 Increase the angle with the [+] key and decrease the angle with the [-] key. Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During Simultaneously with the completion of changes (fine-tuning), the output operation changes. (The Operation ON/OFF display continues to blink until the changes are complete.) × × ● × FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ 《When turning output ON for all angles》 Display the angle of 0˚ (0.0˚), and press the [On Execute][Off] keys to write the output area setting of all angles as ON. ■List of Error Codes Error Code Display 604 Contents Description Cause / Corrective Action E18 Rotary encoder connection error The designation of the resolution of the rotary encoder does not correspond to the designation of the resolution of the programmable cam. - Setting of the DIP switch is different. - Check the resolution of the rotary encoder. - Failure of the rotary encoder. E19 Rotary encoder code error/ Cord discontinuous error The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected. The cam-operated switch cannot respond to the rotating speed of the rotary encoder. The rotary encoder code is discontinuous. - Setting of the DIP switch is different. - Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected). - Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of the rotary encoder. - Effects of exogenous noise. - Check the rotating speed of the rotary encoder. E21 Memory change error The contents of set values (output, origin correction, and advancing) have been changed. - Effects of excessive noise. /-Delete all the set values and reenter all settings. Set Value LED Blinking Setting value error The output area setting is duplicated. - After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the set value. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller FC2-80□ Dimensions PLC HMI SENSOR ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) Body of the FC2-80-C-1 ENCODER 105 105 8 8 66 66 COUNTER INFORMATION 100 100 External Center 2.3 External Center DIN 2.3Rail Center DIN Rail Center Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation (105) (105) 94 94 8989 (100 (100 ) ) Hole for 2-M4 Screw Hole for 2-M4 Screw FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ 140 140 8 8 66 66 100 100 External Center 2.3 External Center DIN 2.3Rail Center DIN Rail Center (140) (140) 129 129 Hole for 2-M4 Screw Hole for 2-M4 Screw The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 605 ④ HMI ON OFF PRG MON START TCH F ① Bank display ⑦ - Displays the bank No. designated in the bank COUNTER input. - Displays the bank No. designated with the [Bank] ⑧ key. INFORMATION FC2-80-C-1 OUT MODE READ CLR ⑩ S BANK ANGLE/ r/min ⑨ ANGLE r/min ① ② ON OFF PRG MON START GOOD ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ③ Output display MODE TEST PRG TCH MODE HOME OFF ⑩ FC2-160-1 OUT BANK READ CLR ⑫ ⑪ RUN - Displays the ON/OFF state of output. - Lights the output No. designated by the [Output] ⑩ ⑧ key. ④ DIP switches Digital Timer Programmable Cam n ANGLE r/min ON OFF PRG MON START GOOD MODE OFF - SW1: Selects the angle increasing direction. SW2: Selects the encoder resolution. SW3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display. SW4: Selects the RUN output and the CAM output. Side ⑨ ⑤ Mode display Front - Displays the setting / teaching mode. ⑩ ⑥ Connector for encoder OUT BANK READ CLR BANK ⑫ ① ② FC2-160-1 ⑦ Operation⑪mode changing switch ANGLE/ r/min ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ - Selects the setting / adjustment / operation modes. ⑧ Terminal block ⑨ ANGLE r/min PRG MON ON OFF START GOOD FC2-320-1 MODE MODE TEST RUN PRG TCH D.CAM SAVE HOME OFF OUT BANK READ CLR ⑩ ⑪ ⑧ ⑨ Rotation position display - Displays the angle in units of 30˚. ⑩ Action indication FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ - Angle / rotating speed / ON/OFF / set value / starting / normal ⑪ Operation key ⑨ ⑫ Connector for communication ANGLE r/min PRG MON ON OFF START GOOD - RS-232C communication port ■Connection Wiring AC AC 606 BANK OUT HOME OFF G B0 ST READ B2 I.C B1 PRO ⑪ CLR 1 0 3 2 5 4 7 6 ∼ 0 1 2 Bank Input 8 O.C 10 9 12 11 14 13 O.C 15 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Output RUN Output Common Output Common D.CAM SAVE Input Common RUN PRG TCH Starting Input TEST ⑩ FC2-320-1 MODE MODE Power Source for Programmable Cam 85 to 264 V AC min CLR Side Front ② Angle / Rotating speed display ⑨ - Displays the angle / rotating speed. Tachometer HOME READ RUN ■Panel Explanation ENCODER Electronic Counter PRG TCH OFF Each Part Name and Function SENSOR ANGLE r/min TEST ⑥ FC2-160□ PLC ⑨ PRG Electronic Counter / Controller ⑤ Power Source for Load 35 V DC or lower Load 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 (RUN) Output Protection Input (Connected for Protection) KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ FC2-320□ Each Part Name and Function ■Panel Explanation N F MON ART H FC2-80-C-1 OUT MODE READ CLR ANGLE/ r/min ⑨ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑨ ② Angle / Rotating speed display - Displays the angle / rotating speed. - Displays the advancing angle or the advancing ⑩ rotating speed. - Displays the saving, playback, and checking operation. ANGLE r/min PRG MON ON OFF START GOOD FC2-320-1 MODE MODE PRG TCH TEST HOME D.CAM SAVE RUN OFF OUT BANK READ CLR ⑩ PRG MON START GOOD MODE HOME OFF INFORMATION Electronic Counter ⑧ Tachometer Digital Timer - Displays the ON/OFF state of output. - Lights the output No. designated by the [Output] key. ON OFF COUNTER ⑪ ③ Output display ANGLE r/min HMI ENCODER BANK input. - Displays the bank No. designated with the [Bank] ⑧ key. - Displays the saving, reproduction, and checking operation selected with the [+] key. PLC SENSOR Side Front ① Bank display ⑦ - Displays the bank No. designated in the bank GLE min Programmable Cam Side ④ DIP switches - SW1: Selects ⑨ the angle increasing direction. - SW2: Selects the encoder resolution. - SW3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display. the RUN output and the CAM output. - SW4: Selects ⑩ ⑫ FC2-160-1 ⑤ Mode display ⑪ / teaching / advancing / saving. - Displays the setting OUT BANK READ CLR ⑥ Connector for encoder ⑦ Operation mode changing switch - Selects the setting / adjustment / operation modes. ⑧ Terminal block ⑨ Rotation position display - Displays the angle in units of 30˚./ Displays the execution state of the saving, playback, and checking operations. FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ ⑩ Action indication FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ - Angle / rotating speed / ON/OFF / set value / ⑨ starting / normal ⑪ Operation key ANGLE r/min PRG MON ON OFF START GOOD ⑫ Connector for communication MODE HOME OFF BANK CLR ⑪ ■Connection Wiring G B0 ST B2 PRO B1 B3 0 I.C 2 1 4 3 6 5 O.C 7 ∼ 0 1 2 3 Bank Input 9 8 11 10 13 12 15 14 16 O.C 18 17 20 19 22 21 O.C 23 25 24 27 26 29 28 31 30 RUN O.C Output Common Output Common AC Output Common AC Output Common RUN OUT READ - RS-232C communication port D.CAM SAVE Input Common TEST PRG TCH Starting Input MODE ⑩ FC2-320-1 Power Source for Programmable Cam 85 to 264 V AC G H Electronic Counter / Controller ⑧ Power Source for Load 35 V DC or lower Load 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Output Output Output Output (RUN) Protection Input (Connected for Protection) The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 607 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER FC2-160□/320□ Operation Setting ■Default Setting Switch 1: Selects the angle increasing direction (seen from the axle side of the rotary encoder). ON: Increases the angle in counterclockwise rotation / OFF: Increases the angle in clockwise rotation. Default Setting COUNTER Switch 2: Selects the resolution of the rotary encoder. ON: Uses a rotary encoder of 720 resolution / rotation. OFF: Uses a rotary encoder of 360 resolution / rotation. Power OFF INFORMATION Switch 3: Selects the angle / rotating speed display. ON: Displays the rotating speed / OFF: Displays the angle. Setting DIP Switches Switch 4: Selects the RUN / CAM output. ON: RUN output / OFF: CAM output Electronic Counter Dip Switch Read the set contents of the DIP switches. Power ON ON Tachometer OFF Digital Timer Programmable Cam Setting Mode or Teaching Mode Deletes all the output area settings. [Delete] [Off] [On Execute] Teaching Mode Deletes the origin correction for each bank. (FC2-160-1: Banks 0 to 7 / FC2-320-1: Banks 0 to 9) [Delete] [Origin] [On Execute] 1 2 3 4 Initial Setting Complete ■List of Operations Operation Mode FC2-160-1 Setting Teaching (Only FC2-320) Advancing 3 Designation of Bank No. Press the [Bank] key and designate the bank No. FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ 4 Designation of Output No. Press the [Output] key and designate the output No. (Every time the key is pressed, the lighting position of the output display changes.) 5 Readout of Output Area Setting ● ● FC2-160-1 FC2-320-1 FC2-160-1 FC2-320-1 Designate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Readout] key. The ON and OFF angle are alternately read out. FC2-160-1 《When the pulse output is already set》 The ON start angle of the pulse output and the pulse number are alternately read out. FC2-320-1 608 FC2-160-1 After reading out the ON angle and the OFF angle in the output area setting you want to delete, press the [Delete] [On Execute] keys to delete the setting. FC2-320-1 7 Deletion of All Output Area Settings of Designated Output Designate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Delete] [Output] [On Execute] keys to delete the settings. FC2-320-1 8 Deletion of All Output Area Settings in Designated Bank Designate the bank No. and press the [Delete][Bank][On Execute] keys to delete the settings. FC2-320-1 9 Deletion of all output area settings Press the [Delete] [Output] [On Execute] keys to delete the settings. However, the origin correction setting is not deleted. FC2-320-1 FC2-160-1 《When setting the pulse output》 Designate the bank No. and the output No. Display the ON start angle of pulse with the [+] key or the [-] key, and press the [On Execute][Off] keys. Next, select the pulse number with the [+] key or [-] key, and write the output area setting with the [On Execute] key. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Latest catalog (free) is available online. FC2-160-1 FC2-160-1 Designate the bank No. and the output No. Designate the output No. Display the angle you want to set with the [+] key or the [-] key, and write the ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the [Off] key. (Write the output area setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.) × × ● ● ● ● ● ● ̶ ̶ ● × ̶ ̶ ● × ● ● ● ● × × ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ̶ ̶ × × ̶ ̶ × × ̶ ̶ × × ̶ ̶ × × × × × × × × × × ̶ ̶ FC2-160-1 ● × FC2-320-1 × × ̶ ̶ ● ● Deletion of One Output Area Setting Writing of Output Area Setting ̶ ̶ FC2-320-1 6 10 ● ● ● ● ● ● Saving FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ ̶ ̶ FC2-160-1 (Only FC2-320) Operation The setting mode switches sequentially with the [Mode] key. Switching of Setting Mode Saving FC2-320-1 Adjustment 2 Switching of Operation Mode Advancing 1 Setting Model Switch operation / adjustment / setting with the mode changing switch Setting Adjustment Operation Teaching Operating Procedures Function × × × × Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller FC2-160□/320□ Operation Setting PLC HMI SENSOR Operation Mode Designate the bank. Rotate and stop the rotary encoder at the mechanical origin, and press the [Origin] key. The position becomes 0˚. FC2-320-1 13 Deletion of Origin Correction Designate the bank. Press the [Delete][Origin][On Execute] keys to delete the origin correction. The output angle of the encoder is displayed as is. FC2-320-1 Change of Output Area Setting Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change. Display the set value you want to change with the [+] key or the [-] key. Write the changed value of ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the changed value of OFF angle with the [Off] key. (The ON/OFF display blinks once.) 14 ̶ ̶ FC2-160-1 × ● FC2-160-1 FC2-160-1 × × × × × ● × ● ̶ ̶ × × ̶ ̶ × × ● × × × × × × × FC2-320-1 ̶ ̶ Fine-Tuning of Output Area Setting During Read out the ON angle or OFF angle set value you want to change. Operation Increase the angle with the [+] key and decrease the angle with the [-] key. 16 Reading Out the Advancing Setting Designate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Readout] key. The setting of advancing angle and advancing rotating speed are alternately read out. FC2-320-1 × × ● × × × 17 Writing the Advancing Setting Designate the bank No. and the output No., and read out the advancing angle or the advancing rotating speed you want to set. Next, display the set values (advancing angle and advancing rotating speed) with the [+] key or the [-] key, and press the [On Execute] key to write the set values. FC2-320-1 × × ● × × × Deletion of the Advancing Setting Designate the bank No. and the output No., and press the [Delete][On Execute] keys to delete the advancing setting. Both advancing angle and advancing rotating speed become 0. In the cases of the deletion of all designated output area settings / deletion of all output area settings of designated bank / deletion of all output area settings, the advancing setting is also deleted. FC2-320-1 × × ● × × × Copying Between FC and FC When performing s (save) and l (load), connect the FC2-160-1/FC2-320-1 via the communication port. (Used cable: Z-20JP2 ) 18 Changing to the Copy Mode FC2-320-1 Electronic Counter Tachometer ● × Programmable Cam FC2-160-1 Bank Display Angle / Rotating speed display s fc-e Save (Saving): Saving to external FC2-160-1/320 e-fc Load (Duplicate): Duplication from external FC2-1601/320 -fc- Copy (Transfer): Copying between internal banks (Operating the FC2-160-1/FC2-320-1) l 19 INFORMATION Press the [Delete] [Mode] keys to display COPY in the angle / rotating speed display. Press the [On Execute] key to move to the selection of the copy operation. Select the copy operation with the [+] key or the [-] key. Selection of the Copy Operation × × COUNTER Digital Timer 15 × × ENCODER × × ̶ ̶ FC2-160-1 FC2-160-1 Operation Setting of Origin Correction Saving 12 Adjustment FC2-320-1 11 Teaching Writing of Output Area Setting (Teaching) Advancing Model Designate the bank No. and the output No. Rotate and then stop the rotary encoder at the position you want to set, and write the ON angle with the [On Execute] key and the OFF angle with the [Off] key. (Write the output area setting in the order of ON angle and OFF angle.) Setting Operating Procedures Function Operation ● × × × × × FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ Press the [On Execute] key to move to the selection of the copy bank. Display the bank subject to the copy operation with the [Bank] key, and select it with the [On Execute] key. (Display blinks after selection.) Selection of a Copy Bank and the Execution of the Copy Operation Angle / Rotating speed display ①−② all Save Load FC2-320-1 Copy ① Self-bank Other bank Source bank ② Other bank Self-bank Source bank all All banks All banks ̶ If you press the [On Execute] key again, the copy operation is executed. The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 609 Electronic Counter / Controller PLC HMI SENSOR ENCODER FC2-160□/320□ Operation Setting ■List of Error Codes Error Code Display Contents Description COUNTER E18 Encoder connection error The designation of the resolution of the rotary encoder does not correspond to the designation of the resolution of the programmable cam. - Setting of the DIP switch is different. - Check the resolution of the rotary encoder. - Failure of the rotary encoder. E19 Encoder code error The output of a rotary encoder that does not exist was detected. E20 Encoder code error The rotary encoder code is discontinuous. - Failure of the rotary encoder (Unconnected). - Disconnection or short-circuit of the connection cable of the rotary encoder. - Effects of exogenous noise. E21 Memory Change Error The contents of set values (output, origin correction, and advancing) have been changed. - Effects of excessive noise. - Delete all the set values and reenter all settings. E30 Rotational speed error The programmable cam cannot respond to the rotating speed of the rotary encoder. INFORMATION Electronic Counter Tachometer Digital Timer Programmable Cam Cause / Corrective Action E70 E90 to 99 - Check the communication data. - Check the operation mode. - Check the protection input. - Disconnection or short-circuit of the communication cable. - Effects of exogenous noise. Communications were not performed normally. Communication error Communications were not performed normally in the copy operation. E80 to 89 Set Value LED Blinking Setting value error The output area setting is duplicated. - After deleting or changing the duplicated set value, reset the set value. Bank Display A to F Bank error A bank that does not exist is designated in the bank input. - Check the bank input. ■Advancing Angle Function of FC2-230-1 * Only the FC2-320-1 has the advancing angle function. 1. Setting and operation Set the advancing function according to the "17 Writing the advancing setting" in the list of operation. Advancing angle……………… Sets how many degrees the ON/OFF angle of the CAM output should be advanced at any rotating speed (set as the advancing rotating speed). Advancing rotating speed …… Sets the advancing rotating speed that is used to specify the rotating speed in the setting of advancing angle (in units of 10 min-1). 2.Advancing operation FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ Number of Advancing Setting Points 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Output Response Time (Output 0 to 7) μs 345 365 380 400 420 435 465 470 900 800 700 600 500 500 450 400 350 300 250 250 360 1,100 1,000 Response Rotating Resolution Speed (min-1) 720 550 500 Resolution FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ 《Reminders》 - Advancing is enabled only when the off width is 2°or more in the output area setting. The advancing operation slowly follows the change of the rotating speed. If rotation stops, a 0 rotating speed is output within 170 ms from the stop. The response rotating speed and response time differ according to the advancing setting point. (Only output 0 to 7) ■Example Application [Print Machine Control] 1. The FC is used for controlling the stop angle of the printing cylinder. Printing Paper Roller The stop position of the machine plate is controlled so that it is placed at the location of clamp when the machine plate is mounted to the printing cylinder. Master 2. The rotary encoder is used for correcting the color deviation in multicolored printing. Printed Paper The printing cylinder's angle of mounting to the drive shaft and the left and right position are fine-tuned (±1.00 mm). It reduces the machine adjustment man-hours. It is also used for transport machine control, multistory parking lots, and machine tool control. 610 KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 Absolute Rotary Encoder Latest catalog (free) is available online. Motor Visit our website ▼ http://www.koyoele.co.jp/english/ Electronic Counter / Controller 140 8 140 8 Dimensions 66 66 PLC HMI SENSOR ■Dimensions (Unit: mm) 140 Body of the FC2-160-1 140 100100 FC2-160□/320□ 8 66 8 66 ENCODER External Center 2.3 External Center DIN 2.3Rail Center DIN Rail Center COUNTER INFORMATION 100 100 External Center 2.3 DIN Rail Center External Center 2.3 DIN Rail Center Electronic Counter Tachometer (140) (140) 129 Digital Timer Hole for 2-M4 Screw Programmable Cam Hole for 2-M4 Screw Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installation of FC2-160-1 129 (140) 129 Hole for 2-M4 Screw 89 (100) 89 (100) 195 8 66 195 8 66 195 8 66 195 8 66 FC2-81F□ FC2-161F□/321F□ External Center 2.3 External Center DIN 2.3Rail Center FC2-80□ FC2-160□/320□ DIN Rail Center External Center 2.3 DIN Rail Center External Center 2.3 DIN Rail Center 100 100 100100 Body of the FC2-320-1 (100(100 ) ) Hole for 2-M4 Screw 89 89 129 (140) Panel-cut Dimensions for Embedded Installations of FC2-320-1 (195) (195) 184 Hole for 2-M4 Screw 184 Hole for 2-M4 Screw (195) 184 Hole for 2-M4 Screw 89 (100) 89 (100) 89 89 Hole for 2-M4 Screw (100(100 ) ) 184 (195) The specifications and prices described in this catalog were valid when the catalog was issued. For the latest information, contact our sales persons or see our website. KOYO ELECTRONICS INDUSTRIES CO., LTD. GENERAL CATALOG 2016 611
* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
advertisement
© 2021